Home

Release 6.0 Software Requirements Specification (SRS)

1. The operator who created an event shall be identified in the event information available through the SunGuide GUI Any events owned by an operator when they log out shall continue to be owned by the operator after they log out Only the owner of an event can edit or delete the event The Graphical User Interface component shall allow a SunGuide operator to enter the severity level for the event created for the Data Fusion Component Event severity shall be one of the following values Severe Moderate Minor or Unknown The GUI component shall allow an operator to mark events for selective dissemination to the public GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI 62 FEAT7 14 23 FEAT7 14 24 FEAT7 14 25 FEAT7 14 26 EMO029 EM030 EM031 EM032 Performance Measure Popup Distance Template Tag Distance Suffix Distance string for less than one mile The Event Details dialog shall alert the operator if they attempt to close an event where one of the following conditions Timestamps are not set oTMC Notification oTMC Verification oFirst Responder Arrival oLane Clearance Time oLast Responder Departure Time Spans olnitial notification 15 minutes after TMC notification oTMC notification 15 minutes after TMC verification oTMC verification 15 minutes after first responder arrival oFirst responder arrival 15 minutes after lane clearance oLane clearance 15 minutes after l
2. 2 OE EE Center to Center CCTV acusen Closed Circuit Television CNV Saen Connected Vehicle Subsystem DA eie anae Data Archiving DD eate Data Distribution DES oara oil r Data Fusion System DMS eoii Dynamic Message Sign DOT rri aias Department of Transportation EG Gee eda adie Evacuation Guidance IBD EE cto atecurs tes Executive Handler EM Rua ctosiiiivevans Event Management EM PM oraties Event Management Performance Measures EV eea osma Event Viewer PID OT sedis ection conte Florida Department of Transportation PEAT geese Feature Requirement HAR Sea aaa Highway Advisory Radio DSe tendcatanahtet Incident Detection System IMa oeni Incident Management IMS sick eaten Inventory Maintenance System TES Ae AG de Intelligent Transportation Systems TEN eronneen ni Invitation to Negotiate MAS ae rs Message Arbitration System ODS rnei aai Operational Data Store Son EEA ETT Pricing System RM Eam penna Ramp Metering Firmware RMS situ andtiniis Ramp Metering System RPG ina ie at Response Plan Generator RR octne neris Road Ranger RSen ena Reporting System RWI Sesialacenieins Road Weather Information System DD cls tnes irei Safety Barrier SPARR tiscteecsietcisines Smart Phone Application for Road Rangers SRS wipe eke eed sees Software Requirements Specification SUB wtiehignenieniue Subsystem Requirement SunGuide SRS 6 0 iv Software Requirements Specification SWR raana Southwest Research Institute TM Opni ei Tra
3. 5 0 4 5 0 4 5 0 4 5 0 4 5 0 4 5 0 4 5 0 4 5 0 4 5 0 4 5 0 4 289 FEAT53 3 FEAT53 3 1 FEAT53 3 2 FEAT53 3 3 FEAT57 FEAT59 FEAT59 1 TD00703 TD00704 TD00705 TD00706 DAR001 DAR002 INRIX Access CSV Writing ODS Data to show Centers C2C Mark Restricted Data SPARR DAR TSS Archive Data SunGuide shall support limiting access of INRIX traffic data to authorized users The SunGuide Data Archive component shall block the writing of restricted data to the TSS CSV files The SunGuide Data Archive component shall include data in the ODS tables that will specify the centers from which the data was gathered The SunGuide C2C Publisher component shall mark data which was gathered or derived from a restricted source as not for redistribution to third parties SunGuide shall support a Road Ranger Application on a smart phone The software shall archive configuration and operational data from TSS 1 AddDetectorResp 2 ModifyDetectorResp 3 DeleteDetectorResp 4 MapDetectorResp 5 retrieveDataResp initial data from Databus 6 statusUpdatelnfo link INRIX INRIX INRIX INRIX SPARR DAR DAR 5 0 4 5 0 4 5 0 4 5 0 4 5 0 5 5 1 1 5 1 1 290 FEAT59 2 FEAT59 3 FEAT59 4 DAROO3 DAROO4 DAROO5 Event Archive Data Configurable Time Interval UTC in Filename The software shall archive configuration and operational data
4. All operator changes shall be logged in the database for traceability including the new value previous value the user who made the change and the time the change was made The operator shall be able to add delete or edit agency notification on scene and departure times EM EM EM EM EM EM EM EM EM EM EM EM 197 The operator shall be able to add delete or edit vehicle response records for agencies with EM 3 responding vehicles Road Ranger SIRV etc FEAT26 6 4 EM020G3 Modify response records The operator shall be required to provide the notification time and either the arrival and FEAT26 6 5 EM020G4 Provide notification time EM 3 departure times or the cancellation time The operator shall be able to add edit and delete FEAT26 6 6 EM020G5 Modify activity records activity records associated with vehicle response EM 3 records The operator shall have the option to enter a Enter quantity for quantifiable quantity associated with an activity such as gas FEAT26 6 7 EM020G8 ae sees a activity when the activity is configured as quantifiable EM 3 y Be Activities shall be classified in the software as FEAT26 6 8 EM012 Classify as quantifiable or not 4 EM 3 quantifiable or not Describes the behavior of the EM event details Allow Congestion Cross Country dialog in restricting congestion head and tail FEAT26 7 5 EM 4 3 Lines locations to the same county as teh act
5. FEAT33 5 4 2 FEAT33 5 5 FEAT33 5 5 1 FEAT33 5 5 2 FEAT33 5 6 MLO34U MLO13U1 MLO25U MLO26U MLOO9U MLOO9U1 MLOO9U2 MLO37U Suport alert for an incorrect DMS message Express lanes DMS Toll rate gantry DMS availability Current rates displayed Other tabbed GUI elements Lane layout display Express lanes event creation Middleware Rate Adjustment The software shall support an alert for an incorrect DMS Message message from an authenticated Express Lanes client the alert shall include client generated unique alert ID a DMS ID the currently posted message and suggested DMS message The Tabbed GUI shall provide tools in the Express Lanes Tab and or elsewhere for controlling the Toll Rate and Toll Gantry DMS Toll Rate DMS Toll Gantry DMS and Lane Status DMS shall only be controllable by operators with a combination of DMS permissions and additional Express Lanes or Express Lanes DMS permissions The Tabbed GUI shall provide a means to set the toll rate message displayed on the DMS The software shall have the following subrequirements other elements to support TMC Operator management of the Express Lanes The display of the lane layout in all Event Management GUI screens shall include a double white line delineation between the Express Lanes and General Purpose Lanes The Tabbed GUI shall allow operators to create events in the Express Lanes in accordance to existing SunGuide rules
6. FEAT7 21 7 3 12 2 FEAT 21 7 3 13 FEAT7 21 7 3 14 FEAT7 21 7 3 15 FEAT7 21 7 3 15 1 FEAT 21 7 3 15 1 1 FEAT7 21 7 3 15 2 FEAT7 21 7 3 15 3 FEAT7 21 7 3 15 3 1 MAO07C11 Launch reports display MAO007C12 Responders submenu MAO007C12A Responders submenu status Responders submenu vehicle MA007C12B location replay MA007C13 Launch RWIS status MA007C14 Launch Safety Barrier status MA007C15 System submenu System submenu logout MA007C15A submenu Syst t MAOO7C15A1 ystem submenu Pepu submenu logout option System submenu change MA007C15B password MA007C15C System submenu log level System submenu log level MA007C15C1 selection The Operator Map main menu shall provide a Reports option to launch the Reports tabular display The Operator Map main menu shall provide a Responders submenu The Responders submenu shall provide a Responder Status option to launch the AVL RR vehicle status tabular display The Responders submenu shall provide a Vehicle Location Replay option to launch the AVL RR historical track dialog The Operator Map main menu shall provide a Roadside Weather Systems option to launch the RWIS station status dialog The Operator Map main menu shall provide a Safety Barriers option to launch the SB station status dialog The Operator Map main menu shall provide a System submenu The System submenu shall provide a Logout submenu The Logout submenu shall provid
7. SunGuide GUI shall provide the capability to view the difference in directional conditions on instrumented roadways on the conditions map FIHS and Central Florida SunGuide link based speeds shall be shown as link information not as point data The operator interface shall display the most current traffic conditions for monitored roadways GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI 51 FEAT7 4 9 FEAT7 4 10 FEAT7 4 11 FEAT7 5 FEAT7 5 1 FEAT7 5 2 FEAT7 5 3 FEAT7 5 4 WS004M1 WS018 WS019 DMO006D DM007D DM003D2 DM003D3 Map refresh rate Data available through single map Login screen DMS Message library sorting Keystroke selection Display errors Display extended status The SunGuide web site shall have an administrator configurable value that will allow the map refresh rate to be set in measured in seconds All data shall be available on the SunGuide operator GUI through a single map so that an operator would not have to access several maps to obtain information on a roadway segment The Operator Interface shall provide users with a login screen on which they will be required to enter their user name and password Message library entries shall be sorted in alphanumeric order within a library When choosing a message from a message library the system shall accept letters typed by the operator and scroll the message list to the first message matching these lett
8. TDO20 TDO20A TDO21 TDO21A TDO21B State transitions have transition reason Write messages to Status Logger Traffic Detector Failure Alerts System wide Traffic Detector Alerts Invalid Detector Data Alerts Alert Generation Delay Threshold EIS G4 Data Collection Volume Weighted Average Lane Average Link Average Traffic detection device state transitions shall have indication of transition reason poll failure operator forced operator who performed the operation etc SunGuide shall write messages to the Status Logger when traffic detector device operational state transitions The software shall be able to send Traffic Detector Failure alerts The software shall be able to send System wide Traffic Detector Failure alerts The software shall be able to send Invalid Detector Data alerts Traffic Detector Failure System wide Traffic Detector Failure and Invalid Detector Data alerts shall delay generation of the alert based ona delay threshold The software shall allow the user to configure a detector to use the EIS G4 protocol The software shall support communicating to the detector using the EIS G4 protocol including receiving speed volume occupancy and classification data TSS shall produce the average speed based ona volume weighted averaging method The rolling average for a lane shall weight the speed on each vehicle in the rolling average period equally For a given poll cycl
9. USOO4R1 USOO04R2 USOO4T US005 USOO5P USOO5R USO06 Request Action on another user Record user requests Requesting from one user to another with responses Possible response of request with text description Possible response with XML messages Request from one user to another with text description User s action awaiting response Indication of request pending Indicating result of request to user Display dialog to receiver The GUI Preference Manager shall provide a method for a user to request an action of another user The GUI Preference Manager shall record all user to user requests and any selected responses to those requests in the database A user request to another user shall include some number of possible responses the receiver of the request may choose from A possible response shall include a text description of the action selecting that response will invoke A possible response shall allow for the inclusion of one or more XML messages that could be sent to one or more SunGuide processes by the receiver of the request A user request to another user shall include a text description of the requested action The GUI shall indicate to a user when an action is awaiting another user s response When a user causes a user request to another user to be sent the GUI shall indicate to the originating user that a request is pending When a response to a previously issued user request to a
10. 4 3 220 FEAT32 1 8 12 FEAT32 1 8 13 FEAT32 1 8 14 FEAT32 1 8 15 FEAT32 1 8 16 FEAT32 1 8 17 FEAT32 1 8 18 FEAT32 1 8 19 FEAT32 1 8 20 FEAT32 1 8 21 FEAT32 1 8 22 DFO22F12 DFO22F13 DFO22F15 DFO22F16 DFO22F17 DFO22F18 DFO22F19 DFO22F20 DFO22F21 DFO22F22 DFO22F23 SAE Code 2985 Message SAE Code 2986 Identify SAE Code 2987 Identify SAE Code 2987 Message SAE Code 2988 Identify SAE Code 2988 Message SAE Code 2989 Identify SAE Code 2989 Message SAE Code 2990 Identify SAE Code 2990 Message SAE Code 2991 Identify The system shall present the message On ramp right shoulder blocked for events which are identified as SAE Code 2985 The system shall identify an event with more than one noncontiguous lane blocked of an off ramp as SAE Code 2986 The system shall identify an event with more than one contiguous lanes blocked on the left of an off ramp as SAE Code 2987 The system shall present the message Off ramp left lanes blocked for events which are identified as SAE Code 2987 The system shall identify an event with more than one contiguous lanes blocked in the center of an off ramp as SAE Code 2988 The system shall present the message Off ramp center lanes blocked for events which are identified as SAE Code 2988 The system shall identify an event which blocks the right lanes of an off ramp as SAE Code 2989 The system shall present the mes
11. Delivery of understandable messages Internal web site capable of displaying maps Links to state traveler information systems Roadway data Travel conditions link No data indications From the Home Page the user shall be able to access information for a requested event with no more than two clicks of the mouse unless one of these clicks takes them out to one of the regional Web sites Messages delivered through the Internet Web site shall be formatted in brief non technical language that is readily understandable by a user with a minimum education level of 9th grade The Web site shall be an Internet Web site that is capable of displaying a map of the state and also has the capability to link to the metropolitan areas in Florida where regional Web sites are available iFlorida Website shall include links to all other metropolitan area traveler information systems in the state Links to be provided by the FDOT The Web site shall provide details on roadway link travel conditions either through opening a pop up window or by opening a new web page with the additional information whenever a user clicks on a given event icon generally including information on incidents special events construction etc The website shall report that no data is available on a specified roadway segment if the SunGuide operator or the automated traffic sensors are reporting no data WS WS WS WS WS WS WS 3
12. FEAT13 3 FEAT13 3 C2C C2C C2C C2C C2C C2C C2C C2C C2C C2C 315 SUB11 2 5 SUB11 3 SUB11 3 1 SUB11 3 2 SUB11 3 3 SUB12 SUB12 1 SUB12 1 1 SUB12 1 2 SUB12 1 3 RWIS Control DMS HAR CCTV DA Data Archiving General Archive frequency Missing data Organization The system shall maintain the most current RWIS status information for RWISs in the connected networks The system shall allow a network to senda command request to a DMS in another network The system shall allow a network to send a command request to a HAR in another network The system shall allow a network to send a command request to a CCTV in another network The Data Archive shall be tunable to archive each data type in the range of 0 minute to 60 minutes a 0 indicates no logging is to occur for the data type If data is not available an entry of n a shall be included in the detailed data line Each subsystem s data that is archived shall be in a separate data file FEAT13 3 FEAT13 3 FEAT13 3 FEAT13 3 FEAT14 2 FEAT14 2 FEAT14 2 C2C C2C C2C C2C C2C DA DA DA DA DA 316 SUB12 1 4 SUB12 2 SUB12 2 1 SUB12 2 2 SUB12 2 3 SUB12 2 4 SUB12 2 5 SUB12 3 SUB12 3 1 Formatting Archive files File duration File location Filename specifications File header contents File detailed contents Types of archives
13. FEAT28 2 1 FEAT19 2 7 FEAT28 7 1 s FEAT28 8 1 s FEAT28 2 2 s FEAT28 9 1 s FEAT28 10 1 RS 3 RS 3 RS 3 RS 3 RS 3 RS 3 RS 3 MAS 3 330 SUB19 1 General MAS 3 The MAS Subsystem shall maintain a log of ted DMS which link ted Maint in log f posted poste messages which links poste SUB19 1 1 DMS messages to associated events FEAT19 3 29 MAS 3 DMS messages MAS shall attempt to keep the message reported for a DMS consistent with the to SUB19 2 DM007M3 Message consistentcy z 5 MAS 5 1 1 message on the MAS queue When a DMS transitions to the Active state from any other state the top message on Send top of queue on SUB19 3 DM007M4 the MAS queue shall be sent to the DMS MAS 5 1 1 Active state change When a DMS status update reports a DMS message has changed and the message ERED arn aN reported does not match the top message SUB19 4 DMO007M5 i on the MAS queue the software shall MAS 5 1 1 status change resend the top message on the queue If there are no messages in the MAS queue MAS shall send a message to blank the DMS when the DMS transitions to the Active SUB19 5 DM007M6 Send blank when active state and the DMS status reports a non MAS 5 1 1 blank message present on the sign Bye MAS shall store the current list of queues MAS queues persist in A and their contents in the database when SUB19 6 DM007M7 database on status MAS 5 1 1 change any part of the MAS queue status changes 331 SUB
14. MA040 Map tile generation Map tile generation images Map tile generation map tiles Map tile generation zoom layers Map tile generation road colors Map tile generation feature selection Link Editor Link Editor mode of operation Link Editor TSS link management Link Editor TSS link management link creation Link Editor TSS link management link display Device Sequence Editor The Map Tile Generation tool shall use ESRI Shape File formats for the map data used to render the tiles The Map Tile Generation tool shall produce graphical images of the Shape File data The Map Tile Generation tool shall create map tiles for display in the SunGuide Operator Map The map tiles shall be generated with multiple resolutions to support additional detail as the map zoom is increased The Map Tile Generation tool shall allow road colors to be specified The Map Tile Generation shall allow the SunGuide Administrator to determine which features in the Shape Files to include in the map tiles The Link Editor map displayed shall be the same map as the Operator Map The Link Editor shall be managed as a semi independent mode of the Operator Map The Link Editor shall allow an operator with appropriate permissions to manage the display of TSS links The Link Editor shall allow links not based on TSS links to be drawn on the map using a visual drawing tool The Link Editor shall allow existing TSS links to be drawn
15. MAO007C31 MA007C3J MA007C3J1 MA007C3K MA007C4 MA007C4A MA007C4B DMS submenu sequence library DMS submenu toll lane status DMS submenu toll rate status DMS submenu trailblazer status DMS submenu TvT messages control DMS submenu TvT messages control status DMS submenu VSL status Event submenu Event submenu add event Event submenu list events The DMS submenu shall provide a Sequence Libraries option to launch the DMS sequence libraries dialog The DMS submenu shall provide a Toll Lane Status DMS option to launch the DMS status dialog for toll lane status signs The DMS submenu shall provide a Toll Rate Sign Status option to launch the DMS status dialog for toll rate signs The DMS submenu shall provide a Trailblazer DMS Status option to launch the DMS status dialog for trailblazers The DMS submenu shall provide a Travel Time Messages submenu with options labeled On and Off to allow an operator to toggle the appropriate TvT setting The On or Off setting of the Travel Time Messages option shall be flagged with a checkmark according to the current state of systemwide TvT message generation The DMS submenu shall provide a Variable Speed Limit DMS Status option to launch the DMS status dialog for VSLs The Operator Map main menu shall provide an Event Management submenu The Event Management submenu shall provide an Add New Event option to launch t
16. MLO22A1 DMS type selection Association of multiple DMS signs per segment Toll rate DMS segment association Toll rate gantry DMS static text Toll rate gantry DMS default messages Default message validation Addition and removal of DMS signs Sign removal affects for pending rate messages The user shall be able to select if a DMS displays standard DMS messages Lane Status DMS if it displays toll rates and is mounted on an approach Toll Rate DMS or if it displays toll rates and is mounted on the toll gantry Toll Gantry DMS The software shall support the association of multiple DMS whether Lane Status Toll Rate or Toll Gantry with a segment The user shall be able to select the segment s whose rate or combined rate is displayed on a Toll Rate DMS The user shall be able to enter and edit the text that is on the static sign associated with each Toll Rate DMS or Toll Gantry DMS A user with permissions to configure Express Lanes shall be able to configure mode specific one line messages via the Administrative Editor that will be posted for Toll Rate DMS and Toll Gantry for Closed and Zero Rate and for Lane Status DMS for Closed Zero Rate and Operating Tolling Time of Day Dynamic and Manual modes shall share one message The software shall prevent the user from entering default messages longer than 6 characters for a Toll Rate DMS The software shall allow DMS to be added and removed from op
17. Route Designator Route Direction Linear Reference Cross Street or Mile Marker if provided County Latitude and Longitude if provided Incident Creation Timestamp Incident Update Timestamp if update Trooper Dispatch Timestamp if provided Trooper Arrival Timestamp if provided Originating RCC of the Incident External event alerts with no prior association to SunGuide events shall provide the SunGuide operator with the following action choices Create New Event creates association Create Secondary Event creates association Associate with existing SunGuide event Acknowledge take no action Dismiss providing a reason e g False Alarm FHPCAD FHPCAD 280 FEAT35 4 4 FEAT35 4 5 FEAT35 4 6 FEAT35 4 7 FEAT35 4 8 FEAT35 4 9 FEAT35 4 10 CAO003N CAO03N1 CA002D CA002D1 CA002D2 CA003G CAO06A Provide list of active SunGuide events within radius Prepopulate event created from FHP CAD incident Incident data stored in database Incident alert data stored in database No new alerts created for dismissed incident Display FHP CAD events on map Generate alert upon received updates If the FHP CAD incident has not been associated with a SunGuide event a list of active SunGuide events within a configurable radius shall be presented to the operator A SunGuide event created from an acknowledged FHP CAD incident shall be populated initially f
18. Select roads Link summaries Incident Link Reports shall be optionally included in the Central Florida 511 messages Upon operator approval Incident Link Reports shall be created and sent to the 511 telephone system For each Link Report and Link Summary SunGuide shall assemble and fuse the applicable Incident Link Reports and travel time reports to create a single WAV file for sending to the 511 telephone system When an incident that will be sent to the 511 telephone system is entered into SunGuide operators shall be prompted to describe an Incident Link Report or update the Incident Link Report for the link in question There shall be only one associated Incident Link Report for each reporting link describing all high priority incidents in both directions of travel Roads in Central Florida shall be broken down into between one e g SR 520 and four e g l 4 Link Reports for the purpose of reporting travel times Link Reports shall include travel times for both directions of traffic Link Reports shall have a mid point in the road segment for reporting travel times Link Reports for select roads designated by FDOT shall not have mid points Link summaries shall report current travel times for in one direction for links within central Florida that do not have midpoints 511 511 511 511 511 511 511 511 511 511 187 FEAT25 5 17 FEAT25 5 18 FEAT25 5 19 FEAT25 5 20 FEAT25
19. TM025H3 TM025H4 Sample Size usage filtered avg Using historical filtered matches Speed output calculation criteria Limited sample size behavior If the number of filtered matches available in volatile memory is less than the SAMPLE_SIZE then the speed average will not be produced If the number of filtered matches available in volatile memory within a speed calculation period is less than the SAMPLE_SIZE then the most recent filtered matches will be used until the sample size is equal to the SAMPLE_SIZE parameter If the number of filtered matches available within a speed calculation period is greater than or equal to the SAMPLE_SIZE then the filtered matches within the speed calculation period will be averaged to calculate the average speed value If the number of unfiltered matches available in volatile memory is less than the SAMPLE_SIZE then the average speed will not be calculated TSS TSS TSS TSS 310 SUB8 17 5 TMO25H5 SUB8 17 6 TMO025H6 SUB9 SUB9 1 SUB9 1 1 SUB9 1 1 1 SUB9 1 1 2 Sample Size usage unfiltered average Unifiltered average calculation EC Evacuation Coordination EG Evacuation Guidance General Distinguish between evacuation zones Ability to define geoboundaries If the number of unfiltered matches available within a speed calculation period is less than the SAMPLE_SIZE then the most recent unfiltered matches in volatile memory will be used
20. The SunGuide floodgate GUI shall support two sound files and two banner messages for each floodgate message Sunguide shall allow the operator to create new incident severity criteria specially for FLATIS The software shall allow an operator to set the ATIS Severity The software shall allow an operator to set the ATIS Severity to Unknown Minor Intermediate or Major The software shall suggest a new ATIS Severity level when an operator has changed the lane blockage for the event The software shall suggest an ATIS Severity level by calculating the total percentage of all travel lanes and off ramps blocked The software shall suggest an ATIS Severity level of Minor when the total percentage of all travel lanes and off ramps blocked is less than or equal to the configured Minor threshold The software shall suggest an ATIS Severity level of Intermediate when the total percentage of all travel lanes and off ramps blocked is less than or equal to the Intermediate threshold and greater than the Minor threshold The software shall suggest an ATIS Severity level of Major when the total percentage of all travel lanes and off ramps blocked is greater than the Intermediate threshold GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 72 FEAT7 19 28 8 FEAT7 19 28 9 FEAT7 19 28 10 FEAT7 19 28 11 FEAT7 19 28 12 FEAT7 19 28 13 FEAT7 20 FEAT7 21 FEAT7
21. dynamic message signs DMSs through a minimum of three drivers supporting NTCIP DMS 1 protocol Florida MIB and Mark IV 195 protocol The DMS device driver shall communicate to the DMS and perform the following Set or check date and time Poll the DMS on a periodic basis as specified in the database and retrieve DMS status Check the cyclic redundancy check of the DMS operating parameters and message library against the cyclic redundancy check parameters of the database Download operating parameters and DMS command messages Upload the current operating parameters and display on user s workstation Download all message text and its attributes Display all message text database parameters and attributes on the user s workstation s Command the particular DMS DMS 1 message be stored in the message library All uploaded information from the DMS shall be displayed at the user s workstation s The operator with proper security shall be able to display change database messages and parameters A log of all changes shall be maintained by time and operator identification Provide a DMS test mode set of commands Provide a method for restricting overwriting an essential e g incident related message ona DMS Provide a log of all communication events to and from the DMS including the report of device errors and Provide the capability to stop 110 FEAT9 3 FEAT9 4 FEAT9 4 1 FEAT9 5 FEAT9 6 FEAT9 7 FE
22. DMS submenu MAS queue DMS submenu messages library The Center to Center submenu shall provide a HAR Status option to launch the C2C HAR dialog The Center to Center submenu shall provide a RWIS Status option to launch the C2C RWIS dialog The Center to Center submenu shall provide an Operator Approval of Remote Messages submenu with options labeled On and Off to allow an operator to toggle the appropriate C2C setting The On or Off setting of the Operator Approval option shall be flagged with a checkmark according to the current state of the system The Operator Map main menu shall provide a DMS submenu The DMS submenu shall provide an Active Sequences option to launch the DMS active sequences dialog The DMS submenu shall provide a Device Groups option to launch the DMS group dialog The DMS submenu shall provide a Device Status option to launch the full DMS status dialog The DMS submenu shall provide a Message Queue Manager option to launch the MAS queue manager dialog The DMS submenu shall provide a Message Libraries option to launch the DMS message libraries dialog GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI 79 FEAT7 21 7 3 3 6 FEAT 21 7 3 3 7 FEAT7 21 7 3 3 8 FEAT7 21 7 3 3 9 FEAT7 21 7 3 3 10 FEAT 21 7 3 3 10 1 FEAT7 21 7 3 3 11 FEAT7 21 7 3 4 FEAT7 21 7 3 4 1 FEAT7 21 7 3 4 2 MA007C3F MA007C3G MA007C3H
23. DMS042 Color DMS Templates DMS042A Standard DMS layout The DMS subsystem shall poll each device at the interval specified for that device The DMS subsystem shall increase the polling interval for a device which has failed to respond to a configurable number of commands The DMS subsystem shall include the following timestamps for DMS status last successful poll last successful send message and last communication attempt Upon receipt of a blank status request from a user with permissions for a non Active sign the DMS subsystem shall send an update to clients reporting a blank message as the status for the sign until a successful poll indicating a different message is received The software shall additionally support the NTCIP version 2 protocol The software shall have a standard color DMS layout for creating color DMS messages and templates The standard color DMS layout shall include one graphic and one text message per phase DMS DMS DMS DMS DMS DMS DMS DMS 297 SUB7 4 2 2 SUB7 4 2 3 SUB7 4 2 4 SUB7 4 2 5 SUB7 4 2 6 SUB7 4 2 7 SUB7 4 2 8 SUB7 4 2 8 1 SUB7 4 3 DMS042B DMS042C DMS042D DMS042E DMS042F DMS042G DMS042H DMS042H1 DMS043 Graphic Height Graphic Aspect Ratio Graphic Left Justified DMS Text Area Centered Text Text Too Large Removing the Graphic Adding sign to a response plan Graphics Library The graphic shall occup
24. FEAT25 1 10 FEAT25 2 FEAT25 2 1 FEAT25 2 2 FEAT25 2 3 FEAT25 2 4 FEAT25 2 5 FEAT25 2 6 FEAT25 2 7 FEAT25 3 ID201V1 DF207 ID205G 1ID212G ID201 ID200V ID206G1 ID200V1 Human voice messages Scenarios Data evaluation Display of scenarios Operator override messages Scenario minimums Pre recorded file selection Display event details Definition of scenario WAV files The system shall disseminate a recorded human voice that will report current traffic conditions using complete sentences SunGuide shall be able to evaluate data collected from both directions of travel as part of a single Scenario The Operator Interface shall display a list of current pre recorded Scenarios that can be selected and associated with a roadway segment or other FIHS defined facility At any time an operator shall have the ability to disable reporting of the automatically selected scenario s for a 511 link report or link summary report and to record an override message using the Incident Link Report recording feature The SunGuide shall allow a minimum of 30 pre recorded Scenarios for Central Florida 511 Reporting Segments When the SunGuide determines that the conditions fit a particular scenario then the system shall select the pre recorded WAV file associated with that scenario The 511 Operator Interface will display the event details that make the selected 511 Scenario appropriat
25. FEAT7 14 2 FEAT7 14 3 FEAT7 14 4 AVOO08V1 AVO08V2 AV007 AV012V AV007L4 EM010G2 EM010G3 Displaying new positions Map positioning Turn off display option Noticeable icon EM Road ranger assignment Filter and sort Save filter sort Responder audit If a position report is not displayed on the SunGuide map before a new position is received the newer position will be displayed but the older one will be maintained in the track history and available for replay A find on map option shall be provided in the Vehicle List window that will re center the SunGuide map to the position of the selected vehicle The operator shall be able to turn off the display of vehicle position information on the SunGuide map A more noticeable icon e g flashing larger exclamation shall be used when a vehicle stops or leaves the geo fenced area without justification non patrolling status entered into the road ranger tablet A pop up window advising of Road Ranger Status shall appear on the GUI if the operator selects a Road Ranger vehicle that is already assigned to another incident The operator shall be able to filter sort events by county operator district roadway type Road Ranger beat s and any other data fields contained in the event list The operator shall have the option to save the filter sort as a default associated with the operator login and ID GUI GUI GUI GUI EM
26. Request to set mode doesn not contain Transit Time parameters Response for each Toll Rate DMS Receipt of a valid request The software shall require requests to set the mode of a segment to dynamic rate to have Toll Rate Transit Time parameters for Toll Rate DMS associated with the segment In requests to set ps the mode of a segment to other modes the request may have all some or none of these parameters provided When a request to set the mode rate of a segment does not contain Transit Time parameters the Minimum Transit Time or ps Maximum Transit Time default values for each Toll Rate DMS shall be used per MLOO9D7 While performing the operations directed by an accepted request to set mode rate of a segment the software shall provide an individual response for each Toll Rate DMS including the Gantry DMS indicating the SunGuide ID associated with the mode rate request DMS ID success or failure to PS post the rate and the posting time or if unsuccessful the last attempted posting time and error message if provided at the time of such success or failure Upon receipt of a valid request to set mode rate of a segment the software shall provide a response containing the client unique ID provided with the request and the SunGuide ID associated with the mode rate request PS 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 268 FEAT33 11 7 FEAT33 11 8 FEAT33 11 8 1 FEAT33 11 8 2 MLOO1M11 MLOO2M MLOO2M1
27. SUB8 7 5 SUB8 7 6 SUB8 8 TDO17C TDO17D TDO17E TDO17F System wide alert permission Percentage Calculation System Message Status Log Message Invalid Detector Data Alerts When the percentage of traffic detectors with a failed operational state exceeds the threshold configured in the SunGuide Admin Editor and remains above the threshold at least as long as the System wide Traffic Detector Failure alert delay period the software shall send a System TSS wide Traffic Detector Failure alert to logged in users with permission to receive these alerts When determining the percentage of traffic detectors with a failed operational state the number of detectors in the failed operational state shall be compared to the total number of detectors excluding TSS detectors with an out of service operational status The System wide Traffic Detector Failure alert shall be presented to users in the TSS System Messages dialog System wide Traffic Detector Failure alerts shall be logged in the Status Logger TSS TSS 5 1 5 1 5 1 5 1 5 1 304 SUB8 8 1 SUB8 8 2 SUB8 8 3 SUB8 8 4 SUB8 8 5 TDO18A TDO18A1 TDO18A2 TDO18B TDO18B1 Detector Thresholds Detector Threshold Threshold Configuration Overlap Alert Initial Generation Criteria Threshold Effective Times From the SunGuide Admin Editor an authorized user will be able to configure a set of timed threshold
28. location status stopped time amount of time moving since last stop operator beat nearest reference location milepost distance to nearest reference location and if available the following information about the incident the vehicle is responding to Incident ID incident severity incident type incident description AVL 3 AVL 3 If vehicle is stopped displayed status data shall include the amount of time that the truck has AVL 3 been stopped If vehicle is moving displayed status data shall include the amount of time that the truck has AVL 3 been moving The following related data shall be logged if available Beat Driver reference location proximity to reference location status responding incident ID AVL 3 175 FEAT24 3 15 FEAT24 3 16 FEAT24 3 17 FEAT24 3 18 FEAT24 3 19 FEAT24 4 FEAT24 4 1 FEAT24 4 2 FEAT 24 4 3 AVO08T AVO009 AVO007T AVO02T6 AV002T7 AVOO1L AVO02L AVO03L Storing location and history New status updates Non active status icon Historical position tracks Hide track display Data acquisition component Data file Vehicle position Data format The AVL subsystem shall store vehicle location and speed history in the SunGuide Oracle database The AVL subsystem shall update the vehicle status each time a new Status is reported for the vehicle If a non active status gas meal inspection etc is received in the AVL feed the
29. 1 The data in the Toll Viewer shall be presented in chronological order by gantry The software the Toll Viewer shall use the DMS Name for CSRs for each DMS displayed in the TV 3 1 Basic View The Detailed View of the Toll Viewer shall provide information to perform detailed historical TV 3 1 operations reviews The Detailed View of the Toll Viewer shall include meeting all requirements of the Summary View in addition to these subrequirements unless an TV 3 1 explicitly stated otherwise TV 3 1 In addition to the basic data the user of the Toll Viewer shall be able to view all DMS message requests whether they were successful if unsuccessful the reason and time as can best be TV 3 1 determined the time of the request and the time of message posting if successful 276 FEAT34 4 3 FEAT34 4 4 FEAT34 4 5 FEAT34 4 6 FEAT34 4 7 FEAT34 4 8 FEAT34 4 9 FEAT34 4 10 MLO12R MLOO1LR6 MLO13R MLO14R MLO01RO MLOO1R14 MLOO1R11 MLOO1R12 Additional toll rates data Additional override data Toll viewer access Toll viewer web service Data in detail view Highlight DMS Rows Posting Time display Changing data time selection The user of the Toll Viewer shall be able to view all toll rates sent to the Middleware if they were communicated successfully time of communication number of retries and confirmation and time they took effect The Toll Viewer Detail Report shall co
30. 21 1 FEAT7 21 2 FEAT 21 2 1 FEAT7 21 2 2 DFO41 DF042 DF043 DF044 DF045 DFO45S MA001 MA002 MA002A MA002B ATIS Severity Suggestion Change ATIS Severity Event Chronology ATIS Severity Sent to ATIS ATIS Severity Default ATIS Limits Configuration ATIS Limit Configuration Default PS Operator Map Tile based map Multiple zoom levels supported Rubber band zoom Select zoom level displayed The software shall provide visual clues to the operator if the ATIS Severity level suggested is different than the last saved ATIS Severity level The software shall track changes to the ATIS Severity via the Event Chronology every time a changed ATIS Severity level is saved The software shall make the ATIS Severity level available to external clients via Center to Center The software shall default the ATIS Severity level to Minor for all new events The software shall allow an administrator to set the Severity threshold percentage for both Minor and Intermediate severity levels in the SunGuide configuration file The software shall default the Severity threshold percentages if those in the configuration file were invalid Default values are Minor 0 Intermediate 25 The Operator Map shall display map tiles created by the SunGuide Map Tile Generation application that represent the state of Florida The Operator Map shall provide multiple zoom levels with the level of detail increasing a
31. 24 FEAT1 7 25 FEAT1 7 26 FEAT1 7 27 CROO6 CRO08 CROO9 CRO10 CRO12 S036 S037 Incorporated functions User intervention Continuance of operations Publishing data Availability Data available within one minute Software capable of 24 7 operations SunGuide shall incorporate the following functions an Automated Data Interface an Operator Interface that is a web based browser and software to interact with external applications When both the primary and redundant systems are operational the redundant server shall not require any user intervention The SunGuide system shall continue to operate in the event that data sources sensors external data providers etc fail and report that data as missing or unavailable The SunGuide system shall not publish to internal or external systems data from failed internal or external data sources The SunGuide Software shall have an availability of at least 99 of the time measured over a 24 hour period that source data systems are operating measured annually Operational is defined as that the system is running and not that no errors are occurring New data shall be available in SunGuide within one minute of being entered by an operator or received by an automated feed SunGuide shall be capable of operating data 24 hours per day seven days per week for any contiguous 365 day period excluding periods when modular or source data systems
32. 3 Day and the suggested rate shall be the rate shown in the Time of Day tables for the current time and the rate actually posted shall be the rate in effect at the time the operator approves the recommendation which may be different from what was recommended Upon restart if the last known mode for a segment was either Manual or Dynamic and the current rates posted on the configured Toll Rate DMS for a segment are the same and match the last known rate posted for that segment and the Lane Status DMS for that segment matches the PS 4 3 text specified for Operating Tolling the suggested mode for that segment shall be Manual and the suggested rate shall be the rate currently posted on the Toll Rate DMS 258 FEAT33 9 1 3 FEAT33 9 1 4 MLO39U3 MLO39U4 Last Known Mode Closed Suggested Mode Zero Rate Upon restart if the current rates posted on the configured Toll Rate DMS for a segment match the text specified for Closed mode and the Lane Status DMS message for that segment matches the text specified for Closed mode and either the last known mode was Closed or the text specified for Closed mode differs from that for Zero Rate mode the recommended mode shall be Closed and the recommended Toll Rate and Lane Status messages shall be those specified for Closed mode PS 4 3 Upon restart if the current rates posted on the configured Toll Rate DMS for a segment match the text specified for Zero Rate mode and the L
33. 5 queue manager dialog The Operator Map main menu shall provide an Incident Detection submenu The Incident Detection submenu shall provide a Systemwide VisioPaD Detection submenu with options labeled On and Off to allow an GUI 5 operator to toggle the appropriate IDS setting GUI 5 The On or Off setting of the Systemwide VisioPaD Detection option shall be flagged with a checkmark according to the current state of GUI 5 systemwide IDS VisioPaD detection The Incident Detection submenu shall provide a VisioPaD Camera Detection Status option to GUI 5 launch the combined cameras tabular display The Operator Map main menu shall provide an GUI 5 Inventory and Maintenance submenu The Inventory and Maintenance submenu shall provide an Inventory option to launch the IMS GUI 5 inventory management dialog The Inventory and Maintenance submenu shall provide a Vendor option to launch the IMS GUI 5 vendor management dialog The Operator Map main menu shall provide a GUI 5 Preferences submenu 82 FEAT7 21 7 3 9 1 FEAT 21 7 3 9 4 FEAT7 21 7 3 9 5 FEAT 21 7 3 9 6 FEAT7 21 7 3 10 FEAT7 21 7 3 10 1 FEAT7 21 7 3 10 2 FEAT7 21 7 3 10 3 FEAT7 21 7 3 10 4 MA007C9A MAO007C9D MA007C9E MA007C9F MA007C10 MA007C10A MA007C10B MA007C10C MA007C10D Preferences submenu clear saved window Preferences submenu save current view Preferences submenu save current windo
34. 511 188 FEAT25 6 1 FEAT25 6 2 FEAT25 6 3 FEAT25 6 4 FEAT25 6 5 FEAT25 6 6 FEAT25 6 7 DF226 DF200R DF200R1 1D213G DF208R1 ID224 DF200R2 Applicability Comparison report Comparison information Indicate availability of travel time scenarios Configuration changes Summary report minimums Comparisons available with appropriate permissions Drive time comparisons presenting drive times for two or more routes between the same two points shall apply only to Central Florida road segments A summary comparison report shall be able to compare a travel corridor including multiple roadway links and more than one roadway in the comparison Summary drive time comparisons shall include information concerning one direction of travel from a common origin i e From point to a common destination i e To point The operator interface shall allow an operator with appropriate permissions to flag or other wise indicate whether travel time scenarios are to be made available to the 511 telephone service for a Link Report Link Summary or Drive Time Comparison Route Only a system administrator with appropriate permissions shall have the ability to change the configuration to create edit or delete drive time comparison routes The SunGuide shall have the capability to provide reports on up to a minimum of 42 forty two drive time comparisons Summary drive time comparison and selecte
35. 7 2 10 FEAT7 2 11 FEAT7 2 12 FEAT7 3 FEAT7 3 1 FEAT7 3 2 FEAT7 3 3 FEAT7 3 4 FEAT7 3 5 WS001Z WS002M WS002Z WS010 WS009 GSOO9C WS008 GS010 Reporting map scale Conditions map Largest scale selectable General Behavior on duplicate login Display login name Configurable colors for icons Display error messages Display color legend The Operator Interface shall provide ability to increase the scale of the conditions reporting map called zoom by drawing a box with the mouse around the portion of that map that is to be displayed on the full workstation screen The FIHS Conditions map shall be similar to the statewide map provided on the statewide FIHS Web site The largest scale selectable shall include a statewide view that includes the entire FIHS incident event data A user who is already logged in on another workstation and tries to log in on another workstation shall be automatically logged off the first machine and a message shall be displayed explaining what happened The system shall display the currently logged on username somewhere in the browser window or in the title bar of the window The colors associated with device status icons shall be configurable If any device control commands issued by the operator fails the failure shall be indicated by a error warning message in the status message window this include errors caused by authorization failures Th
36. CA008 CA009 CAO03F CAO05A Interface Incidents accessed from single location Incidents to use existing XML format Incidents provided via consistent external events format Utilize Roadway and Crosstree information SunGuide Incidents update replace existing alerts Traffic incidents shall be accessed from a single configurable location consisting of separate files from each FHP CAD RCC Traffic incidents shall be accessed from the FHP CAD server using the existing XML format Incident data shall be provided to SunGuide in a format consistent with the SunGuide External Events XML schema The FHP CAD interface roadway filter shall utilize the Roadway and the Crosstree information within the messages when applying its roadway filter E g if filtering on I 95 then messages that contain I 95 at Commercial and Commercial at I 95 will both match the filter criteria Updated FHP CAD incidents shall update replace existing unacknowledged alerts FHPCAD FHPCAD FHPCAD FHPCAD FHPCAD FHPCAD FHPCAD 4 2 279 FEAT35 4 2 FEAT35 4 3 CAO05A1 CAO05A2 External event alert fields External event alert action choices External event alerts from FHP CAD incidents shall include the following fields from the FHP CAD incident subject to availability in the incoming incident data FHP CAD Incident ID FHP CAD Incident Type FHP CAD Incident Description and Details if provided
37. CAD communication failure notifications RCC update notifications Consistency with 4 0 functionality The Toll Viewer shall provide a combined date time text box for entry of the date and time to support pasting a date time copied from other applications and calendar dropdown selection controls to support manual entry with the Toll 3 i i PS 4 3 Viewer automatically updating the values in one if the other is changed by the user This text box shall allow entry of a date formatted as M D YYYY H MM SS AM FHPCAD 4 FHPCAD 4 FHPCAD 4 An external event alert shall be presented to the SunGuid t ithin 60 ds of a traffi ai uide operator within 6 POR i of a traffic AAD A incident for a requested location being placed on the FHP CAD FTP server The system shall support filtering of FHP traffic ne FHPCAD 4 incidents by county The system shall support filtering of FHP traffic incidents by a configurable list of FDOT covered FHPCAD 4 roadways A SunGuide operator shall be notified of FHP CAD Ea FHPCAD 4 interface communication failures SunGuide operator shall be notified if RCC updates are not received at the FHP CAD server DE i FHPCAD 4 within a configurable amount of time Notifications and data entry related to the handling of FHP CAD incidents shall be consistent FHPCAD 4 with SunGuide Release 4 0 0 functionality 278 FEAT35 3 FEAT35 3 1 FEAT35 3 2 FEAT35 3 3 FEAT35 3 4 FEAT35 4 FEAT35 4 1 CA007
38. Display operator changes The operator shall be able to designate a vehicle or a group of vehicles and enter a date time and time span that position reports are generated for SunGuide shall provide the option for the operator to Sort report data by vehicle or by area of operation or by date and time period Filter report data by event type or event data codes Position reports shall be displayed on the SunGuide workstation when requested by the operator The operator shall have the option to save the report format thereby preserving the order in which the data is grouped to use as a template for future reports The operator shall have the option to save delete or export a report The reporting function shall retrieve AVL data based on a date time range and a particular vehicle At a minimum the identification criteria shall be able to be identified as truck number beat driver radio telephone number truck position roadway direction reference location proximity to reference location speed and status availability All operator changes shall be displayed in the chronology report with an indication that specific information has been changed RS RS RS RS RS RS RS RS RS 209 FEAT28 12 2 FEAT28 13 FEAT28 13 1 FEAT28 13 2 FEAT28 13 3 FEAT29 FEAT29 1 FEAT29 1 1 FEAT29 1 2 FEAT29 2 FEAT29 2 1 FEAT29 2 2 FEAT29 2 3 EMO003U ODO001R ODO002R ODOO07R
39. EV EV IDS IDS IDS IDS 171 FEAT23 2 1 FEAT23 2 2 FEAT23 2 3 FEAT23 2 3 1 FEAT23 2 3 2 FEAT23 2 3 3 FEAT23 2 3 4 FEAT24 FEAT24 1 FEAT24 1 1 TD013D TM007D7 SB001 SBO01A SB001B SBO01C B001D AVOO6L Alert notification Alarm incident log Safety Barrier Alerts Alert Triggered Alert information Alert resolution Safety Barrier Event Details Automatic Vehicle Location AVL General Source location configuration SunGuide shall supply alert notification for VisioPaD Citilog data collected indicating the CCTV that detected the incident and the timestamp when it was detected SunGuide shall log the time an alarm is generated by TSS or the operator elects to create a new incident SunGuide shall allow an operator to generate an event from a Safety Barrier alert SunGuide shall supply alert notification for Safety Barrier Alerts indicating the Safety Barrier triggered The alert shall provide a control to access status information for the safety barrier reporting the alert The alert shall provide a method for the user to resolve the Safety Barrier Alert Events generated through this process shall be assigned a notifying contact specified in the system configuration shall be assigned a default event type specified in the system configuration and shall be assigned the nearest Event Management location to the configured safety barrier location The sourc
40. FEAT23 1 FEAT23 1 1 FEAT23 2 SVOO5E3 SVOO5E4 SVOO5E5 SVOO6E SVOO8E SVOO8E1 TDOO8 Road ranger information Agency response information Chronology summary Navigation link Secondary Events Primary event association Secondary event link Incident Detection System IDS CitiLog data Display traffic data Alert notification The event details page shall display road ranger related information if available that at a minimum includes if available an indication that road ranger was dispatched on scene arrival time departure time and activities performed The event details page shall display agency response information if available including the name of the agency whether or not they were notified by the TMC and the notification on scene and departed timestamps The event details page shall include a chronology summary section that will display in chronological order the status responder road ranger location blockage congestion and DMS usage data entries A navigation link to the event list page shall be provided on the event details page Secondary events shall be associated with a primary event A secondary event shall have a link to the event details screen of the primary event that the secondary event is associated with SunGuide shall be able to log and display traffic data collected by CitiLog Video Detection Equipment devices EV EV EV EV EV
41. GUI GUI GUI GUI 59 FEAT7 14 4 1 FEAT7 14 4 2 FEAT7 14 4 3 FEAT7 14 4 4 FEAT7 14 4 5 FEAT7 14 4 6 FEAT7 14 4 7 FEAT7 14 4 8 Use existing permissions and EM020G authentication methods EM020G2 Operator can leave fields blank EMO020G6 Enter time activity performed EM020G7 Timestamp warning Summary of response times and EM020G9 erie activities EM020G10 Display event information Event chronolo EM020G11 AL summary report EM021G Enter free text data A Responder Audit screen shall be incorporated into the existing audit feature of the SunGuide GUI using the existing permissions scheme and user authentication methods of the SunGuide GUI The operator shall be able to leave any of the fields blank in case that information is not available except that a record must have at least one timestamp entered The software shall require the operator to enter the time that an activity was performed however the software shall also require the timestamp to fall within the arrival and departure timestamps for the vehicle record The GUI shall warn the user when a timestamp is entered which is earlier than the event start time or later than the event closed time The GUI shall display a summary of all the agency response times the detailed vehicle response time records and all the activities performed The GUI shall display the event location event number and blockage history for an event The GUI shall p
42. HAR driver for each device The colors associated with rwis status icons shall be configurable If an error occurs communicating with RWIS the error message shall be displayed in the status message window The GUI shall provide a way to display all data from the RWIS driver for each device FEAT7 5 6 FEAT7 5 6 FEAT7 5 6 FEAT7 3 3 FEAT7 3 4 FEAT 3 6 FEAT7 3 3 FEAT7 3 4 FEAT7 3 6 GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI 291 SUB5 7 SUB5 7 1 SUB5 7 2 SUB5 7 3 SUB5 8 SUB5 8 1 SUB5 8 2 SUB5 8 3 SUB5 9 SUB5 9 1 SUB5 9 2 SUB5 9 3 RMS RMS icon colors RMS error messages RMS display all data SB SB icon colors SB error messages SB display all data TSS TSS icon colors TSS error messages TSS display all data The colors associated with rms status icons shall be configurable If an error occurs communicating with RMS the error message shall be displayed in the status message window The GUI shall provide a way to display all data from the RMS driver for each device The colors associated with sb status icons shall be configurable If an error occurs communicating with SB the error message shall be displayed in the status message window The GUI shall provide a way to display all data from the SB driver for each device The colors associated with tss status icons shall be configurable If an error occurs co
43. MLOO9D9 FEAT33 11 11 MIO09D10 FEAT33 12 FEAT33 12 1 FEAT33 12 1 1 MLO31A2 FEAT33 12 1 2 MLO031A3 FEAT33 12 2 FEAT33 12 2 1 MLO40U SendRequest for mode rate change Post submitted rate on the Toll Rate DMS Posing Time for toll rate Alerts Suppress Rate Change Alerts Pending rate change alert Store pending rate change alert Express Lanes alerts Send alerts to subscribed clients If a client sends a request for a mode rate change or a Middleware Rate Adjustment and specifies an effective time that is in the future or is earlier than the current time minus the number of minutes specified as the Retroactive Adjustment Limit the software shall reject the request with an Invalid Effective Time If a valid rate request is submitted the software shall immediately post the submitted rate on the Toll Rate DMS associated with a segment with the greatest Toll Rate Transit Time for the Time of Day Dynamic and Manual Rate modes The posting time for a toll rate on a Toll Rate DMS in Time of Day Dynamic and Manual Rate modes shall be the effective time minus that DMS appropriate as specified by client or per MLOO9D7 Transit Time If the Suppress Rate Change Alerts flag is set the software shall automatically acknowledge pending rate change alerts for a segment when a new rate change alert is generated for that segment The software shall store whether a pending rate change alert was automatically or manuall
44. RR SwRI Proposal No 10 35924 dated January 31 2003 SwRI BAFO letter Southwest Research Institute Proposal No 10 35924 Invitation to Negotiate ITN Statewide Transportation Management Center Software Library System Reference Negotiation Number ITN DOT 02 03 9025 RR dated May 5 2003 FDOT procurement document Invitation To Negotiate ITN Negotiation Number ITN DOT 02 03 9025 RR Statewide Transportation Management Center Software Library System dated October 21 2002 FDOT Scope of Services Statewide Transportation Management Center Software Library System Scope of Services September 22 2003 FDOT Requirements Document Statewide Transportation Management Center Software Library System Requirements Specification June 3 2003 Southwest Research Institute TMC Software Study November 15 2001 Southwest Research Institute Introduction to an Operational Concept For the Florida Statewide Library FDOT OCD 1 0 March 31 2002 Standard Written Agreement Modification 21 for SunGuide Software Release 4 3 September 30 2009 SunGuide V4 3 Software Requirements for Express Lanes Operations Version 3 13 December 17 2009 Floodgate Multi Set Interface Design Proposal November 30 2009 Floodgate Pre Recorded Messages June 23 2009 Standard Written Agreement Modification 22 for SunGuide Software Release 4 3 5 0 February 11 2010 Standard Written Agreement Modif
45. SPARR SPARR SPARR SPARR 5 0 5 5 0 5 5 0 5 5 0 5 5 0 5 5 0 5 5 0 5 359 SUB27 2 1 SUB27 2 2 SUB27 2 3 SUB27 2 4 SUB27 2 5 SUB27 2 6 SPARRO22 SPARRO23 SPARRO24 SPARRO25 SPARRO26 SPARRO27 Subsystem Connection Connection with Phones Data Pass Through Time Sync Default Start Shift Default End Shift The SPARR Driver shall only require a single connection to the SunGuide AVL Subsystem The SPARR Driver shall support connections with multiple smart phones running the SPARR The SPARR Driver shall pass data between the SPARR to the SunGuide AVL Subsystem When reporting to SunGuide timestamp data provided by the SPARR the SPARR Driver shall adjust the reported timestamp to correct for any difference between the Application Server s time and the current time reported by the device When a SPARR user successfully reports the start of a shift and the vehicle either has no current dispatch status or is in a dispatch status flagged as Default End Shift the SPARR driver shall set the vehicle s dispatch status to a dispatch status flagged as Default Start Shift When a SPARR user successfully reports the end of a shift the SPARR driver shall set the vehicle s dispatch status to a dispatch status flagged as Default End Shift SPARR SPARR SPARR SPARR SPARR SPARR 5 0 5 5 0 5 5 0 5 5 0 5 5 0 5 5 0 5 360 SUB27 2 7 SUB27 2 8 SUB27
46. SUB1 1 1 SUB1 1 2 SUB1 2 SUB1 2 1 SUB1 2 2 SUB1 3 SUB1 3 1 SUB1 3 2 SUB2 SUB3 SUB3 1 SUB3 2 SunGuide ID AEG EH Executive Handler General Configurable parameters Log level EH process Control processes Heartbeat EH viewer Visibility of processes Process health IMS Inventory Management System IM Incident Associate events Response plans Requirement Text Requirements for the EH system The following shall be configurable parameters of the EH process Host name TCP port number The system shall allow the logging level to be modified The system shall be able to stop and start processes running on machines reachable on the local network The system shall be capable of receiving a heartbeat from the system processes The system viewer shall be capable of viewing the status of processes for computers on the local network The system viewer shall display the health of the various processes in a configurable manner The system shall allow an operator to associate a new incident with another existing incident Traced from FEAT3 2 FEAT3 11 FEAT3 3 FEAT3 9 FEAT3 9 FEAT3 9 FEAT5 3 14 Subsystem EH EH EH EH EH EH EH EH EH IMS Version SUB3 2 1 SUB3 2 2 SUB3 2 3 SUB3 3 SUB3 3 1 Recommend response plans Predefined response plans Generated response plan Message formats Message fields The
47. Segment Route the operator shall be prompted via the Operator Interface to record a custom outgoing message The operator interface shall provide the ability to disable reporting of automatically selected scenario messages and to record override messages using the Incident Link Report recording feature The maximum length for an event report or WAV file shall be 60 seconds SunGuide shall replace the default message with a specially recorded message when it is available If a511 Reporting Segment has been overriden by disabling reporting of automatically selected scenarios the Operator Interface shall indicate that the 511 Scenario report has been disabled For 511 Reporting Segments with an override Incident Link Report message the Operator Interface shall provide the ability to either hear or read a text version of the Incident Link Report message 511 511 511 511 511 511 511 185 FEAT25 4 13 FEAT25 5 FEAT25 5 1 FEAT25 5 2 FEAT25 5 3 FEAT25 5 4 FEAT25 5 5 FEAT25 5 6 ID206G DF200R4 DF201R DF201R1 DF202R5 DF204R DF204R2 Display message name Reports Event reports Travel time reports Announcements Pre recorded message storage Utilization Management review The 511 Operator Interface shall display the name of the message that is currently in use for each 511 Reporting Segment Each of the 511 Reporting Segments shall display the name of the 511
48. Setting maximum toll rate Selecting of Daily Rate Schedule Express Lane Tab s Mode Selection functionality The software shall store any change attempts to Express Lanes DMS to include message content DMS ID success in displaying new message or lack thereof effective time of the DMS display and error messages related to changing a DMS message The software shall store changes in mode rate Middleware Rate Adjustments or end of Middleware Rate Adjustment in the database including the User ID who submitted the request the request time rate effective time ending time if provided Comments Field segment affected and event associations s The software shall keep a record of failed Middleware Heartbeats to include time attempted An authorized user will be able to set the Segment Maximum Toll Rate for each segment in Administrative Editor For a Segment Rate Schedule the user shall only be able to select Daily Rate Schedules in which no rate exceeds the Segment Maximum Toll Rate The Express Lanes Tab s Mode Selection functionality shall only apply a mode change if the rate is less than or equal to the Segment Maximum Toll Rate for the selected segment and shall notify a user who attempts to submit a rate that exceeds the limit PS PS PS PS PS PS PS 3 1 4 3 3 1 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 256 If an attempt is made to set the Segment Maximum Toll Rate parameter for a segment and curre
49. SunGuide operator the arrival time of law enforcement or the road ranger vehicle shall be recorded and associated with the incident SunGuide shall calculate the Response Time for each confirmed incident by subtracting the date time of initial SunGuide notification of the incident from the date time that law enforcement or road ranger arrives on scene Response Timeincident ID tLE RR Arrives tinitialnotification SunGuide shall calculate the Average Response Time for a period of time or for a group of incidents specified by the SunGuide operator SunGuide shall calculate and save the Incident Clearance time for each incident confirmed by the SunGuide operator The date and time when the SunGuide operator decides that all traffic lanes are cleared shall be recorded and associated with the incident SunGuide shall calculate the Incident Clearance Time ICT by subtracting the date time that law enforcement or road ranger vehicle arrive on scene from the time that the lanes are cleared ICT tlanescleared tLE RR Arrives SunGuide shall calculate the Average Incident Clearance Time for a period of time or for a group of incidents specified by the SunGuide operator EM EM EM EM EM EM 161 FEAT19 7 10 FEAT19 7 11 FEAT19 7 12 FEAT19 7 13 FEAT19 8 FEAT19 8 1 FEAT20 TMOO06W1 TMOO06W2 TMO06W3 TMOO6W5 EMO01 Entering initial notification time Initial notification time associated
50. System log archives SunGuide archived data shall be in comma separated values CSV format that can be converted to fixed field length data by the FDOT Archive files shall contain 24 hours of data midnight to midnight The location of the archive files shall be configurable The archive file name shall be in the following format lt subsystem name gt lt date gt lt log interval gt Where lt subsystem gt acronym for subsystem e g TSS or RWIS lt date gt is the date in MMDDYYYY format lt log interval gt is in an integer in the range of 1 min to 60 min The first line header line of each data file shall contain comma separated descriptive names for the detailed data to be logged Each detail line of the archive file shall contain comma separated fields The status of the SunGuide processes shall be maintained in the SunGuide Status Logger files FEAT14 4 FEAT14 2 FEAT14 2 FEAT14 2 FEAT14 5 FEAT14 5 FEAT14 3 DA DA DA DA DA DA DA DA DA 317 SUB12 3 2 SUB12 3 3 SUB12 3 4 DA03D SUB12 3 4 1 DAO3D1 SUB12 3 5 Device status archives Incident archives Detector data archives Rollup Volume Weighted Speed Average Travel time archives The status of SunGuide devices shall be maintained in the SunGuide Status Logger FEAT14 3 files For each SunGuide incident the following detailed information shall be archived Timestamp HH MM SS 24 hour
51. TMO007D8 TMO007D9 TBOO1A New events Construction Event Type Amber Alert Event Type Leo Alert Event Type Silver Alert Event Type Incident data Received entered data Data inclusion Notification confirmation logs Time stamps Event log Calculated response time Amber alert In the case of new events the operator will be prompted to enter the required information for the new event EM shall have an event type of Construction EM shall have an event type of Amber Alert EM shall have an event type of Leo Alert EM shall have an event type of Silver Alert Incident data shall be received from mobile units and entered into the database Incident data shall include items such as types of vehicles involved assistances rendered Method notified etc SunGuide shall log the time when the first event participant is notified and subtract it from the time the event was first confirmed SunGuide shall time stamp whenever a participant is notified as indicated by the operator in the Event Participants Dialog menu selection SunGuide shall log the time an event was either confirmed or it was indicated to be a false alarm SunGuide shall calculate the response time for each event by subtracting the time an event was confirmed or indicated as false alarm from the time it was generated SunGuide shall provide an incident type called Amber Alert that will be associated with a DMS message template for the A
52. TMO01D1 EMO002T1 EMO004D EM004D1 EMOO8T Report for viewing changes ODS reports Report content and format Report drop down lists Content format for display Road Ranger RR General Radio district data Assigning beats to trucks Road Ranger status Mobile unit data Data items Road Ranger vehicle status The operator shall be able to run a report using the SunGuide report function to review changes RS made and logged by the audit function ODS The content and format of these reports shall be RS coordinated with FDOT Users shall be able to select one of the standard reports to view extract via drop down lists RS Viewing of all archived data page content shall be formatted to fit a traditional display RS RR RR SunGuide shall attach the Radio Number and District number to the data that is collected at the beginning of the Road Ranger Service Patrol RR Vehicle Operator s shift SunGuide shall provide the ability for an operator to assign a beat on an in service truck RR RR Event data from mobile units shall be received and automatically stored in the database RR Event data shall be items such as Enroute At Scene Cleared Scene On Break Assisting Others RR etc TMC Operators shall be able to change road 4 RR ranger vehicle status 210 FEAT29 2 4 FEAT29 3 FEAT29 3 1 FEAT29 4 FEAT29 4 1 FEAT29 4 2 FEAT29 4 3 FEAT29 4 4 FEAT29 4 5 FEAT29 4 6 AV010 TM
53. TMO17R2 SB status information Hex 2 Failed Data byte 2 Switch status Hex 0 SB 2 normal position Hex 1 barrier event in progress Hex 2 Failed Data bytes 3 66 ASCII text string FEAT17 3 SB Detection SB 1 SunGuide software shall detect and react to incidents associated with vehicles impacting sensor equipped safety barriers along the roadway SunGuide software shall alert the operator in the event a message is received indicating one or FEAT17 3 2 TMO01S SB switch alert more breakaway switches are tripped and the SB 2 associated strobe light is activated FEAT17 3 1 TM014 Detect SB incidents SB 2 F Events associated with safety barrier breakaway Log timestamp of switch FEAT17 3 3 EXOO4L Pee switch activations shall be logged with a date time SB 1 activation stamp Ree EEA Restoration of the breakaway switch closure FEAT17 3 4 EXOO4L1 p shall be logged with a date time stamp SB 2 restoration FEAT18 Travel Times TvT TVT 2 FEAT18 1 General TVT 2 140 FEAT18 1 1 FEAT18 1 2 FEAT18 1 3 FEAT18 1 4 FEAT18 1 5 FEAT18 1 6 FEAT18 1 7 S031 DF200R3 DM019M TMOO04T TMO004S TMOO4T2 TMOO6T Compose and send travel time messages Travel times for drive time comparisons One or two DMS phases TVT links greater than zero Units for archived toll tag data Speed values greater than zero Dynamically resolve missing reports SunGuide shall compose and be capable of sending messages
54. Updated Release 4 2 and 4 3 requirements based on SWAM 20 SWAM 21 SWAM 22 and referenced white papers 5 0 March 5 2010 Added Release 5 0 requirements 5 1 February 16 2012 Added Release 5 0 4 5 0 5 and 5 1 requirements 6 0 February 15 2013 Added Release 6 0 requirements SunGuide SRS 6 0 vi Software Requirements Specification 1 Scope 1 1 Document Identification The Software Requirements Specification SRS details the requirements for the Statewide Transportation Management Center Software Library System The requirements are separated into two types features FEAT that were specified in the Invitation to Negotiate ITN and new subsystem SUB requirements determined during system design The requirements for the system are maintained in a database using Rational RequisitePro This document serves as a starting point for the requirements and discusses how to access view and maintain the requirements database This document is not intended to be a user manual for RequisitePro For information on using RequisitePro refer to the hard copy documentation accompanying the product the RequisitePro online help or the Rational web site at http www rational com 1 2 System Overview The Florida Department of Transportation FDOT is conducting a program that is developing SunGuide software The SunGuide software is a set of Intelligent Transportation System ITS software that allows the control of roadway devices
55. WAV file shall be shared with the Statewide 511 telephone services and therein associated with that 511 location The SunGuide s interface with the Statewide 511 telephone service shall adhere to an ICD for sharing selected WAV files that the 511 telephone services will use to report current road conditions SunGuide shall allow the SunGuide operator to record and preview wav files recorded for the 511 system whether pre recorded canned or custom made 511 511 511 511 511 511 511 182 FEAT25 3 9 FEAT25 3 10 FEAT25 3 11 FEAT25 3 12 FEAT25 3 13 FEAT25 3 14 ID201V2 ID203G ID203G1 ID203G4 ID203G5 ID204G WAV file selection Floodgate messages Special floodgate message WAV file availability Operator interface abilities Operator scenario recordings SunGuide shall provide selected WAV files to the Statewide 511 service within one minute of their 511 3 being recorded The Operator Interface shall provide the ability to add remove and preview Floodgate Messages 511 3 WAV files SunGuide shall insert the floodgate voice recording into the 511 reports table of WAV files 3 HIAS 4 511 3 designating it as a special floodgate message If a WAV file has been recorded by an operator using the Operator Interface a second level of the 511 telephone recording WAV file hierarchy shall be available to the operator for the entry of a 511 3 Special Floodgate Message re
56. a message to indicate that DMS GUI 5 should override any spelling conflict if one exists GUI 1 It shall be possible to create an incident enter required basic information listed below and select appropriate signs and or HARs within 60 seconds of when the operator confirms the incident Required basic information consists of Incident Description GUI 1 Route Direction Cross Street Lane Configuration 54 FEAT7 7 2 FEAT7 7 3 FEAT7 7 4 FEAT7 7 5 FEAT7 7 6 FEAT7 7 7 FEAT7 7 8 FEAT7 7 9 FEAT7 7 10 FEAT7 7 11 TMO001W TMOO1W1 GS007 IM0020 IM0040 IM0050 IM0080 IM00801 IMO060 TMO04A1 Prefilled fields Default date Relocate incidents Read only access of incidents Display of owner Filter incidents by owner Audible alarm for unowned incidents Audible alarm on workstations Alarm reoccurrence timer Edit IM message permission When an incident is created from a congestion alert associated with a detector link or when manually created by an operator clicking ona detector link the following information in the incident form shall be filled in automatically Route main road direction cross street lane configuration milepost number When a data field in an incident form requires entry of a time and or date the current time and or date shall appear as the default entry if appropriate for the field It shall be possible to relocate incident icons using
57. allow the Road Ranger to notify the Traffic Management Center when they have arrived at an event If the Road Ranger has at least one activity recorded for an event at which they are arrived the SPARR shall allow the Road Ranger to notify the Traffic Management Center when they have departed an event SPARR SPARR SPARR SPARR SPARR 5 0 5 5 0 5 5 0 5 5 0 5 5 0 5 357 SUB27 1 9 SUB27 1 10 SUB27 1 11 SUB27 1 12 SUB27 1 13 SUB27 1 14 SUB27 1 15 SPARROO9 SPARRO10 SPARRO11 SPARRO12 SPARRO13 SPARRO14 SPARRO15 Calling to TMC Create Event Add Activity Involved Vehicles Dispatch Status Only Assisting Status while at Event Can Be Dispatch Status Changes The SPARR shall support phone calls to the Traffic Management Center using the S SPARR 5 0 5 cellular network If the Road Ranger is not currently arrived at an event the SPARR shall allow the Road Ranger to create a SunGuide event with SPARR 5 0 5 event type and location by a Road Ranger The SPARR shall allow a Road Ranger to add activities services rendered to an event SPARR 5 0 5 The SPARR shall allow a Road Ranger to add involved vehicles to an event SPARR 5 0 5 The SPARR shall allow a Road Ranger to modify their dispatch status SPARR 5 0 5 If a Road Ranger is arrived at an event the SPARR shall only allow the Road Ranger to set their dispatch status to one which is ad SPARR 5 0 5 flagged a
58. and Lane State DMS and send the rate to the Middleware even if the rate is not changing except if there is a pending rate using the current rate in effect except when in Time of Day mode in which the rate shall be based on the Time of Day rate table If a Toll Gantry DMS is configured for a segment the software shall communicate an increased rate to a segment s Toll Gantry DMS at a time equal to the applicable Maximum Toll Rate Change Delay added to the applied time of the toll rate change The software shall resend a toll rate or lane status message at a configurable rate defined by the DMS Resend Rate until the Toll Rate DMS Toll Gantry DMS or Lane Status DMS acknowledges receipt a new toll rate mode is submitted or the Maximum DMS Resends is reached whichever comes first If the software suspends sending a message to a Toll Rate DMS Toll Gantry DMS or Lane Status DMS because of a new toll rate or operating mode the software shall clear the old message in pricing module buffers queues and record the failure PS PS PS PS 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 242 FEAT33 3 1 2 4 FEAT33 3 1 2 5 FEAT33 3 2 FEAT33 3 3 FEAT33 4 FEAT33 4 1 FEAT33 4 1 1 FEAT33 4 1 1 1 FEAT33 4 1 1 1 1 MLOO9D6 MLOO7P MLOO5P MLO11P3 MLO13E MLO14E MLO15E MLO15E1 Override of manual message by new rate message Updates to toll rate signs Rate schedule time definition Max min time parameters In
59. as well as information exchange across a variety of transportation agencies The goal of the SunGuide software is to have a common software base that can be deployed throughout the state of Florida The SunGuide software development effort is based on ITS software available from the state of Texas significant customization of the software is being performed as well as the development of new software modules The following figure provides a graphical view of the Sonar to be go a 7 SunGuide Release 6 0 A Center to Cente FL ATIS Es Commu neations i External to LN INRIX Publisher i Infra s x Web Users TMC Operators Admin Maintenance User Management Notify Service i A A FTE j L U s 9 Toll Viewer Contig Admin Executive Handler Reporting T C2C Plugin racine 3 Editor Editor i SunrGuide 3 Graphical User Interface Travel Time Scheduled sto a Pricing Subsystem i Graphical Map TUT TU TU Express 3 Inventory and Maint Data Archiving 7 Variable Speed Limit Lanes z a i uage 8 Joystick 7 External to D a m detatn tote Message Arbitration Logging SunGuide FT J r itd cit i THU TIIN TII I 2 Data Bus 3 gt SI IIT I I I Tt Tt JT J a AVL S CCTV Video Video Traffic HAR Ramp RWIS Safety Road Incident Connected Control Switching Wall Detection Meters Barrier Ranger Detection Vehic
60. based shall be consistent with TMDD 2 1 and NTCIP 2306 and the emerging TMDD 3 0 and NTCIP 2306 using FDOT modified SAE J2540 IITS codes to capture event information for transmission to the IDS Each fused traveler information event shall be associated with a latitude and longitude Fused traveler information shall be formatted and transmitted in accordance with NTCIP 2306 protocol and the J2540 1 July 2002 Tables 2 and 11 message set The Center to Center interface shall provide the FDOT location table to be used for a District by the Information Dissemination Subsystem A SunGuide Administrator shall be able to designate what data will be accessible as a limited data feed to third parties The Data Fusion Subsystem shall calculate travel time and speeds along instrumented roadways for FDOT defined links SunGuide shall provide a list of active events within a configurable number of tenths of a mile If no data is available an empty list shall be provided DFS DFS DFS DFS DFS DFS DFS DFS 225 FEAT32 4 5 FEAT32 4 6 FEAT32 4 7 FEAT32 4 8 FEAT32 4 9 FEAT32 4 11 FEAT32 4 13 FEAT32 4 14 DFOO3F DFOO4F DFOOSF DFOO6F2 DFO11F2 DFO13F DFO16F Associate info within 200 feet of construction event Travel times never less than speed limit Associate real time emergency events Identify conflicting event reports Blank values for unavailable fields Calculate delay
61. be deleted by the database element The SunGuide GUI component shall allow an operator to specify that the event was a false EM alarm The SunGuide GUI component shall allow an operator to enter lane blockage data for any EM event EM EM EM 151 FEAT19 3 10 FEAT19 3 11 FEAT19 3 12 FEAT19 3 13 FEAT19 3 14 FEAT19 3 15 FEAT19 3 16 FEAT19 3 17 FEAT19 3 18 FEAT19 3 19 EMO06G1 EMO008G EM010G EM012G EM012G1 EM013G EM014G EM015G EM016G EMO009G Timestamps for lane blockage entries Multiple vehicle descriptions Event types from predefined list Specifying event location graphically Micro degrees event coordinates Specifying event data Point location along roadway Congestion queues Weather conditions Alerts for license plate matches All lane blockage entries shall be recorded with timestamps by the database element The SunGuide GUI component shall allow an operator to enter at least 10 vehicle descriptions for any event with the following descriptive data make model color state and tag The SunGuide GUI component shall allow an operator to select the event type froma predefined list for each event record The EM PM GUI component shall allow the operator to specify the location of an event using a graphical interface Events shall be geo located using latitude and longitude coordinates in micro degrees The SunGuide GUI component shall allow
62. format Incident ID User Event details History of event FEAT14 3 For each TSS detector defined in the SunGuide software the following detailed information shall be archived Timestamp HH MM SS 24 hour format Detector identifier Speed MPH range 0 to 65535 in 1 MPH increments Occupancy 0 to 100 FEAT14 3 s in 1 increments Volume raw counts O to 65535 and Classification data in up to 8 bins The rollup average for a TSS link shall weight the speed on each vehicle in the rollup interval equally For each travel time link defined in the SunGuide software the following detailed information shall be archived Timestamp HH MM SS 24 hour format Travel time FEAT14 3 link identifier Travel time in minutes DA 2 DA 2 DA 5 1 1 DA 6 DA 2 318 SUB12 3 6 SUB12 3 7 SUB12 3 8 RWIS archives HAR archives DMS archives For each RWIS detector defined in the SunGuide software the following detailed information shall be archived Timestamp HH MM SS 24 hour format RWIS identifier Air temperature Dew point temperature Relative humidity Precipitation type Precipitation intensity Precipitation rate Air pressure Visibility Average wind speed Wind gust speed Wind direction Surface sensor index Surface temperature Freeze point Chemical factor Ice thickness For each HAR device defined in the SunGuide software the following detailed information shall be pro
63. is to be archived The Graphical User Interface component shall support the configuration and administration of the system The GUI shall alert the operator when the DTN weather data feed indicates a weather alert has occurred A response plan with an entry to publish to 511 must be activated for a weather event before the weather event information shall be transmitted to the IDS The Graphical User interface map shall be configured to indicate operational boundaries to guide the operators in managing traveler information for their operational area GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI 4 3 4 2 70 A monitoring display shall display the current Floodgate or recorded message status for each slot allowing the operators to see which slots Display current floodgate FEAT7 19 17 DF016G hee have messages and their status barge in on off GUI g as well as any other parameters that they might be able to set SunGuide operator access to traveler information Cree Cath o eoh to manage the information shall be based on FEAT7 19 18 DF016G1 Set permissions and level of access the same as GUI SunGuide permissions SunGuide Transportation Management Center software Weather information shall be included by operator verification of weather alerts and Weather info included by P Per FEAT7 19 19 DF011G i weather event creation and shall pertain to GUI operator selection a i i As specific counties roa
64. message that is currently in use 511 3 511 3 Travel time information shall be provided to the 511 telephone services as event reports when 511 3 unusual conditions exist SunGuide shall generate three types of travel time reports for Central Florida roads covered by the 511 system Link Reports Link Summaries and 511 3 Drive Time Comparisons In Link Reports travel times in the northbound or eastbound direction shall be announced first depending on the bearing of the route followed 511 3 by the southbound or the westbound direction Point to Point travel time reports shall be pre recorded and stored in a library for selection by 511 3 the SunGuide operator Incident Link Reports shall be utilized in the Link Reports and Link Summaries but not Drive Time 511 3 Summaries Except for one default Incident Link reports per 511 reporting segment operator recorded Incident Link Reports shall be saved for management review but shall not be reusable once they are removed from the 511 telephone system 511 3 186 FEAT25 5 7 FEAT25 5 8 FEAT25 5 9 FEAT25 5 10 FEAT25 5 11 FEAT25 5 12 FEAT25 5 13 FEAT25 5 14 FEAT25 5 15 FEAT25 5 16 DF204R3 DF204R4 DF204R5 ID208G ID208G1 DF227 DF205R DF205R1 DF205R2 DF206R Optional inclusion Creation WAV file creation Entering incidents Reporting links Link report breakdown Travel time inclusion Road segments
65. message to multiple Floodgates if one or more of the selected Floodgates do not have any open slots SunGuide shall indicate to an operator who has selected multiple Floodgates to set a message to if the given message already exists in one of the slots of any of those Floodgates GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 69 FEAT7 19 5 17 FEAT7 19 7 FEAT7 19 8 FEAT7 19 9 FEAT7 19 10 FEAT7 19 14 FEAT7 19 15 FEAT7 19 16 DFO31E7 DF001G1 DF025G DF012G DF015G DF011G1 DF011G2 DF013G Notify operator no open slots Block video from third parties Access designation to third party feeds Select data to archive Support system configuration and administration Alert when wind gusts exceed threshold View edit weather information received Indicate operational boundaries on GUI map SunGuide shall indicate to an operator who has selected multiple Floodgates to set a message to if one or more of the selected Floodgates does not have an open slot for the message to use The GUI component shall allos a SunGuide operator with appropriate permissions to be able to set a block video flag for CCTV devices The Data Fusion component shall use Center to Center configuration to regulate what data is available to third party users The Graphical user interface shall allow a system administrator to indicate what data
66. needed to control ITS devices 17 FEAT1 6 4 FEAT1 6 5 FEAT1 6 6 FEAT1 6 7 FEAT1 6 8 FEAT1 6 9 S029 S002 S024 S001 EX008 A028 Baseline of software for configuration management Public domain sector software Documentation requirements Software library modules Recommended responses Future capabilities Before any software development begins off the shelf software that will serve to be the foundation of the SunGuide system shall be documented to establish a baseline for configuration management of what software is developed specifically for the SunGuide project including what software is modified and to what degree it has been modified for the project The SunGuide system shall consist of public domain public sector software object and source code wherever possible The SunGuide system shall be provided with a complete documentation package that shall include but not be limited to detailed functional and interface description user operator manuals software standards manuals software test plans and procedures and all other documentation required to complete the SunGuide project The SunGuide system shall provide for a centrally managed set of software modules that completely support all functionality of the RTMCs The SunGuide system shall provide intelligent software that presents a list of recommended responses in time ordered sequence to different event conditions to the workst
67. off incident SUB3 3 5 roadway SUB3 3 6 Exit ramp blockage SUB4 DD Data Distribution Messages which describe multi lane blockages shall include the number of lanes blocked as a word TWO THREE etc and whether the blockage is on the LEFT CENTER or RIGHT All blockages around which traffic may flow in travel lanes are CENTER lane blockages Messages for signs not on the roadway with the incident shall include the roadway on which the incident is located and the direction Messages which refer to exit ramp blockage shall begin with the phrase EXIT RAMP followed by the destination roadway and the lane configuration Full closure of the exit ramp shall state the ramp is CLOSED Closure of a mulit lane exit ramp shall use standard lane configuration nomenclature LEFT RIGHT Messages posted on roadways other than that where the incident occurs shall include direction and roadway from which traffic is exiting FEAT5 3 4 FEAT5 3 4 FEAT5 3 4 IM 1 IM 1 IM 1 DD 1 287 SUB4 1 SUB4 2 SUB4 3 SUB4 4 SUB4 5 SUB4 6 SUB5 SUB5 1 SUB5 1 1 Subsystem requests Route requests to subsystems Subscribe ICD Provider template Status request GUI Graphical User Interface General General Modify system configuration The client shall be able to send subsystem requests to the data distribution function and receive subsystem responses The data distribution function shall d
68. requests when a rate request succeeds SunGuide Toll Viewer shall display the SunPass Rate ID with the SunGuide Rate ID in the Toll Viewer when in detail mode The Express Lanes module shall automatically verify at defined configurable frequency for a configurable period that toll rates used by the Middleware match those recorded by Express Lanes module This module shall format a summary of the comparison to be sent by email The comparison shall run at a configurable frequency The comparison shall process data from a configurable period The email shall be sent to a configurable email list The email shall contain a list of discrepancies found PS PS PS PS PS PS PS PS PS PS 4 2 4 2 4 2 4 2 4 2 4 2 4 3 4 2 4 2 4 2 265 FEAT33 10 9 6 FEAT33 10 9 7 FEAT33 10 9 8 FEAT33 10 10 FEAT33 10 10 1 FEAT33 10 10 2 FEAT33 10 10 3 FEAT33 10 10 4 FEAT33 10 11 FEAT33 10 11 1 FEAT33 10 11 2 MLO26A6 MLO26A7 MLO26A8 MLO17R MLO17R1 MLO17R2 MLO17R3 MLO17R4 MLO10S MLO10S1 MLO10S2 Summary content Comparison content in email Summary sections Additional view of toll viewer Defintion of ending time Additional choices for Toll Viewer Time Period display Reason for the toll Logging to a text file Frequency of logging Log file content If no discrepancies found the summary shall so state The email shall stat
69. s ID and status When a ramp meter is hovered over the Operator Map shall display the ramp meter s ID and status When an RWIS is hovered over the Operator Map shall display the RWIS s ID and status When an SB is hovered over the Operator Map shall display the SB s ID and status When a TSS detector is hovered over the Operator Map shall display the detector s ID and status When a TSS link is hovered over the Operator Map shall display the link s ID and the smoothed speed occupancy and volume of each of its lanes The operator map shall support visually displaying devices included in an Event Management Response Plan GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI 90 FEAT7 21 10 MA010 Highlight potential incidents FEAT7 21 11 MA011 Support map views FEAT7 21 12 MA012 Review AVL RR track history FEAT7 21 13 MA013 Select base map tile sets FEAT7 21 14 MA015 Display shields on map Display shield t FEAT7 21 14 1 MA015A AR a ET lat long Display shields on map based on FEAT7 21 14 2 MA015B zoom level FEAT7 21 15 MA014 Map performance The Operator Map shall support highlighting potential detected incidents by using flashing GUI 5 icons or flashing icon backgrounds or flashing links The Operator Map shall allow an operator to switch to systemwide map views previously GUI 5 stored by an operator with sufficient permissions The Operator Map shall allow an operator with sufficient pe
70. sent toa particular camera The system shall allow a video tour to be created modified or deleted FEAT8 1 4 FEAT8 1 4 FEAT8 1 4 FEAT8 1 2 FEAT8 4 5 FEAT5 1 4 FEAT5 1 4 FEAT8 4 5 CCTV CCTV CCTV CCTV CCTV CCTV CCTV CCTV CCTV CCTV CCTV CCTV CCTV 293 SUB6 4 2 SUB6 5 SUB6 5 1 SUB7 SUB7 1 SUB7 1 1 SUB7 1 2 SUB7 1 3 SUB7 1 4 SUB7 1 5 SUB7 1 6 Video tour parameters System Logging DMS Dynamic Message Signs Control DMS Send message Terminate message Set operational status Set brightness Control mode Exercise shutters The system shall allow a video tour to be created of a set of cameras in sequence FEAT8 4 5 with a dwell time The system shall log events and actions including the user name camera if FEAT1 7 12 applicable and the status of the event Requirements for the DMS system The system shall be able to send a message containing MULTI text display duration owner and priority of the message to one FEAT9 3 or more DMSs The system shall be able to terminate the message on one or more DMSs FEAT9 3 The system shall be able to set the operational status of one or more DMSs to d FEAT9 2 Active or Out of Service The system shall be able to set the brightness mode of a DMS to Auto Day FEAT9 2 or Night The system shall be able to set the control mode for one or more DMSs FEAT9 2 Th t
71. shall perform when attempting to restart a failed application It shall also be possible to configure EH 1 the number of minutes over which the retry counter is maintained The executive handler application shall utilize windows credentials to verify rights to execute EH 1 The SunGuide shall gather internal status data concerning its operation and make this EH 3 information available to the user IMS 2 IMS 2 The SunGuide system shall be provided with an interface to a software system that tracks the inventory of all ITS equipment and the status of IMS 5 equipment repair s and maintenance i e life cycle asset management software system 35 FEAT4 1 2 FEAT4 1 3 FEAT4 1 4 FEAT4 1 5 FEAT4 1 6 FEAT4 1 7 FEAT4 1 8 FEAT4 1 9 IM002 IM001D IMOO1R IM002D IM003D IM005D IM004 IMOO6D Index by equipment type Vendor name referenced by equipment type ID Reports provided by type ID View and print vendor table Location data Equipment status categories Record status of equipment Equipment status tracking The inventory maintenance software database shall index by equipment type for the purpose of reporting and updating the inventory The vendor name shall be referenced by the equipment type identification Reports shall be provided by type identification for all equipment according to equipment status The workstation operator shall be capable of viewing and printing the
72. shall archive the creation and resolution of Middleware Rate Adjustment alerts PS 4 3 The software shall support a subscription request for DMS status changes that provides the following data oMessage ref ID oDMS ID oNew status PS 4 3 PS 4 3 272 FEAT33 13 1 FEAT33 13 1 1 FEAT33 13 1 2 FEAT33 13 1 3 FEAT33 14 FEAT33 14 1 MLO11M MLO11M2 MLO11M1 MLO11M3 MLO29E Support request for express lane states Pending state of each segment Current state of segment Middleware Rate Adjustment of each segment Dynamic Mode Support Dynamic Operating Mode The software shall support a request for express lanes states from Express Lanes clients and shall respond with all configured segments their current operating state pending in progress PS 4 3 state and and whether a Middleware Rate Adjustment is in effect and if so the associated rate The pending state of each segment reported in response to a request for express lanes state shall include pending modes rates amp effective times DMS IDs and scheduled update times for each PS 4 3 associated Toll Rate DMS and associated Event IDs The current state of each segment reported in response to a request for express lanes state shall include current mode rate amp effective time associated Event IDs DMS IDs and messages and posting times for associated DMS Toll Rate Toll Gantry Lane Status as provided by the Pricing Sub
73. shall be accessible to users who access the Internet through a browser application The evacuation guidance component shall provide shelter in place information for evacuation zones where local governments have not issued specific orders to evacuate The evacuation guidance component shall provide a means to obtain evacuation zone locations and status The evacuation guidance component shall provide a list of alternative evacuation destinations on demand as appropriate based on the emergency condition requiring evacuation EC EC EC EC 127 FEAT11 4 7 FEAT11 4 8 FEAT11 4 9 FEAT11 5 FEAT11 5 1 FEAT11 5 2 ECO07G ECOO08G ECOO09G ECO03 ECOO1E Recommended evacuation and reentry start time Evacuation shelters Zones and categories Evacuation Travel Information ETI Evacuation travel information Multiple distributed locations The evacuation guidance component shall provide a display of actual traffic conditions on instrumented evacuation routes This information EC 5 shall include at a minimum Travel times and speeds Current construction and detours information The evacuation guidance component shall provide information regarding evacuation shelters in areas specified by users The information shall provide Locations of evacuation shelters Time during which evacuation shelters are in operation Occupancy levels at evacuation shelters and EC 2 Available facilities at e
74. shall be used to indicate a region wide event effecting traffic The icons for events that have been marked as publishable as Traveler information shall be modified to visually depict that the event is being publised to the traveler information providers GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI 61 FEAT7 14 13 FEAT7 14 14 FEAT7 14 16 FEAT 14 16 1 FEAT7 14 17 FEAT7 14 19 FEAT7 14 20 FEAT7 14 20 1 FEAT7 14 21 DFOO6G DFO07G DF010G DFO10G1 DF010G2 DF010G4 DFO09G DFOO9G1 DFO21G Display interpreted text for traveler info message Select duration field for traveler info event Same ownership rules for traveler information Event creator identified in event information Events owned by logged in SunGuide operators Only event owner can edit delete event Operators may enter severity level Event severity values Events to be marked for selective dissemination A window on the SunGuide GUI shall display the interpreted text of the traveler information message that will be sent to the IDS based on the SunGuide selected FDOT modified SAE J2540 codes and EM reference locations upon operator request An event created by the SunGuide operator for the traveler information shall have a field where the operator can enter into a text box how long the event is expected to last Ownership rules shall apply to events created by the operator for the traveler information function
75. shall continue to follow normal operational rules regardless of the event entered by an operator The software shall verify that communications with the Middleware is still active at the Middleware Heartbeat Rate The software shall store in the SunGuide database information as described in the following requirements to enable system personnel to review changes to configuration items Express Lane status and DMS usage and to produce reports if desired The data shall be stored in the SunGuide database and accessible with Crystal Reports The software shall track activities related to the Express Lanes The software shall store current and expired rate tables The software shall store any change attempts to toll rates via the Middleware to include new toll rate segment effective time response or lack thereof from the Middleware and time of the response The software shall store any occasions where the software could not send or ceased to send rate messages to the Middleware due to exceeding the number of retries or a rate message being too old PS PS PS PS PS PS PS PS 4 3 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 255 FEAT33 7 2 4 FEAT33 7 2 5 FEAT33 7 2 6 FEAT33 8 FEAT33 8 1 FEAT33 8 2 FEAT33 8 3 MLOO2S MLOO8S MLOO9S MLO32A MLO33A MLO45U Effective DMS change tracking Store changes in mode rate Middleware heartbeat tracking Maximum Rate Support
76. shall provide a Schedules option to launch the SAS schedules dialog The Scheduler submenu shall provide a Schedules option to launch the SAS schedules dialog The Scheduler submenu shall provide a Sequences option to launch the SAS sequences dialog The Cameras submenu shall provide a USB Joystick Configuration option to launch the joystick configuration dialog The Operator Map main menu shall provide a Center to Center submenu The Operator Map main menu shall provide a Center to Center submenu The Center to Center submenu shall provide a DMS Status option to launch the C2C DMS dialog The Center to Center submenu shall provide a Event List option to launch the C2C event dialog The Center to Center submenu shall provide a Floodgate Messages option to launch the C2C floodgate tabular display GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI 78 FEAT7 21 7 3 2 5 FEAT 21 7 3 2 6 FEAT7 21 7 3 2 7 FEAT7 21 7 3 2 7 1 FEAT7 21 7 3 3 FEAT7 21 7 3 3 1 FEAT7 21 7 3 3 2 FEAT 21 7 3 3 3 FEAT7 21 7 3 3 4 FEAT7 21 7 3 3 5 MA007C2E MA007C2F MA007C2G MA007C2G1 MA007C3 MA007C3A MA007C3B MA007C3C MA007C3D MA007C3E C2C submenu HAR C2C submenu RWIS C2C submenu approve messages C2C submenu approve messages control DMS submenu DMS submenu sequences DMS submenu device groups DMS submenu status GUI
77. system setup tables Loop output conditioning tables and Loop system status tables TSS 1 The SunGuide system shall be capable of collecting traffic data from 3M Traffic Sensing Series TMC9OOE and TMC900 vehicle detection devices The SunGuide system shall be capable of collecting traffic data from the WaveTronix TSS 1 SmartSensor The SunGuide system shall be capable of collecting traffic data from the Electronic TSS 1 Integrated Systems EIS RTMS sensor SunGuide shall maintain the raw data values read from traffic sensors in their original precision TSS 3 TSS 2 115 FEAT10 16 FEAT10 16 1 FEAT10 16 1 1 FEAT10 16 1 2 FEAT10 16 1 3 FEAT10 16 1 4 FEAT10 16 1 5 FEAT10 16 1 6 FEAT10 16 1 7 FEAT10 16 2 TMO01S TMOO03P TMO04P TMO04P1 TMO05S5 TMOO6P TMO07S1 Probe sensors General Latency of no more than 2 minutes Interface with AVI and LPR equipment Poll readers at a configurable rate Use interface compatible with readers Use of FDOT approved standardized interface Average speeds based on probe vehicles Keep toll tag customers anonymous LPR data collection Processing associated with collection fusion and dissemination of real time toll tag data feeds shall introduce a latency of no more than two 2 minutes from the time the data was acquired by SunGuide to when the data is presented to the travel time module for use in calculating travel time SunGu
78. tag number EMPM EMPM EMPM EMPM EMPM EM EMPM EMPM EMPM EMPM EM EM 155 FEAT19 5 3 FEAT19 6 FEAT19 6 1 FEAT19 6 2 FEAT19 6 3 FEAT19 6 4 FEAT19 6 5 FEAT19 6 6 EMOO6T1 EM004 EMOO1T EM002T EMOO03T EMOO4T EMO04T1 Calculating latitude longitude coordinates Road ranger vehicles Tracking status of road ranger vehicles Minimum vehicle status conditions Billable non billable and available unavailable status Changing radio number beat and driver status Recording truck dispatch data Responding to same event multiple times EM PM subsystem shall calculate latitude longitude coordinates in the background and provide them to the IM subsystem ERM EMPM The EM subsystem shall allow an operator to track the status of each road ranger vehicle truck in RR the fleet The EM tracking component shall track road ranger vehicle status conditions that shall include as a minimum patrolling assist motorist meal RR inspection out of service Base Assist FHP Assist Other Road Ranger Mechanical The EM tracking component shall automatically track the billable non billable and available unavailable for dispatch status of a truck RR based on its current status The EM tracking component shall allow the operator to change the status radio number RR beat and driver for any given truck The EM tracking component shall allow the operator to reco
79. the operator to specify the event county roadway direction relation to exit nearest exit and distance to exit lane configuration The SunGuide GUI component shall allow the operator to define a point location along a roadway The SunGuide GUI component shall allow the operator to specify congestion queues for an event using a similar interface as is used to define the event location The SunGuide GUI component shall allow the operator to specify weather conditions for the event The SunGuide GUI component shall provide an alert message to the operator if an event record matches a license plate number EM EM EM EMPM EM EM EM EM EM EM 152 FEAT19 3 20 FEAT19 3 21 FEAT19 3 22 FEAT19 3 23 FEAT19 3 24 FEAT19 3 25 FEAT19 3 26 FEAT19 3 27 EMO003 EMO002D EM017G EM017G5 EMOO5T EMOO05T1 EMOO05T2 EMO007T1 Recording free text comments Storing free text comments in database Blocking video camera displays Manually unblocking cameras Identifying and notifying agencies Indicate if TMC notified agency Entering responder times Tracking queue lengths The EM subsystem shall be able to record free text comments entered by the operator The operator entered free text comments shall be stored in the database associated with the related event An operator with appropriate permissions shall be able to command the SunGuide to block one or more video came
80. the creation viewing and editing of the Rate Schedule Table The Administrative Editor shall provide the ability to add edit and delete abbreviations The Administrative Editor shall provide the ability to add edit and delete device templates For each SunGuide Subsystem that may require configuration updates after initial installation of the subsystem in the database or an XML file an Administrative Editor shall be available to facilitate configuration changes Additions deletions or modifications to the configuration file shall not require any database programming or database table structure modifications Editing or adding configuration files shall be restricted to a SunGuide administrator with reconfiguration privileges GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI 3 1 27 FEAT1 9 3 FEAT2 FEAT2 1 FEAT2 2 FEAT2 3 FEAT2 4 FEAT2 5 FEAT2 5 1 FEAT2 5 2 UTO08 S020 PA001 PA002 PA004 PA014 PAOO6U Administrator level user capabilities Web Server WS Web server function Video server Access to camera system control functions Map elements congestion incidents cameras DMSs General Client site processing times Home page display time Administrator level users shall have all the capabilities of operator level users plus an ability to add delete and edit other users accounts The SunGuide system shall provide a web server for pr
81. the system administrator The Data Fusion subsystem shall be able to generate reports based on data saved The system administrator shall be able to generate a report using any of the database fields or combination of fields as filters DFS DFS DFS DFS DFS DFS DFS DFS DFS DFS 4 2 228 FEAT32 7 5 FEAT32 7 5 1 FEAT32 7 6 FEAT32 7 7 FEAT32 8 FEAT32 8 1 FEAT32 8 2 FEAT32 8 3 FEAT32 8 4 FEAT33 FEAT33 1 DF012F DF012F1 DF014F DF015F DFOO2E2 DFOO1E DFOO2E DFO20F1 Generate minimum of fifteen standard reports Content and format specified by FDOT Generate custom reports with SQL interface Reports generated in PDF Word and Excel format Alternate Roads Alternate road description Alternate roads from EM locations Select primary secondary alternate roads Send weather events to IDS via C2C Pricing System PS General The Data Fusion component shall generate a minimum of fifteen standard reports to view archived data Note Based on negotiations it has been agreed that the DFS contractor i e SwRI has included a level of effort to discuss and review reports with FDOT but that the actual generation of the reports is not assigned to the DFS Contractor i e SwRI The content and format of the reports shall be specified by FDOT Users shall be able to generate custom reports using an SQL interface embedded within the archiv
82. times based on speed limits External sources documented in an ICD Alert operator for conflict between sources The Data Fusion component shall associate real time information within 200 feet of a road construction event with the road construction event if no data is available a null value or blank shall be provided Travel time information for dissemination shall never be less than the travel time computed using the posted speed limit if no data is available a null value or blank shall be provided SunGuide shall allow the operator to associate external events e g FHP events that are within configurable number of tenths of a mile to active events If no data is available an empty list shall be provided SunGuide shall provide a list of nearby active events within a configurable number of tenths of a mile to the operator when an external event is received If the information for a field is not available a null value or blank shall be provided The Data Fusion Component shall calculate delay times based on posted speed limits for the defined road segments The Data Fusion component shall receive data from external sources documented in an ICD SunGuide shall provide a list of nearby active events to the operator when external events are received DFS DFS DFS DFS DFS DFS DFS DFS 226 FEAT32 4 15 FEAT32 4 16 FEAT32 5 FEAT32 5 1 FEAT32 5 4 FEAT32 5 8 FEAT32 6 FEAT32 6 1
83. versioned data set The software shall be equipped with tools to import or export data from any SunGuide database The tool shall be configurable with the following optional parameters 1 Database schemas to include in the import or export The software shall support the use of high availability and disaster recovery solutions for both Oracle and SQL Server i e Failsafe RAC clustering and DataGuard respectively and the SQL Server equivalents Periodic data archiving shall use batch inserts to insert data into the database where possible and appropriate USER USER USER USER USER USER USER USER FEAT1 2 30 FEAT1 2 31 FEAT1 2 32 DB030 DB031 DB032 Database Performance Regression Testing Oracle Regression Testing SQL Server When running against a system with 10 000 detector links configured with appropriate hardware the SQL Server database server shall archive TSS data to the database no later than two batch insert time periods following the distribution of the data from TSS A regression test of the software using Oracle will be performed after a change to the software is made A regression test of the software using SQL Server will be performed after a change to the software is made USER USER USER 10 FEAT1 2 33 FEAT1 2 33 1 FEAT1 3 DB033 DB033A Ceased Use Flag Ceased Use Not Deleted Test Plans A database object that can be deleted by a user shall
84. 0 FEAT2 6 3 FEAT2 6 6 FEAT2 6 7 FEAT2 6 8 FEAT2 7 FEAT2 7 1 FEAT2 7 2 FEAT2 7 3 FEAT2 7 4 PA003U3 PA016U4 PA016U7 PA016U9 PA013U PA016U PA016U2 PA016U3 Roadway event naming Web site inclusions Included considitions Display C2C travel time data Icons Changing program code Adhere to color coding icons Icon storage modification Urgent event icons Roadway event naming shall use the roadway names configured in the SunGuide Administrative editor The Web site shall include planned construction closing lanes near term inclement weather conditions e g within 60 minutes slowing traffic or any abnormal road conditions and or alerts that do not qualify as an urgent event The website shall include current severe weather conditions to include but not limited to tornadoes severe thunderstorms hurricanes road closures major incidents or construction The web site shall display travel time data received from the Center to Center interface The website program code HTML ACTIVEX code shall not be changed to modify icons with the exception of adding new icons associated with new functionality The Web site shall adhere to color coding schemes and or icons specified by the FDOT The web site shall use icons stored as individual files on the web site so that colors and shape can be modified using an icon editor The iFlorida Web site shall include urgent event icon
85. 04R6 DF208R ID207G ID228 1D210G ID203 ID201V Changes Editing summations Adding new roads Adding reporting segments Map of routes Voice recording formats CF and FIHS recordings Changes to any portion of a Link Report Link Summary or Drive Time Summary shall cause a new composite file to be sent to the 511 telephone system The SunGuide shall allow editing a Reporting Segment s logical segment summations If the newly added or modified locations exist on a road that was not originally listed in the FIHS and Central Florida 511 routes then the SunGuide shall automatically add the new road to the 511 route list and inform the operator that it has done SO Upon adding to or modifying 511 reporting segments the SunGuide shall make available pre recorded data on the new or modified 511 Reporting Segments within one minute after the system has been restarted The Operator Interface shall provide a map of the Central Florida area that visually depicts the 511 reporting routes All voice recordings whether pre recorded or custom made shall be recorded via SunGuide 511 and stored in WAV file format via the Operator Interface The SunGuide shall treat Central Florida 511 reporting roadways and FIHS 511 reporting roadways similarly being able to provide one recording at any given time for both Central Florida 511 routes and for FIHS 511 routes 511 511 511 511 511 511 511 180
86. 1 5 1 5 1 5 1 338 SUB23 4 4 SUB23 4 5 SUB23 4 6 SUB23 4 7 SUB23 4 8 SUB23 4 9 SUB23 4 10 CV010A3 CV010A4 CV010B CV010C CV011A CV011A1 CV011A1A RSE Icon navigate to Status Dialog RSE Status Content RSE Detection Zone Status Content RSE Detection Zone Status Content Speed TAM Creation TAM Data Fields TAM Presentation Region When an operator clicks on an RSE icon a dialog will be shown containing RSE data The software s GUI shall display Connected Vehicle data derived from the data reported in the BSM and PVDM The Connected Vehicle data displayed on the GUI shall include each detection zone configured for the RSE The Connected Vehicle data displayed on the GUI shall include the speed of the detection zone that is the most in violation or closest to violation of the speed threshold and indicate if that speed is in violation of the speed threshold The software shall provide operators the ability to manually construct a TAM The software shall allow the user to specify the start time end time priority presentation regions text of message and RSEs The software shall allow the user to specify a presentation region including a polygon made up of latitude longitude points and directions of travel that the message should be applicable CVS CVS CVS CVS CVS CVS CVS 5 1 5 1 5 1 5 1 5 1 5 1 5 1 339
87. 1 6 12 1 MAOO6L1 Display CCTV Status GUI oo GUI CCTV device is selected The DMS status GUI shall be displayed when a FEAT7 21 6 12 2 MAOO6L2 Display DMS Status GUI Bee GUI DMS device is selected l The Event Details GUI shall be displayed when an FEAT7 21 6 12 3 MAOO6L3 Display Event Details Status GUI 7 GUI event icon is selected The HAR status GUI shall be displayed when a HAR device is selected The C2C status GUI shall be displayed when a C2C device is selected The AVL RR status GUI shall be displayed when a FEAT7 21 6 12 6 MA006L6 Display AVL RR Status GUI UR es GUI RR device is selected The RWIS status GUI shall be displayed when a FEAT7 21 6 12 7 MAOO6L7 Display RWIS Status GUI ie GUI RWIS device is selected Display Safety Barrier Status The Safety Barrier status GUI shall be displayed FEAT7 21 6 12 4 MAOO6L4 Display HAR Status GUI GUI FEAT7 21 6 12 5 MAOO6L5 Display C2C Status GUI GUI FEAT7 21 6 12 8 MAOO6L8 GUI GUI when a SB device is selected The VSL status GUI shall be displayed when a VSL FEAT7 21 6 12 9 MAOO6L9 Display VSL Status GUI nooks GUI device is selected The TSS detector status GUI shall be displayed FEAT7 21 6 12 10 MAOQO6L10 Display TSS Detector Status GUI a GUI when a detector is selected i The Link Speed GUI shall be displayed when a TSS FEAT7 21 6 12 11 MAOO6L11 Display Link Speed Status GUI GUI lane is selected An operator shall be able to select which icon typs FEAT 21 6 12 12 M
88. 10 522 3914 Robert Heller SwRI Project Manager rheller swri org 210 522 3824 Tucker Brown SwRI Software Project Manager tbrown swri com 210 522 3035 SunGuide SRS 6 0 Software Requirements Specification Appendix A FEAT REQUIREMENTS SunGuide SRS 6 0 SunGuide ID Name Requirement Text Subsystem Version General requirements not relating to particular subsystems or components FEAT1 1 Network security 1 The SunGuide system shall not prohibit the use of a firewall and the identification of what ports and FEAT1 1 1 5026 Allow firewall usage hostnames are used to souls between 5 processes shall be provided so allowances can be made to pass through a firewall FEAT1 General A firewall shall provide EAL 4 certification employing a default deny security policy Both FEAT1 1 2 NW001 Firewall security policy eo y aa y 1 ASCII and binary logging shall be available and enabled on the firewall A multi layer DMZ model shall be used to segment traffic coming into the transaction DMZ model to segment LAN E FEAT1 1 3 NW002 traffic server s from public LAN connections if any by 1 being able to access the database layer FEAT1 14 s012 Operating aver workstation The aunGuge software oN use windows domain 1 security authentication for user login The workstation security function shall provide r a the capability to assign specific users and groups FEAT1 1 5 WS001 i eae to categories that have specific access t
89. 19 7 SUB20 SUB20 1 SUB20 1 1 SUB20 1 2 SUB20 2 SUB20 2 1 SUB21 SUB21 1 SUB21 1 1 SUB21 1 2 SUB21 2 DM007M8 MAS queues retrieved from database on startup EV Event Viewer General Accessible via web server Terminate session with logout button Configuration IIS configuration with IP security restrictions 511 General Incident association to segments Recorded messages available after approval Reports MAS shall retrieve the current list of queues from the database upon startup Event Viewer shall be accessible through the web server component of the SunGuide website A user can terminate their session with the logout button When IIS is configured with appropriate IP security restrictions the SunGuide Event Viewer Web site shall not be accessible to clients outside the specified IP addresses within IIS An incident event shall be considered to be associated with the closest 511 reporting segment s that are on the same roadway as the incident event A specially recorded message shall be considered available after it has been approved FEAT22 1 2 s FEAT22 1 4 s FEAT22 2 2 s FEAT25 5 10 FEAT25 4 10 MAS EV EV EV EV EV EV 511 511 511 511 511 332 SUB21 2 1 SUB21 2 2 SUB21 2 4 SUB21 2 5 SUB21 2 6 SUB21 2 7 Link report contents with one to four segments Summary reports with segments on same roadway Support rec
90. 2 9 SUB27 2 9 1 SUB27 2 10 SPARRO28 SPARRO29 SPARRO30 SPARRO30A SPARRO31 Default Assisting Default Patrolling Close an Event Closure criteria Bulk Update When a SPARR user successfully reports that they have arrived at an event the SPARR driver shall set the vehicle s dispatch status to a dispatch status flagged as Default Assisting When a SPARR user successfully reports that they have departed from an event the SPARR driver shall set the vehicle s dispatch status to a dispatch status flagged as Default Patrolling SunGuide shall allow a SPARR client to close an open event The SPARR interface shall reject a request to close an event that is already closed has responder vehicles currently arrived or has any non open lanes The driver will support a web service method for sending multiple position updates as a single request SPARR SPARR SPARR SPARR SPARR 5 0 5 5 0 5 361
91. 2 i the region and the latitude and longitude CVS 5 1 Presentation Regions A i of the points that make up the region When a TAM is modified by an operator the software shall update the end time for Archive TAM z SUB23 5 8 Cvoo9g9Cc3 eas the current message to the current time CVS 5 1 Modifications and archive a new TAM 344 SUB23 5 9 SUB23 5 10 SUB23 6 SUB23 6 1 SUB23 6 2 SUB23 6 3 SUB23 6 4 SUB23 7 SUB23 7 1 SUB23 7 2 CVv009C4 CVv009D CV014A CV0O14A1 CV014B CV014B1 CVO15A CV015A Archive TAM End Times Optional Archiving of BSM and PVDM Data C2C Publish PVDM Data Published PVDM Format Publish TAM Data Published TAM Format SDN Data Standard for SDN Data SDN Configuration Data When a TAM is deleted by an operator the software shall modify the archived end time of the TAM to reflect when the message was ended The SunGuide configuration file will include a parameter specifying if the raw BSM and PVDM data should be archived The software shall be capable of broadcasting PVDMs via C2C The C2C PVDM shall contain the data in the SAE J2735 2009 11 and J2735 VIIPOC standards as available The software shall be capable of broadcasting TAM messages The C2C TAM shall contain the data in the SAE J2735 2009 11 and J2735 VIIPOC standards as available The software shall support an outgoing connection that will send J2735 encoded Probe data using the SA
92. 3 stored data to registered end users The GUI component shall support a SunGuide operator with appropriate permissions to define the instrumented road segments to be used to GUI 4 calculate travel times GUI 1 The GUI shall provide audible notification of A GUI 1 congestion alerts for logged on operators 50 FEAT7 4 2 FEAT 7 4 3 FEAT7 4 4 FEAT7 4 5 FEAT7 4 6 FEAT7 4 7 FEAT7 4 8 GS009 GS008 IM00801 WS016 WS017 WS003M WS004M Detector icons Detector icons2 Flash unacknowledge lane alarms Graying of icon or segment View directional conditions differences Showing link based speeds Operator interface displays The system map shall display icons at the location provided by FDOT of each detector sensor itself The sensor icon shall change color to indicate the detector s operational status The colors associated with operational and failed status shall be configurable The map shall display icons at the location of each detector station The icon shall change color to indicate the detector station s operational status The status colors shall be configurable Lane segments associated with unacknowledged alarms shall flash on the map The loop detector icon and or road segment shall go gray when the system determines that no data are available at a loop detector station or a supervisor intentionally disables the data collection links for public dissemination purposes
93. 4 FEAT27 4 5 FEAT28 FEAT28 1 FEAT28 1 1 FEAT28 1 2 TMOO5R4 TBOO1A1 TBOO1A2 EM032A EM032B EM032C EMO07R EMOO9R Editing alert messages Message templates Template information Response Plan uses Long Name Amber Alert template Leo Alert Template Silver Alert Template Reporting System RS General Filters Saving reports Response plans shall provide alert message content that can be edited by an operator with appropriate permissions to be sent to the recipients The Amber Alert Message template shall contain fields for the operator to fill in for specific information related to the amber alerts such as vehicle make model vehicle color and license tag number When generating response plan messages based on a message template EM shall populate a cross street field using the long name of the reference point of the event s location head When configuring a device template or a default device template the user shall be able to configure a template for events with the event type of Amber Alert When configuring a device template or a default device template the user shall be able to configure a template for events with the event type of Leo Alert When configuring a device template or a default device template the user shall be able to configure a template for events with the event type of Silver Alert Reports shall be able to be filtered on any of the event properties SunG
94. 5 22 FEAT25 5 24 FEAT25 6 DF206R1 DF206R2 DF207R DF207R1 DF207R3 ID202G1 No incident announcements Announcement directions Up to 42 reports between 7 points Select road reporting Drive time comparison report structure Pre recorded report information Drive time comparisons If there are no incidents on the segment Link Summaries shall be announced as follows Incident Link Report Going North South East West Estimated travel time from Start Point to End Point is X minutes For each road Incident Link Reports shall be announced from south to north or from west to east Note that each Incident Link Report describes incidents in both directions of travel There shall be up to 42 forty two Drive Time Comparison reports on the 511 system between 7 configurable points for example between Downtown Orlando and the Orlando International Airport The Drive Time Comparison reports will report travel times on select roads in Central Florida A Drive Time Comparison report shall be announced as follows Current travel time on Alternate Route 1 Description to Destination Point is X minutes On Alternate Route 2 Description to Destination Point is Y minutes On Alternate Route N Description to Destination Point is Z minutes The pre recorded reports shall only contain generalized conditions and or traffic flows and travel times 511 511 511 511 511 511
95. 5 4 24 FEAT35 4 25 FEAT35 4 26 FEAT35 4 27 FEAT35 4 27 1 FEAT35 4 27 2 FEAT35 4 27 3 FEAT35 4 27 4 FEAT35 5 FEAT35 5 1 CA005S1 CA005S2 CA005S3 CA005S4 CA0006D CA006D1 CA006D2 CA006D3 CA006D4 US001 Recording of responder arrival time based on reported arrival time Recording of responder arrival time based on current system time Setting reponder arrival time for FHP alert Setting FHP arrival time Archiving alerts from FHP CAD system Archive timestamp Archive first received alert Archive alert changes Archive last alert Operator Interaction Logged in users When setting a responder arrival timestamp based on an FHP alert if the reported trooper arrival time is available and is prior to the current system time the reported trooper arrival time shall be recorded as the responder arrival time When setting a responder arrival timestamp based on an FHP alert if the reported trooper arrival time is not available or is later than the current system time the current system time shall be recorded as the responder arrival time When setting a responder arrival time for an FHP Alert SunGuide shall use FHP as the arriving agency When an operator creates an event from an FHP alert and the trooper arrival time is in the FHP CAD data then SunGuide shall set the FHP arrival time in the event SunGuide shall archive alerts from the FHP CAD system SunGuide shall arc
96. 5S4 TMO05S6 TMO005S7 AVI configurable poll cycle Add AVI sensors to system Modify AVI sensors in the system Raw data collected Support IT2020 and Sirit Identity Flex AVI protocols The AVI data collection system shall receive AVI Tag data from the toll collection agency AVI Data Collection Sensors or alternatively poll the Data Collection Sensors within a configurable amount of time of when the data is polled by SunGuide Users shall be able to add AVI Data Collection Sensors to the SunGuide system and changes will take effect when the system is restarted Users shall be able to modify AVI Data Collection Sensors that have already been added to the SunGuide system Changes will take effect when the system is restarted Raw AVI data collected by SunGuide shall include the following Transponder ID unique AVI tag identifier Reader ID Data collection sensor that made the tag read Lane ID lane in which the tag was read Time stamp time when the tag was read Fault Information fault information from the data source The AVI data collection function shall be able to process AVI tag data from the existing AVI readers used for travel time data collection applications in the State of Florida TransCore IT2020 via UDP and TCP and Sirit Identity Flex TSS TSS TSS TSS TSS 120 An alert shall be generated to the SunGuide operator if no data is received from an AVI or LPR device after a configurab
97. A Scope of Enable Disable FEAT20 5 SAS005 Schedules FEAT20 5 1 SAS005A Schedule Parameters The software shall allow the scheduling of the enabling and disabling of travel time messages The travel time message scheduling shall allow for the invocation of a disable travel times messaging command and an enable travel times messaging command on a per DMS basis as well as a system wide basis The software shall allow the user to schedule a series of predefined actions within the system The schedule shall have the following parameters 1 The start and end time of the schedule shall be a date and time of day 2 The default value of the start time shall be the clock time ending in 0 or 30 minutes immediately after the current system time and the end time will default to one hour after the start time 3 When the start time is adjusted the end time shall preserve the current duration of the event 4 The duration shall be displayed as a non editable value near the end time 5 An all day event button shall be displayed near the start time and when clicked shall set the start time to 12 00 00 AM and the end time to 11 59 59 PM 6 The schedule shall allow the user to select the days on the week the schedule should execute when the schedule is active SAS 6 SAS 6 SAS 6 SAS 6 163 FEAT20 6 FEAT20 6 1 FEAT20 6 2 FEAT20 6 3 FEAT20 6 4 FEAT20 7 FEAT20 7 1 FEAT20 7 2 FEAT20 7 3 SASO06 SASOO6A SASOO6B SASOO6
98. A007C9B Select icon types in map view a PRT A de GUI are visible in their map view FEAT7 21 6 12 12 1 FEAT7 21 6 12 14 FEAT7 21 6 12 15 FEAT 21 6 12 16 FEAT7 21 6 12 16 1 FEAT7 21 7 FEAT7 21 7 1 FEAT7 21 7 2 FEAT7 21 7 3 FEAT7 21 7 3 1 MA007C9B1 MA007CF MA007CG MA007C9C MA007C9C1 MA007 MA007A MA007B MA007C MA007C1 Customize icon Display of abandoned vehicle icon Display of disabled vehicle icon Customize appearance of icons Customize icon colors Map Menu Limit menu options based on authentication Limit menu options based on permissions Display menu with mouse click Camera submenu Each operator shall be able to customize which icons appear for their login credentials The display of the abandoned vehicles icon shall be an option that can be toggled in the icon configuration menu The display of the disabled vehicles icons shall be an option that can be toggled in the icon configuration menu An operator shall be able to customize the appearance of icons Each operator shall be able to customize icon colors for their login credentials The Operator Map shall have a menu that changes context based on where the mouse right clicks Menu options which are not available because the user is not authenticated to the corresponding subsystem shall either appear but be disabled or not appear at all Menu options which are not available because the user does not
99. AS SAS SAS SAS 164 FEAT20 7 3 1 FEAT20 8 FEAT20 8 1 FEAT20 8 1 1 FEAT20 9 FEAT21 FEAT21 1 FEAT21 1 1 FEAT21 1 2 FEAT21 1 3 FEAT21 1 4 SASO07C1 SASO008 SASOO08A SASO08A1 SASO09 TMO21 TMO001H TMO002H TMO003H If default name is in use Schedule Copying Copied Schedule Default Naming If default name is in use Enable Disable Schedule Ramp Meter Firmware RMF General Provide ramp metering firmware Model 170 equipment 68HC11 processor Controller firmware support If the name New Schedule is in use a space and the number one or the next available whole number will be appending to the default schedule name in order to make the name unique The software shall allow the user to copy a schedule from an existing schedule The name shall default to the exiting schedule s name appended with a space and the text Copy If the default name is in use a space and the number one or the next available whole number will be appending to the default schedule name in order to make the name unique The software shall allow the schedule to be enabled or disabled by the user The SunGuide system shall provide a ramp metering firmware for controlling traffic flow onto a roadway from an on ramp The Ramp Meter controller firmware shall control equipment consisting of standard transportation management hardware equivalent to the Model 170 controller The Ramp Meter contro
100. AT19 6 10 FEAT19 6 11 FEAT19 6 12 TMO002D1 TMO002D2 TMO002D3 Vehicle type data collected at each stop Data collected when Road Ranger discovers event Data collected about the cause for the stop The following data collected about the vehicle type at each stop shall be stored and linked to the road ranger report containing the data a Passenger b Pickup or van c RV or bus EM d Single unit truck e Tractor trailer f Motorcycle g Not Applicable N A The following data collected by the Road Ranger about how it was discovered at each stop shall be stored and linked to the road ranger report containing the data a Drive up EM b Saw and changed route c Road Ranger dispatch d FHP dispatch officer e Other The following data collected about the cause for the stop shall be stored and linked to the road ranger report containing the data a Accident crash include FHP Crash Number b Vehicle fire c Disabled EM d Abandoned e Debris f Other 158 FEAT19 6 13 FEAT19 6 14 FEAT19 6 15 TM002D4 TMO002D5 TMO003D Services provided at each stop Data collected at the end of each road ranger shift Road ranger operator data collected monthly The list of services that were provided at each stop shall be stored and linked to the road ranger report containing some of the following data a Extinguish fire b Absorbent c Remove debris d Relocate to safer location e Tire f Fuel
101. AT31 3 1 FEAT31 3 2 FEAT31 3 3 DW004 OD014 ODO001S ODO004 DW002D DWO004D OD012 ODO002 ODO02T DWO006D ODS content derived from Data Bus SunGuide RWIS events included in ODS Data storage Data storage times Configurable amount of time ODS accessible via standard database tool sets Archived data for ODS ODBC compliant databases with SQL support Published data Loading records latency Publication of updates Make data available in one minute or less The content provided to the ODS via the direct database connection shall be derived directly from SunGuide s databus The ODS shall include events from the SunGuide RWIS subsystem SunGuide shall store raw detector data for 2 weeks and shall store roll ups of speeds occupancy and drive times in 15 minute roll ups for 3 years SunGuide shall store data for a configurable amount of time The Direct Database Feed shall be accessible by the ODS through the use of standard database tool sets for storing data such as database triggers that support periodic data transfers SunGuide shall archive link data travel times raw weather raw traffic data and operator entered event data All databases included in the ODS shall be Open Data Base Connectivity ODBC compliant and support Structured Query Language SQL database queries SunGuide shall introduce no more than two minutes latency when loading records from the source data sys
102. AT9 8 FEAT9 9 FEAT9 10 FEAT9 11 DMO001 DM002 DMO002A DM001D DMO002D TBOO1 DMO003D1 DMO004D DMO005D Sending database messages Save messages DMS Priority Acceptable words messages System configuration Trail blazer signs Status information DMS driver default page times Approved word conflict Fonts The DMS software device driver shall be capable of sending all messages as defined in the DMS message database The DMS software shall implement a database of standard messages When creating a DMS library message the user shall be able to configure a message priority The DMS database shall contain a list of acceptable messages and words or messages that are unacceptable The DMS database shall contain DMS internal operating parameters and internal messages The SunGuide system shall provide an interface to the dynamic and blank out trail blazer signs The information requested in the regular periodic poll of DMS devices shall include basic error information from the device including but not limited to pixel lamp temperature and fan errors For NTCIP devices this shall be accomplished by utilizing the short error status object Each DMS device driver shall have configurable default page on and off times If DMS detects a word list conflict in a message being activated as part of a sequence the system shall alert the operator of the conflict and prompt for a decision j
103. AVL icon shall remain normal Historical vehicle positions tracks shall be indicated by symbols or similar leading away from the current vehicle position There shall be an option to hide track display that applies to the track of the vehicle The AVL data acquisition component shall be able to acquire a data file in XML format either from a URL or in a shared directory or by FTP pull If multiple files are acquired containing more than one position for a vehicle the acquisition component shall order the position reports by vehicle chronologically so the most currently reported position is last in the list If necessary the acquisition component shall format the received data in accordance with the AVL Data Interface Specification AVL AVL AVL AVL AVL AVL AVL AVL AVL 176 FEAT24 4 4 FEAT24 5 FEAT24 5 1 FEAT24 5 2 FEAT24 6 FEAT24 6 1 FEAT24 6 2 FEAT24 6 3 FEAT24 6 5 FEAT24 6 6 FEAT24 7 AVOO4L1 AVOO1L1 AVO01L2 AVO04L2 AVOO5L AV003V AV007V2 AV014A Geocoordinate reporting Interfaces Tablet application PC tablet devices Position reports Corrected reports Updates Vehicle icon No reported data Bulk Updates Geospatial data Geocoordinates are expected to be reported to 3 decimal places at a minimum if they are not the acquisition component shall locate the closest road to the reported position and fill in the coordinates acc
104. AVOO1T AVO003T AV006 AVO08V Icon appearance Show detailed status Floating window display Display vehicle information Viewing vehicle status Replay options Vehicle icon relocation Refreshing vehicle display The relevant AVL Icon shall appear different in shape and color depending on the availability status reported by data feed from the vehicle An operator shall be able to bring up a detailed vehicle status window by right clicking on an AVL icon and selecting show detailed status The Detailed Vehicle Status window shall be a floating window similar to other SunGuide Status windows The operator can display information about a different vehicle in the Detailed Vehicle Status window by clicking on any other visible AVL icon The operator shall be able to view the vehicle status via the SunGuide GUI Map The operator with appropriate permissions shall be able to right click on the SunGuide map in an area without any symbols and get a menu of AVL Replay options to generate a historical track of a selected vehicle The icon representing the vehicle on the GUI be relocated to show its new position when a position report is received for that vehicle The SunGuide display of vehicles shall be refreshed whenever a new position report is available for display GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI 58 FEAT7 13 14 FEAT 13 15 FEAT7 13 16 FEAT7 13 17 FEAT7 14 FEAT7 14 1
105. C SASO06D SASO07 SAS007A SAS007B SAS007C Sequences Available Camera Actions Available options for travel time scheduling Enable Disable Schedule within a Schedule Pausing schedule during execution of next item Schedule Naming Unique Name Storing Schedule Name Default Name The software shall allow for sequences or a set of actions to be configured within the schedule configuration The software shall support the following actions against a user selected camera pan for a user specified amount of time tilt for a user specified amount of time zoom for a user specified amount of time and move to a user specified preset The software shall support the following actions for travel time message generation 1 Enabling or disabling travel time message generation for a single DMS 2 Enabling or disabling travel time message generation for all DMS signs The software shall support an action of invoking an enable command and a disable command on a user selected schedule not including the schedule itself The software shall support an action of pausing for a specified number of hours minutes and seconds before performing the next action The software shall allow the user to specify a name for the schedule The name shall be required to be unique The name shall be able to be modified and not be used as a primary key The name shall initially default to New Schedule SAS SAS SAS SAS SAS S
106. C context menu C2C context menu send command DMS context menu DMS context menu toggle TvT messages Event context menu Event context menu event details The camera context menu shall allow an operator with sufficient permissions to switch the camera video to a shared video destination local video destination or video wall destination toggle the use of the camera in VisioPaD detection launch a GUI to control the camera or switch its video or handle a potential detected alarm The Operator Map shall display a C2C context menu when the mouse right clicks over a C2C device The C2C context menu shall allow an operator with sufficient permissions to view the status of the device or send a command to the device if applicable The Operator Map shall display a DMS context menu when the mouse right clicks over a DMS trailblazer lane status sign toll rate sign toll gantry sign or VSL The DMS context menu shall allow an operator with sufficient permissions to toggle travel time message generation for the device or launch GUIs to view the device status message queue or short status or to send a message to the device if applicable The Operator Map shall display an Event context menu when the mouse right clicks over an Event The Event context menu shall allow an operator with sufficient permissions to launch GUIs to view event details or response plan GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI 87 FEA
107. CIP compliant cameras Sunguide protocol Whenever possible the NTCIP protocol standard shall be utilized for camera control and communication Manufacturer specific drivers shall at a minimum provide functionality equal to that provided via NTCIP mandatory objects provided the manufacturer s protocol supports the functionality The SunGuide software shall provide the capability to control e g pan tilt zoom focus iris the American Dynamics Model RAS917 OPC Speed Dome ultra 7 ver 11 i e an American Dynamics Camera Driver CCTV CCTV CCTV CCTV CCTV CCTV CCTV 103 The American Dynamics camera driver for the Responses not required for AD FEAT8 2 10 TV001D6 diei Speed Dome ultra 7 ver 11 shall not require CCTV 3 responses from the camera Functionality will be provided if the protocol FEAT8 3 Functionality y E CCTV 1 supports the particular function The CCTV range objects shall be implemented in the device drivers and at a minimum shall include A maximum number of presets parameters Pan left limit parameters Pan right limit parameters Pan home position i parameters True north offset parameters Tilt FEAT8 3 1 TV007D Range objects aa SH CCTV 1 up limit parameters Tilt down limit parameters Zoom limit parameters Focus limit parameters Iris limit parameters Maximum pan step angle parameters and Maximum tilt step angle parameters The device drivers shall contain the CCTV time
108. CVS CVS CVS 5 1 5 1 5 1 5 1 5 1 5 1 5 1 5 1 5 1 337 SUB23 3 3 SUB23 3 4 SUB23 3 5 SUB23 3 6 SUB23 3 7 SUB23 4 SUB23 4 1 SUB23 4 2 SUB23 4 3 CVOO6A1A CVO06A2 CVO06A2A CV007A CV007B CV010A CV010A1 CV010A2 BSM Data Receiving PVDM PVDM Data Sending TAMs TAM Formatting Standards GUI RSE Icon RSE Icon Presentation RSE Icon displays Operational Status The software shall retrieve latitude longitude elevation speed and heading from the reported BSM as available The software shall be capable of receiving and reporting aggregated Probe Vehicle Data message PVDM The software shall retrieve latitude longitude elevation speed heading from the reported PVDM using the SAE J2735 2009 11 and J2735 VIIPOC standards as available The software shall provide the ability to send TAMS to RSE devices connected to SunGuide The message formats of the TAMs shall be based on SAE J2735 2009 11 and J2735 VIIPOC standards The software s GUI shall display an icon representing RSEs on the Operator Map The software shall display the RSE icons consistent with presentation of other field equipment e g signs cameras detectors radios etc icons The software shall modify the display of RSE icons in response to operational status changes CVS CVS CVS CVS CVS CVS CVS CVS CVS Spd 5 1 5 1 5 1 5 1 5
109. D00701013 TD00701014 TD0070201 Speed Limit Coloring Display Link Status Right Click Behavior Display Traffic Conditions Dialog from Context Menu Status Dialog Information Select Networks Dialog If a speed limit is unavailable for a C2C link the map shall display the link using the color used for local TSS lanes in a normal INRIX 5 0 4 freeflow condition When an operator left clicks on a C2C link the SunGuide Operator Map shall display INRIX 5 0 4 the C2C Traffic Conditions dialog When an operator right clicks on a C2C link the SunGuide Operator Map shall display a context menu containing C2C Traffic INRIX 5 0 4 Conditions When an operator selects the C2C Traffic Conditions item from a context menu the SunGuide Operator Map shall display the C2C Traffic Conditions dialog showing information from the link which was right clicked on INRIX 5 0 4 The C2C Traffic Conditions dialog shall display the identifier and center of the C2C link it was launched from along with the current link speed and delay time if available INRIX 5 0 4 If the operator selects C2C Select Networks from the context menu the map shall display the C2C Network INRIX 5 0 4 Selection dialog 353 SUB26 2 16 SUB26 2 17 SUB26 2 18 SUB26 2 19 SUB26 2 20 TD0070202 TD0070203 TD0070204 TD00702015 TD00702016 Display Current Networks Save Operator Preferences Show Certain Networ
110. Data NAVTEQ Source Data Comm Failures INRIX GUI Display Traffic Condition Data Selected Networks SunGuide shall provide an interface to INRIX traffic data source that conforms to ITN DOT 07 08 9013 JP Probe based Data Collection Concept Test Project Interface Guide Version 1 2 October 17 2008 An INRIX C2C Publisher component shall publish INRIX traffic data to the C2C infrastructure thus making it available to SunGuide and FL ATIS The INRIX C2C Publisher component shall only publish data from links within a configurable list of counties The INRIX C2C Publisher component shall publish C2C Traffic Condition data The INRIX C2C Publisher component shall publish C2C Speed data The INRIX C2C Publisher component shall publish C2C Link and Node data relevant to the Traffic Condition and Speed links being published The INRIX C2C Publisher component shall publish link midpoints based on known map information in a NAVTEQ map source The INRIX C2C Publisher component shall notify SunGuide of INRIX data source communication failures The SunGuide Operator Map shall support the display of C2C Traffic Condition data The SunGuide Operator Map shall display C2C Traffic Condition data using on map link diagrams The SunGuide Operator Map shall only display C2C Traffic Condition data from networks selected by the operator GUI INRIX INRIX INRIX INRIX INRIX INRIX INRIX INRIX INRIX INRIX 5 1
111. Documents SunGuide shall provide a driver to interface with the Xplore s iX104C2 tablet PC through a local area connection LAN to upload performance measures data recorded by the device in accordance with the District 4 RR PC Tablet Interface Control Document SunGuide shall support an interface with a software subsystem that will interface with District 4 road ranger data collection equipment The SunGuide software shall support the performance measures data collection of Road Rangers Service Patrols Service patrol data downloaded after the event shall not overwrite the operator entered date time for road ranger initial notification but shall fill in any missing data SunGuide shall calculate and save the Response Time for each incident confirmed by the SunGuide operator The date and time that law enforcement or road ranger service was initially notified of a confirmed SunGuide incident shall be recorded and associated with the incident RS RR RR RR RS EM EMPM EM EM 160 FEAT19 7 3 FEAT19 7 4 FEAT19 7 5 FEAT19 7 6 FEAT19 7 7 FEAT19 7 8 FEAT19 7 9 TMOO09D2 TMO09D3 TMOO09D4 TMO010D TMO10D1 TM010D2 TMO010D3 Recording arrival time Response time calculation Average response time Incident clearance time Date and time when traffic lanes are cleared Incident clearance time calculation Average incident clearance time For each incident confirmed by the
112. E J2735 VIIPOC standard The software will support configurable parameters for both host and port to configure the SDN connection CVS CVS CVS CVS CVS CVS CVS CVS CVS CVS 5 1 5 1 5 1 5 1 5 1 5 1 5 1 5 1 5 1 5 1 345 SUB23 7 3 SUB26 SUB26 1 SUB26 1 1 SUB26 1 2 SUB26 1 3 SUB26 1 4 CV0O15A TDOO71101 TDOO71102 TDO071103 TD0071104 SDN Data Transfer Protocol INRIX Interface Mark INRIX data with Non distribution Network and Center Id Confidence Level Configurable Interval The software shall support sending TAMs to the SDN using the interface defined in the Advisory Message Distribution Service Users Guide Version 1 1 dated October 22 2007 When publishing TSS traffic condition data records the INRIX C2C Publisher component shall mark such data records as not for redistribution to third parties The INRIX C2C Publisher component shall include as the network or center ID of each record a configurable value specified in the SunGuide configuration file If the confidence value received from the INRIX data source for a C2C link is below a minimum confidence level specified in the SunGuide configuration file the INRIX C2C Publisher will not publish a update for that C2C link The INRIX C2C Publisher component shall retrieve data from the INRIX traffic data source at a configurable interval determined in the SunGuide configurat
113. FEAT1 7 12 DA HAR HAR HAR HAR HAR HAR 320 SUB13 2 1 SUB13 2 2 SUB13 2 3 SUB13 2 4 SUB14 SUB14 1 SUB14 1 1 SUB14 1 2 Send message Terminate message Set operational status Activate deactivate beacon SL Status Logging General Configurable parameters Message level The system shall allow a text message to be sent to a HAR or multiple HARs The system shall allow the message currently being broadcast on a HAR to be terminated The system shall be able to set the operational status of one or more HARs to Active or Out of Service The system shall allow the beacons to be activated or deactivated independently of broadcasting a message or as part of a message The following shall be configurable parameters of the logging process Host name TCP port number File directory location Log rollover interval File reuse The status logger shall support the following four message types SLINFO Informational message SLWARN Warning message SLERROR Error message SLDEBUG Debugging message FEAT5 3 5 FEAT5 3 5 FEAT1 7 12 FEAT1 7 12 FEAT1 7 12 FEAT1 7 12 HAR HAR HAR HAR SL SL SL SL 321 SUB14 1 3 SUB14 2 SUB14 2 1 SUB14 2 2 SUB14 3 SUB14 3 1 SUB14 3 2 SUB14 3 3 Log fields Logging process Connect Multiple clients Log viewer View files Filter messages ASCII export The status logger shall su
114. FEAT32 6 2 DFO16F1 DFO16F2 DFOO2 DFO17 DFOO5D DFOO6 DFO11 Calculate flat earth distance between events Alert operator for event conflicts Performance Fuse data within 1 minute Monitor system performance Information available within 12 seconds Data Sources Provide synchronous data from various sources Latest info on current transporation status The Data Fusion component shall compare the latitude and longitude of an event with other event latitude and longitudes and calculate a flat earth straight line distance between the events The Data Fusion component shall alert the operator to a possible duplication or conflict of events if two or more events are within a configurable distance of each other The Data Fusion subsystem shall assemble and fuse traveler information within 1 minute of receipt of applicable data from external sources including operator entered events The Data Fusion Subsystem shall be able to monitor system performance status of interfaces and alert the operator and designated personnel to system problems Information from the database shall be retrieved and presented to the operator within 12 seconds of the submission of the request for data The Data Fusion subsystem shall provide synchronous data from various sources having no duplicate information within a single status report on a segment The Data Fusion subsystem shall provide the latest information on the cur
115. FEAT33 4 1 1 1 2 FEAT33 4 1 1 1 3 FEAT33 4 1 1 4 FEAT33 4 1 2 FEAT33 4 1 2 1 FEAT33 4 1 2 2 FEAT33 4 1 3 FEAT33 4 1 3 1 MLO15E2 MLO15E3 MLOO2E1 MLO18E MLO18E1 MLO18E2 MLO19E MLO19E1 TOD messages not sent for overrides Event messages not sent General purpose DMS and other device response General handling of overrides Suspension of TOD rate communication to Middleware Segment independence for overrides return to normal Resuming TOD operation Rate selection Toll Rate and Toll Gantry DMS shall not be sent TOD messages when a segment Override Message is in effect Toll Rate and Toll Gantry DMS shall not be sent Event Messages When an event is declared blocking Express Lanes the software shall treat the Express Lanes as if they are part of the General Purpose lanes and include General Purpose DMS and other devices and means of dissemination in the suggested response plan following standard SunGuide rules When a client changes the segment s mode and or rate or issues or discontinues a Middleware Rate Adjustment other segments shall remain unaffected When a segment is placed in an override mode the software shall not communicate any toll rate changes for that segment from Open Normal Rate mode while the segment remains in override When a segment is placed into or taken out of an Override mode all other segments shall remain in their current operating mode When an Operat
116. I GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI 98 FEAT7 27 20 FEAT7 27 21 FEAT7 27 22 FEAT7 27 23 FEAT7 27 24 FEAT7 27 25 FEAT 27 26 FEAT7 27 27 FEAT 27 28 FEAT7 27 29 VOD020 VODO21 VOD022 VOD023 VOD024 VODO025 VOD026 VOD027 VOD028 VOD029 Recall Window layout information Launch layout Window from Operator Map Resize Window Maximize Window as full screen Exit full screen mode of Window Translucent controls in Viewer Hide Viewer PTZ controls Reveal Viewer PTZ controls Nudge controls PTZ visual indicator The Window shall allow the user to recall the Window preset information from the menu The Operator Map context menu shall allow the user to launch a Window with any of the configured Window presets in addition to a no preset option that launches an empty Window The Window shall be resizable by the user The Window shall enter a full screen mode when maximized The Window shall exit full screen mode when the user presses the escape key or the restore window size control The Viewer shall have translucent command controls and translucent pan tilt zoom PTZ controls that can be animated to fade in to be revealed and fade out to be hidden The Viewer shall hide PTZ controls when the mouse pointer is not positioned over the Viewer The Viewer shall reveal PTZ controls when the mouse ponter is positioned over the Viewer and the user has a lock on the came
117. IM subsystem shall recommend a response plan based on incident location and incident severity The IM subsystem shall recommend a predefined response plan if one is defined that matches incident location roadway and direction If no predefined response plan exists then the IM subsystem shall recommend a set of DMS and HAR equipment and messages for each IM recommended messages shall consist of fields that indicate lane or roadway blockage proximity to reference location and reference location cross street FEAT5 3 4 FEAT5 3 4 FEAT5 3 4 FEAT5 3 4 285 SUB3 3 2 SUB3 3 3 Lane nomenclature Single lane blockages Within an IM recommended message roadway blockage shall indicate lanes using standard lane nomenclature If all lanes are blocked the message will use the verb CLOSED From innermost lane If the lane is ever an HOV lane then lane is named HOV LANE The leftmost lane which is not an HOV lane shall be named LEFT LANE A lane which begins at an on ramp and FEAT5 3 4 IM ends at an off ramp shall be named ON OFF LANE The rightmost lane which is not an ON OFF LANE shall be named RIGHT LANE Lanes between the LEFT LANE and RIGHT LANE shall be named CENTER LANE Messages which describe single lane blockages shall indicate which lane is blocked i e HOV LANE BLOCKED LEFT FEAT5 3 4 IM LANE BLOCKED 286 SUB3 3 4 Multi lane blockages Signs
118. Identify SAE Code 2984 Message SAE Code 2985 Identify SunGuide Data Fusion shall automatically select FDOT modified SAE J 2540 codes that describe an event The system shall present the message On ramp lanes blocked for events which are identified as SAE Code 2980 The system shall identify an event with more than one contiguous lanes blocked on the left of an on ramp as SAE Code 2981 The system shall present the message On ramp left lanes blocked for events which are identified as SAE Code 2981 The system shall identify an event with more than one contiguous lanes blocked on the right of an on ramp as SAE Code 2983 The system shall present the message On ramp right lanes blocked for events which are identified as SAE Code 2983 The system shall identify an event with more than one contiguous lanes blocked in the center of an on ramp as SAE Code 2982 The system shall present the message On ramp center lanes blocked for events which are identified as SAE Code 2982 The system shall identify an event which blocks the left shoulder of an on ramp as SAE Code 2984 The system shall present the message On ramp left shoulder blocked for events which are identified as SAE Code 2984 The system shall identify an event which blocks the right shoulder of an on ramp as SAE Code 2985 DFS DFS DFS DFS DFS DFS DFS DFS DFS DFS DFS 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3
119. Lanes Tab will include the DMS message sent by the Pricing Subsystem and the time that DMS message was sent for each Toll Rate DMS The software shall communicate toll rate changes to Turnpike systems via Turnpike s Middleware The software shall send and receive messages that conform to the WSDL specification provided by the Turnpike SunGuide shall process the receipt or non receipt of a SunGuide Response Message from the Middleware confirming receipt of the VariableRate message PS PS PS PS PS PS PS PS PS 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 3 1 3 1 3 1 253 FEAT33 6 3 FEAT33 6 3 1 FEAT33 6 4 FEAT33 6 4 1 FEAT33 6 4 4 FEAT33 6 4 5 FEAT33 6 4 6 MLO10I MLOO2I MLO10P MLO11P5 MLO121 MLO0131 MLO141 Latest send time of toll rate messages Maximum delay in sending rate messages Toll rate effective time determination Effective time for rate increases Manual DMS override handling Effective time for closed and open zero rate modes Effective time for open manual rate mode The software shall begin sending a new toll rate to the Middleware no later than 1 minute after the calculation or setting of the effective time The software shall only send messages whose effective time is no earlier than the current time minus the Middleware Maximum Time After parameter The software shall determine the effective time of a toll rate prior to sending to the Mi
120. Lynne Randolph SwRI LAR 03 09 04 Lynne Randolph SwRI LAR 04 01 04 Lynne Randolph SwRI LAR 08 27 04 Lynne Randolph SwRI LAR 10 28 04 Lynne Randolph SwRI LAR 4 18 05 Lynne Randolph SwRI LAR 9 12 05 Lynne Randolph SwRI LAR 4 12 06 Meredith Moczygemba SwRI MRM 11 17 06 Steve Dellenback SwRI SWD 11 27 06 Meredith Moczygemba SwRI MRM 12 04 06 Meredith Moczygemba SwRI MRM 04 25 07 Meredith Moczygemba SwRI MRM 05 29 07 Meredith Moczygemba SwRI MRM 12 19 07 Meredith Moczygemba SwRI MRM 02 22 08 Uma Goring SwRI UMG 01 22 2010 Uma Goring SwRI UMG 03 05 2010 Adam Clauss SwRI ASC 04 02 2010 Uma Goring SwRI UMG 06 15 2010 SunGuide SRS 6 0 Software Requirements Specification Tucker Brown SwRI TJB 06 29 2010 Tucker Brown SwRI TJB 02 16 2012 Tucker Brown SwRI TJB 02 15 2013 Tucker Brown SwRI TJB 03 21 2013 Completed By SunGuide SRS 6 0 Software Requirements Specification Table of Contents 1 Scope 1 1 Document IAeNtPICATION 11cccscceeeensesenesneesanesanesanesanenanesanesaness 1 2 S steM OVervi W eee erennere aeea ees ress cae aaeain 1 3 Related Documents 1cccccecscccecsenessnenanesanesanesaeesacesanesesesaseseess 1 4 Contacts Appendix A FEAT Requirements Appendix B SUB Requirements SunGuide SRS 6 0 iii Software Requirements Specification List of Acronyms ATM Segedo Advanced Traffic Management System AV Greina Automatic Vehicle Location
121. MLOO2M3 Send messages to subscribed express laness clients Support request for middleware rate adjustment Actions performed upon receipt of a valid request Provide response containing unique ID The software shall send messages to subscribed express lanes clients indicating success or failure of rate attempts to the middleware These messages shall include the SunGuide ID and the time sent or if unsuccessful time last attempted PS error message if provided and identification of source of error report SunGuide or Sunpass The software shall support a request for a middleware rate adjustment for a segment from an Express Lanes approved user regardless of the current operating mode of that segment which includes the user ID a client unique ID segment ID rate effective time and optionally ending time comment and event ID The event ID shall be required if the Require Event Association Flag is set Upon receipt of a valid request for a middleware rate adjustment for a segment the software shall automatically perform the appropriate actions to send the appropriate rate message s to the PS middleware without user approval or intervention Upon receipt of a valid request for a middleware rate adjustment for a segment the software shall provide a response containing the client unique ID PS and the SunGuide ID associated with the request 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 269 FEAT33 11 9 MLO25E FEAT33 11 10
122. O01V AV018 AV020 AV020M AV020M1 AVOO9T4 AVOO06V2 Stopped vehicles Drivers Driver interface AVL RR Interface Determine comm related data duplication Initiate incidents Close incidents initiated by unit Depart incidents and leave unresolved Data collected for involved vehicle Vehicle summary data If a driver is stopped for a configurable length of time without accounting for the stop the system shall notify the operator SunGuide shall provide a driver to interface with different service vehicle collection data streams in accordance with published SunGuide Interface Control Documents System shall be able to determine likely duplicated data during audit which was caused by communications loss then recovery Mobile operator shall be able to initiate incident Mobile operator shall be able to close incident which was initiated by that unit Mobile operator shall be able to depart incident and leave it unresolved in SunGuide i e abandoned vehicles Data for an involved vehicle shall include color make model license state and license tag The AVL software shall provide summary data when an operator mouses over the vehicle icon The summary data shall consist of truck number beat driver adio telephone number truck position roadway direction reference location proximity to reference location speed and status availability RR RR RR RR RR RR RR R
123. OO5E1 SVOO5E2 Inactive events information Event list page Event list record Event details Event viewer web site Event details page The inactive events section shall display the following information Record Number Identifier the login name of the operator managing the event creation timestamp road rangers dispatched and on scene event type py z location description and current status unresolved closed voided etc Each section of the events list page shall use a different background color to easily differentiate EV 3 the lists For each event list record the operator shall have the ability to select the record and view the EV 3 Event Details page EV 3 The SunGuide Event Viewer Web site shall provide an Event Details page that will display details Ev 3 about a specific event record The event details page shall display the following information if available event record number identifier current event status record creation time TMC managing the event notifying agency ID of the primary event if the current record is a secondary event event type hazmat fire rollover injuries a list of vehicles involved EV 3 including color make model state and tag estimated clearance time alternate roads event location event congestion lane blockage description and roadway conditions 170 FEAT22 4 3 FEAT22 4 4 FEAT22 4 5 FEAT22 4 6 FEAT22 5 FEAT22 5 1 FEAT22 5 2 FEAT23
124. Operator access Event list Web site opening page Inactive events Event list sections Active events The SunGuide Event Viewer Web site shall be secure employing the Secure Sockets Layer cryptographic protocol or the Transport Layer Security cryptographic protocol The SunGuide Event Viewer Web site shall be capable of authenticating operators based on their originating IP address Passwords associated with the operator accounts shall be stored in an encrypted format The SunGuide Event Viewer Web site shall prompt the operator for a username and password to gain access to the application The opening page after secure login of the SunGuide Event Viewer Web Site shall be an event list page The recently inactive events section shall display all the events that were active in the recent past that is a configurable amount of time The event list page shall have three sections active events with a lane blockage active events without a lane blockage and recently inactive events The active events section shall display the following information Record Number Identifier the login name of the operator managing the event creation timestamp road rangers dispatched and on scene event type location description and description of blocked lanes EV EV EV EV EV EV EV EV EV 169 FEAT22 3 5 FEAT22 3 6 FEAT22 3 7 FEAT22 4 FEAT22 4 1 FEAT22 4 2 SVOO3E SVOO4E SVOO5E SV
125. R RR RR 211 FEAT29 4 7 FEAT29 4 8 FEAT29 4 9 FEAT29 4 10 FEAT29 4 11 FEAT29 4 12 AVO007L5 AVO17 AVOO5T3 AVOO5T4 AVOOS5T5 AVOO5T6 Dispatch vehicle to new or existing event Road ranger position data Display list of trucks and status Truck activity report Activity summary report Location report information An operator shall be able to right click on a vehicle to dispatch it to a new or existing event In the case of new events the operator will be prompted to enter the required information for the new event The list of Road Rangers part of the EM GUI shall be augmented to include current truck position roadway direction reference location proximity to reference location speed and status availability from the AVL software A Find on map option will be provided from the list which will zoom the SunGuide map to the current position of the vehicle icon A list of currently logged on trucks and their current dispatch status shall be displayed A Road Ranger Activity Report shall be available This report shall list all activities for a road ranger for a given date and time range The report shall be filterable by truck number or all event types road ranger activities and Driver ID A Road Ranger Activity Summary report shall be available This report shall summarize all activity for a given date and time range The report shall be filterable by truck number or all ev
126. SUB23 4 11 SUB23 4 11 1 SUB23 4 11 2 SUB23 4 13 SUB23 4 14 SUB23 4 15 SUB23 4 16 CV011B CV011B1 CV011B2 CV011C CV011D CV011E CV011F TAM Status Dialog Hyper linked Event Ids Show Presentation Regions Modify TAMs Delete TAMs Filter TAMs Automatically select RSEs for TAM The software shall provide the ability to view current TAMs including the text of the message priority event id start time end time number presentation regions and the selected RSEs Event Ids if available will be hyperlinked to the existing event When a presentation region is selected the defined polygon for that region will be shown on the Operator Map The software shall provide the ability to modify current TAMs including start time end time priority presentation regions text of message and RSEs The software shall provide the ability to delete current TAMs The software shall provide the ability to filter the list of current TAMs based on RSE id and whether or not the TAM has an associated event The software shall provide the ability to automatically select applicable RSEs based on the currently selected presentation region CVS CVS CVS CVS CVS CVS CVS 5 1 5 1 5 1 5 1 5 1 5 1 5 1 340 SUB23 4 17 SUB23 4 18 SUB23 4 19 SUB23 4 20 SUB23 4 21 CV012A CV012B CV012C CV012C1 CV012C2 RSE Data Fields RSE Detection Zone Config
127. SUB26 1 14 TD0071502 TD0071503 TD0071504 TD0071505 TD0071506 Unique Node Ids Publish Lat Lon Information Link Identifier Required Link Data Midpoint Data The INRIX C2C Publisher component shall assign each published node an identifier unique to that instance of the Publisher The INRIX C2C Publisher component shall publish the most recently provided latitude and longitude from the INRIX traffic data source for each published node The INRIX C2C Publisher component shall assign each published link a unique identifier based on the INRIX link identifier roadway direction county or other identifying information The INRIX C2C Publisher component shall publish the most recently provided roadway name direction county distance start node and end node from the INRIX traffic data source for each published link The INRIX C2C Publisher component shall publish link midpoints for each published link where midpoints could be determined INRIX INRIX INRIX INRIX INRIX 5 0 4 5 0 4 5 0 4 5 0 4 5 0 4 348 SUB26 1 15 SUB26 1 16 SUB26 1 17 SUB26 1 18 TD0071601 TD0071602 TD0071603 TD0071604 Matching TMC Ids Minimum Midpoint Spacing Publishing all Midpoints Sequential Midpoint evaluation The INRIX C2C Publisher component shall publish midpoints for any published links which have a TMC Path ID that can be accurately matched to a link in the SunGuide ma
128. SunGuide Software Requirements Specification SunGuide SRS 6 0 Prepared for Florida Department of Transportation Traffic Engineering and Operations Office 605 Suwannee Street M S 90 Tallahassee Florida 32399 0450 850 410 5600 March 21 2013 Software Requirements Specification Document Control Panel File Name SunGuide SRS 6 0 File Location SunGuide CM Repository Name Initial Date Created By Lynne Randolph SwRI LAR 12 01 03 Reviewed By Robert Heller SwRI RWH 12 01 03 Steve Dellenback SwRI SWD 12 15 03 Stephen Novosad SwRI SEN 12 22 03 Steve Dellenback SwRI SWD 01 27 04 Stephen Novosad SwRI SEN 01 27 04 Steve Dellenback SwRI SWD 03 10 04 Stephen Novosad SwRI SEN 03 11 04 Robert Heller SwRI RWH 04 02 04 Stephen Novosad SwRI SEN 04 05 04 Steve Dellenback SwRI SWD 08 27 04 Steve Dellenback SwRI SWD 10 28 04 Stephen Novosad SwRI SEN 10 28 04 Steve Dellenback SwRI SWD 4 19 05 Stephen Novosad SwRI SEN 4 25 05 Steve Dellenback SwRI SWD 9 12 05 Steve Dellenback SwRI SWD 4 12 06 Steve Dellenback SwRI SWD 11 17 06 Steve Dellenback SwRI SWD 12 04 06 Steve Dellenback SwRI SWD 04 25 07 Steve Dellenback SwRI SWD 05 29 07 Steve Dellenback SwRI SWD 12 16 07 Robert Heller SwRI RWH 2 20 12 Modified By Lynne Randolph SwRI LAR 01 24 04
129. SunGuide Alert ID oUser ID oTime Acknowledged time received stored by SunGuide Data stored for a successful rate acknowledgement from middleware shall include oSunGuide ID oSunpass ID oDate Time of acknowledgement PS PS PS PS 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 231 FEAT33 1 6 5 FEAT33 1 6 6 FEAT33 1 7 FEAT33 1 7 1 FEAT33 1 7 2 MLO21S MLO32U2 MLO28A MLO29A Data stored for a middleware interface Data stored for Express Lanes Alters Acknowledgments Offline Update Synchronization Import file Record File Information Data stored for a middleware interface error shall include oSegment ID oSunGuide ID of message to middleware a oError Details error string returned by middleware Data stored by the software for Express Lanes Alerts Acknowledgements shall include the unique ps 43 alert ID and the User ID supplied in the acknowledgement When Sunpass imports rates using an offline rate file exported from SunGuide Sunpass will provide a file that specifies which of these rates have been successfully imported into Sunpass so that PS 4 3 SunGuide can import this information and record these as successfully delivered The SunGuide software shall provide a means for a user to select a file and for SunGuide to import the specified file containing the SunGuide ID Sunpass ID rate effective time and status for PS 4 3 each rate that was imported into Sunpass via an offline fil
130. T7 21 7 12 FEAT7 21 7 12 1 FEAT7 21 7 13 FEAT7 21 7 13 1 FEAT7 21 7 14 FEAT7 21 7 14 1 FEAT7 21 7 15 FEAT7 21 7 15 1 MAOO7I MA00711 MA007J MA007J1 MA007K MA007K1 MA007L MA007L1 HAR context menu HAR context menu status IMS context menu IMS context menu status Ramp Meter context menu Ramp Meter context menu status RWIS context menu RWIS context menu status The Operator Map shall display a HAR context menu when the mouse right clicks over a HAR The HAR context menu shall allow an operator with sufficient permissions to launch GUls to view the HAR device status or message queue or to send a message to the HAR The Operator Map shall also display an IMS context menu when the mouse right clicks over a device which is configured as part of the IMS system The additional IMS context menu shall allow an operator with sufficient permissions to launch GUls to view details about the device in inventory or its maintenance history The Operator Map shall display a Ramp Meter context menu when the mouse right clicks over a Ramp Meter device The RM context menu shall allow an operator with sufficient permissions to launch GUls to display Alarms configure Time of Day settings control the RMC configure firmware parameters and reset the RMC The Operator Map shall display an RWIS context menu when the mouse right clicks over an RWIS device The RWIS context menu shall allow an o
131. V driver for each device The colors associated with dms status icons shall be configurable If an error occurs communicating with DMS the error message shall be displayed in the status message window The GUI shall provide a way to display all data from the DMS driver for each device FEAT5 1 4 FEAT1 7 12 FEAT1 7 12 FEAT7 3 3 FEAT7 3 4 FEAT7 3 6 FEAT7 3 3 FEAT7 3 4 FEAT7 3 6 GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI 290 SUB5 4 4 SUB5 4 5 SUB5 4 6 SUB5 5 SUB5 5 1 SUB5 5 2 SUB5 5 3 SUB5 6 SUB5 6 1 SUB5 6 2 SUB5 6 3 TMO013R1 Blank a queue TMO013R2 Blank a non Active sign TM013R3 Operator notification HAR HAR icon colors HAR error messages HAR display all data RWIS RWIS icon colors RWIS error messages RWIS display all data The User Interface shall provide a method allowing the MAS queue of a DMS to be blanked SunGuide shall allow an operator to set the reported message of a DMS to blank if the DMS is not in an Active state If the DMS is not in an Active operational state the users will be warned that a message will not be sent to the DMS and only the status of the sign shall blank The colors associated with har status icons shall be configurable If an error occurs communicating with HAR the error message shall be displayed in the status message window The GUI shall provide a way to display all data from the
132. VIA lt Alternate Route gt Line 3 lt Distance gt lt Travel Time gt or Line 1 TO lt Destination gt Line 2 VIA lt Alternate Route gt lt Distance gt Line 3 lt Travel Time gt Event Management FEAT19 Performance Measures EMPM 2 EM PM FEAT19 1 GUI EMPM 2 The Event Manager tabular screen shall be User interface for new event j FEAT19 1 1 EMO001G eae opened automatically upon operator login based EM 3 on operator preferences The EM PM GUI shall open automatically FEAT19 1 2 EM001G1 Opening GUI automatically whenever the operator completes a log in to EMPM 2 SunGuide 147 FEAT19 1 3 FEAT19 1 4 FEAT19 1 5 FEAT19 1 6 FEAT19 1 7 FEAT19 1 8 FEAT19 1 9 FEAT19 1 10 FEAT19 1 11 EM001G2 EMO003G2 EMO03R EMO03R1 EMO03R2 EMO007G EMO007G1 EM007G2 EM011G Opening screens within 60 seconds Represent unresolved events differently Support editing for PM data fields Data entry form editing Agency timeline data Graphical lane blockage data entry Predefined lane mappings Changing lane configuration Free text fields for event records SunGuide map GUI screen shall open and be ready for use within 60 seconds from when the SunGuide URL is selected exclusive of operator log in process The EM Subsystem GUI element shall represent unresolved events differently than unconfirmed events active with lane blockage events and active without lane blockage events o
133. VT 4 e g 1 minute 2 minutes 5 minutes etc If a DMS does not provide the ability to present a 3 line row message the message will be displayed sequentially on the available rows a The software shall accept a command from a user that will enable or disable travel time message TVT 6 generation on a system wide basis The software shall accept a command from a user that will enable or disable travel time message TVT 6 generation for a specified DMS The software shall have a configuration parameter that will allow travel times to be posted to DMS TVT 6 without including the units TVT 4 145 FEAT18 4 1 FEAT18 4 2 FEAT18 4 3 FEAT18 4 4 FEAT18 5 FEAT18 5 1 FEAT18 5 2 FEAT18 5 3 TM018 TM024 TM002P TMOO9T TMO003G TMOO8T TMO08T2 Accept data from toll tag readers Travel times and delays with probe data Compute probe vehicle based travel times Calculations from different detection technologies Alternate routes Specify up to 2 diversion roads Compute travel times for alternate routes Display of alternate routes SunGuide shall accept data from toll tag readers and use that data to calculate the elapsed time of travel between the geographic location where the tag was initially read and the geographic location where the tag was read again SunGuide shall provide vehicle travel times and delays using probe vehicle technologies SunGuide shall have an algorithm to compute pr
134. Video wall control Create and edit camera presets Operator activation of any camera motion control shall automatically request a lock on the camera The automatically requested camera lock shall automatically time out after a configurable amount of time The device drivers shall be capable of controlling pan tilt zoom camera systems manufactured by a number of different manufacturers CCTV CCTV CCTV CCTV CCTV CCTV CCTV CCTV 102 FEAT8 2 2 FEAT8 2 3 FEAT8 2 4 FEAT8 2 5 FEAT8 2 6 FEAT8 2 8 FEAT8 2 9 TV002D TV017D TV002 TV001 TV003D TV005D TV001D5 Camera system types IP based controls Technologies supported Device driver types NTCIP standard Functionality equal to NTCIP Support for American Dynamics camera driver The CCTV function shall be capable of controlling cameras e g pan tilt zoom The following protocols will be used to issue command control requests to the cameras NTCIP SunGuide The CCTV driver shall also support cameras with IP based controls The CCTV function shall provide an interface that supports the following technologies for the transmission of video and data between field hardware subsystems TMCs and additional remote locations Fiber optic transceivers Fiber optic video data multiplexers MPEG encoders decoders and Wireless At a minimum the CCTV function shall provide device drivers for the following camera types NT
135. Ws001M Map based GIS software interface GIS data Viewable from PTMCs VTMCs RTMCs and FDOT central office Geographical map display Remote viewing Color selection dialog Map views Roadway links options The SunGuide system shall provide a GIS interface that displays shape files The SunGuide GIS function shall translate shape files containing GlS formatted data such as traffic speed incidents message sign data and device status Data such as traffic speed incidents message sign data device status and other data shall be viewable from PTMCs VTMCs RTMCs and the FDOT Central Office The SunGuide graphical map shall display a graphic depicting a map of the selected geographic area with associated roadways device icons for supported devices and other geographic or ITS features The GIS function shall support remote viewing of data through a TCP IP connection at a minimum speed of 1 544 million bits per second All color choices shall be made using a standard color selection dialog similar to what is provided by Microsoft Windows SunGuide shall provide two map views one called the FIHS Conditions Map and the other called the Central Florida Conditions Map SunGuide shall provide a map option that will display all FIHS roadway links on the FIHS Conditions map and all Central Florida roadway links on Central Florida Conditions map GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI 48 FEAT
136. a drag and drop methodology Operators shall be able open incidents that they do not own with read only access Ownership of each incident shall be displayed in the incident list It shall be possible to filter the incident list by owner The icons for incidents with no owners shall flash on the map and sound an audible alarm with the exception of construction or planned event incidents The system shall periodically sound an audible alarm at all logged on workstations if there is any active incident without an owner The audible alarm shall sound for 5 seconds and then shut off for a programmable period of time from 5 seconds to 2 minutes The system shall have a permission field per user for editing an incident generated message GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI 55 FEAT7 8 FEAT7 8 1 FEAT7 8 2 FEAT 7 8 3 FEAT7 9 FEAT7 9 1 FEAT7 9 2 FEAT7 9 3 FEAT7 10 FEAT7 10 1 FEAT7 11 FEAT7 11 1 FEAT7 12 FEAT7 12 1 TV003D1 TV001D2 DF021G1 TM017R1 GS011 GS011S DM013M TM003B TV001G CCTV Camera menu activation Configurable joystick buttons Block video from public dissemination SB Display SB status SB PLC location SB icon flashing HAR Manual HAR message permission EM PM Login to subsystem type of URL SAS CCTV icon color for applied schedule The CCTV GUI shall support activating and operating camera menus fo
137. ages Approved words System defaults Automatic polls Logging Timed messages The system shall be able to query a DMS for th tl tatus including stuck e current lamp status including stuck on FEAT9 2 and stuck off lamps The system shall be able to query a DMS for the current status of the pixels on the FEAT9 2 display The system shall allow messages to be composed and saved in the database FEAT9 4 The system shall check messages contain bef ing to th only approved else efore saving to the FEATO 5 database or sending to a DMS The system shall maintain system defaults includi default d poll cycl me uding a default message and poll cycle PEATSE times The system shall poll DMSs for their current status information on a cyclic basis FEAT9 2 The system shall log events and actions including the user name DMS if applicable message if applicable and the FEAT1 7 12 status of the event The system shall allow specific messages to be identified with specific DMSs A set of such messages can be activated to run on specific DMSs at specific days of the week and times FEAT9 3 DMS DMS DMS DMS DMS DMS DMS DMS DMS 296 SUB7 3 7 SUB7 3 8 SUB7 3 9 SUB7 3 10 SUB7 4 SUB7 4 1 SUB7 4 2 SUB7 4 2 1 DM020 DMS Polling Interval DM020A DMS Slow Poll DM021 DMS Polling Data Fields Update clients with blank DM022 message DMS04 Color DMS DMS041 NTCIPv2 Support
138. al components as well as subsystem groups The executive handler shall be capable of monitoring reporting and displaying the status of all subsystems subsystem components and network communications links and components The executive handler shall provide a hierarchical view of the system allowing the user to drill down from a subsystem level to an individual component level EH EH EH EH EH EH EH EH 34 FEAT3 11 FEAT3 12 FEAT3 13 FEAT3 14 FEAT3 15 FEAT3 16 FEAT3 17 FEAT4 FEAT4 1 FEAT4 1 1 EX001M EX002M EXOO4L EXOO5L EX003F EX010 EX001G S022 Monitor key data Database storage of information Status log query multiple files Status log delete aged log files Configurable number of restarts Use windows credentials Internal status data Inventory Management System IMS System Interface to maintenance and inventory tracking software Monitoring shall include pertinent system information such as the current system state as well as historical information such as system EH 1 performance uptime and error logs All information collected shall be capable of being stored in the database R i Status log viewer shall support queries across EH 1 multiple log files The system shall delete log files when they age EH i beyond a configurable number of days It shall be possible to configure the maximum number of retries that the executive handler
139. all be able to select a transaction date and time and time range to view data for TV 3 1 The Toll Viewer Detail Report shall contain DMS message changes only including the initial request to change even if it did not succeed and actual changes such as when operation is restored listing the posted message starting time time at which that toll rate DMS was requested to change when an update fails and the actual update time when an update succeeds and ending time 1 second prior to next successful posting time which may be beyond the end of the reporting period or may be blank if the message is still active at the current time 274 FEAT34 3 4 FEAT34 3 5 FEAT34 3 5 1 FEAT34 3 5 2 FEAT34 3 5 3 FEAT34 3 5 4 MLOO5R MLO15R MLO15R1 MLO15R2 MLO15R3 MLO15R4 Historical rates charged Event data Event type Event start and end time Event location Lanes blocked For the selected segment the software the Toll Viewer shall display the most recent toll rate update prior to the selected transaction time communicated to the Middleware not including TV 3 1 retries the effective time of the toll rate and the time acknowledged by the Middleware For the selected segment the software will display the following information subrequirements for events on both Express and TV 3 1 general purpose lanes during the selected time period For the selected segment the software will display th
140. all be enforced When the forecast average travel time exceeds the upper bound the system shall continue to create travel times but the travel time message shall indicate that estimated travel times are in excess of Upper bound travel time minutes For example Going North East Estimated travel time from Route A to Route B is in excess of X minutes Going South West Estimated travel time from Route B to Route A is in excess of Y minutes When the travel time is unknown or unavailable the system shall play a message announcing that no travel times are available for the segment in question Travel time reports shall always update themselves automatically as conditions change If a Link Report has a mid point and there are no incidents on the segment travel times shall be announced as follows Going North East Estimated travel time from Start Point to Mid Point is X minutes from Mid Point to End Point is Y minutes Going South West Estimated travel time from End Point to Mid Point is X minutes from Mid Point to Start Point is Y minutes 511 3 511 3 511 3 511 3 191 Mid point no incident FEAT25 7 8 DF205R4 announcement Mi WEInGdent FEAT25 7 9 DF205R5 Heeii inaasn announcements No mid point incident FEAT25 7 10 DF205R6 announcements If a Link Report does not have a mid point and there are no incidents on the segment travel times shall be announced as follows Going North East Estimated tra
141. an error log The error log shall provide for the errors list to be updated continuously The SunGuide software shall provide a tool to review DMS and VSL change logs i e SunGuide log files Operator and supervisor actions shall be tracked in action log files 15 FEAT1 4 14 FEAT1 4 15 FEAT1 5 FEAT1 5 1 FEAT1 5 2 FEAT1 5 3 FEAT1 5 4 FEAT1 5 5 FEAT1 5 6 FEAT1 5 7 EX007L1 EX003A S005 A024 A025 A026 S028 A027 A030 Review operator logs Resolve issues via log analysis tools TMC Traffic management Management of freeway traffic Exchange requests between centers Software reliability Monitor processes Unattended operation Data exchange The SunGuide software shall provide a tool to review operator logs The administrator shall also be provided with the capability of managing system operation and resolving system performance issues via the log file analysis tools The SunGuide software shall support the collection assessment and management of real time traffic data and video for delivery of traffic management information to the motoring public and commercial vehicle operators The SunGuide software shall support the management of traffic along the State freeway system The SunGuide software shall support the exchange of traffic management requests among centers running the SunGuide software The SunGuide software shall not require any regularly schedu
142. ance and the equipment required to complete the process The incident management function shall support the RTMC with traffic control procedures that include at a minimum point traffic control at the scene managing the roadway space and deploying personnel to better manage the traffic by improving traffic flow past incident sites and on alternate routes EM 1 The incident management function shall provide support to the incident clearance process by the cataloging of resources for the removal of the all types of incidents Included in the catalog shall be the resource location cost of service and availability of related EM 1 equipment and resources The SunGuide software shall provide for the identification of construction work zones and activities to support operations and management of these work zones and where smart work zone management is provided integration of the smart EM 1 work zone management into freeway management systems FMS and incident management systems IMS 43 FEAT5 3 19 FEAT5 3 20 FEAT5 3 21 FEAT5 3 22 FEATS 3 23 IDOO5 A010 A012 A015 A022 Map display Incident data archiving Management and dispatch of RR Service Patrols Coordination of freeway incident management team Diversion routes The system shall have a map display of the current incident or congestion for each segment The map shall change the color of the roadway segment based on the curren
143. ane Status DMS message matches the text specified for Zero Rate mode for that segment and either the last known mode for that segment was Zero Rate mode or the text specified for Zero PS 4 3 Rate mode differs from that for Closed mode the recommended mode shall be Zero Rate and the recommended Toll Rate and Lane Status messages shall be those specified for Zero Rate mode 259 FEAT33 9 1 5 FEAT33 9 1 6 FEAT33 9 1 7 MLO39U5 MLO39U6 MLO39U7 Time of Day mode Suggested Mode Manual Mode No suggestion for Operating mode Upon restart if the current rates posted on the configured Toll Rate DMS for a segment are the same and do not match the last known rates posted but do match the current rate for Time of Day mode the suggested mode will be Time of Day mode with the suggested rate being the rate in the Time of Day table for the time when activated which may be different than the rate shown to the operator due to the time required to review and approve the recommended starting state PS 4 3 Upon restart if the current rates posted on the configured Toll Rate DMS for a segment are the same but neither match the last known rates posted nor the current rate for Time of Day PS 4 3 mode the suggested mode will be Manual mode with the suggested rate being the posted rate Upon restart if a current message posted ona Toll Rate DMS for a segment cannot be interpreted as a valid rate or if the rates on the config
144. anie TSS same data collection site in a given time A Toll tag data shall be retained on line for one Retain toll tag data for one FEAT10 16 5 2 TMOO09S3 On month and be able to be exported for long term TSS 4 storage The probe based travel time calculation algorithm Probe based travel time shall utilize several user configurable parameters FEAT10 16 6 TM025 ets y A i TSS 5 1 1 calculation in its calculation on a per probe TSS link basis SunGuide shall not include the zero speed value in its calculations for smoothed speed but shall Discard zero speed in smoothed FEAT10 17 include the zero occupancy and zero volume TSS 4 data values in calculations for smoothed occupancy and volume Adding a Recovery Threshold to TSS alrams which will prevent SunGuide from generating a FEAT10 18 TSS Alarms large number of alerts when the traffic data is TSS 4 3 oscillating around the alarm threshold FEAT10 18 1 TDOOST Generate TSS alarms SunGuide shall generate TSS alarms TSS 4 3 A TSS alarm shall be configurable to generate alarms for speed or occupancy or for speed and FEAT10 18 2 TDOOST1 Configure TSS alarm DECHBArEVRTAIe Wil De EUa BIE et ake link TSS 4 3 level A TSS alarm shall not be triggered when TSS FEAT10 18 3 TDOOST2 TSS alarm triggering reports no traffic i e speed volume and TSS 4 3 occupancy 0 Once a TSS alarm has been triggered it shall not FEAT10 18 4 TD009T3 TTSSSA TN CTE EHTS T ee el ee ua a De
145. ap shall display a concise summary of object information when an object is hovered over with the mouse When an AVL RR vehicle is hovered over the Operator Map shall display the vehicle s beat driver radio phone heading speed location destination with distance from and current service status See AVL RR requirements GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI 89 FEAT7 21 8 2 FEAT7 21 8 3 FEAT7 21 8 4 FEAT7 21 8 5 FEAT 21 8 6 FEAT7 21 8 7 FEAT7 21 8 8 FEAT7 21 8 9 FEAT7 21 8 10 FEAT7 21 8 11 FEAT7 21 9 MAO08B MAOO08C MAO08D MAOO8E MAOO8F MAO008G MAO08H MAOO8I MAO08J MAOO8K MAOO09 Map hover status C2C Map hover status CCTV Map hover status DMS Map hover status event Map hover status HAR Map hover status Ramp Meter Map hover status RWIS Map hover status Safety Barrier Map hover status TSS Map hover status TSS link Display components of response plan When a C2C device is hovered over the Operator Map shall display the device s ID center and operational status When a camera is hovered over the Operator Map shall display the camera s ID status and lock holder if locked When a DMS is hovered over the Operator Map shall display the DMS s ID and status When an event is hovered over the Operator Map shall display the event s ID type status and location When a HAR is hovered over the Operator Map shall display the HAR
146. are down 24 FEAT1 7 28 FEAT1 7 29 FEAT1 7 30 FEAT1 8 FEAT1 9 FEAT1 9 1 FEAT1 9 1 1 FEAT1 9 1 2 DBOO6 UT007 ODO07R1 A011 CR013 UTOO9 Event info available 99 of the time SG scaleable to incorporate other data sources Traditional screen resolutions Coordination of agencies Administrative tools Administrative Editor Creation of users permissions 511 Reporting segments SunGuide event information shall be available at least 99 of the time in whole or part measured annually except for service anomalies that are beyond SunGuide control SunGuide shall be scaleable such that it is capable of accepting data from additional data sources including both data provided by the FDOT as well as data from other agencies facilities Traditional screen resolutions are defined as a minimum XGA 1024x768 pixels SXGA The SunGuide software shall provide software for coordination with all law enforcement fire rescue and emergency management personnel coordination with local traffic operation centers and coordination with county emergency management centers and the State Emergency Operations Center SEOC when appropriate The data will be either available through the Center to center interface or through the use of a remote interface terminal The SunGuide administrative editor shall allow the creation of at least 50 users each user may have a unique set of permissions to access differe
147. ast as long as the Invalid Detector Data alert delay period the software shall send an Invalid Detector Data alert via email to users with permission to receive these alerts Invalid Detector Data alerts shall contain the detector link and lane that generated the alert Invalid Detector Data alerts shall be logged in the Status Logger The delay threshold shall be the number of minutes the conditions generating the alert shall be present before and alert is generated A delay threshold for Traffic Detector Failure alerts shall be configurable in the SunGuide Configuration File A delay threshold for System wide Traffic Detector Failure alerts shall be configurable in the SunGuide Configuration File TSS TSS TSS TSS TSS TSS TSS TSS 5 1 5 1 5 1 5 1 5 1 5 1 5 1 5 1 306 SUB8 9 4 SUB8 9 5 SUB8 10 SUB8 10 1 SUB8 10 2 SUB8 10 3 SUB8 10 4 TDO19A3 TDO19B TDO23 TDO24 TDO25 TDO26 Delay Threshold Configuration Resend Conditions Classification Data Classification Data Collection Archive Classification Data Rollup Classification Data Purge Classification Data A delay threshold for Invalid Detector Data alerts shall be configurable in the SunGuide Configuration File The software shall not send a new Traffic Detector Failure System wide Traffic Detector Failure or Invalid Traffic Detector Data alerts until the conditions that caused the ale
148. ast responder departure Responder arrived at an event but never departed SunGuide shall allow a user to include a DISTANCE tag as part of a DMS response plan template SunGuide shall allow a user to configure a standard suffix for use when displaying distances of one or more miles on a DMS SunGuide shall allow a user to configure a standard text string for use when displaying distances of less than one mile GUI GUI GUI GUI 63 FEAT7 14 27 FEAT7 14 27 1 FEAT 14 27 2 FEAT7 14 27 3 FEAT7 14 28 FEAT7 14 28 1 FEAT 14 29 EMO033 EM033A EM033B EM033C EM040 Distance calculation Distance string for less than one mile usage Distance calculation Invalid distance Calculation DMS in Event Chronology DMS Blanking in Event Chronology Affected Area head tail When generating a response plan message for a DMS SunGuide shall replace a DISTANCE tag in the template with text determined by the distance from the DMS to the incident the message relates to as determined by the device linking configuration If the DMS is calculated to be less than one mile from the incident SunGuide shall replace the DISTANCE tag with the configurable less than one mile text string If the DMS is calculated to be one mile or more from the incident SunGuide shall replace the DISTANCE tag with the integer portion of calculated distance the mathematical floor followed by the configurable distance suffix tex
149. at a reduced rate and bring them back into operation When SunGuide polls a TSS detector and the poll is unsuccessful SunGuide shall report the device in ERROR status If a device is in ERROR and SunGuide successfully polls the device then the device status is reported as ACTIVE state If a TSS device is in ERROR and SunGuide unsuccessfully polls the device a configurable number of times the device is placed in FAILURE state SunGuide shall allow an operator to place a device in OUT OF SERVICE SunGuide shall not poll a device with status OUT OF SERVICE When a traffic detection device is in FAILURE mode SunGuide shall poll the device at a slow poll rate Slow poll rates shall be configurable at the driver level within the system configuration file When a device is successfully polled at the slow poll rate the device will be placed in ACTIVE status SunGuide shall store traffic detection device state transitions as Online active or Offline error and failure Traffic detection device state transitions shall have date and time of the transition TSS TSS TSS TSS TSS TSS TSS TSS TSS TSS TSS 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 124 FEAT10 19 6 2 FEAT10 19 6 4 FEAT10 20 FEAT10 21 FEAT10 22 FEAT10 23 FEAT10 25 FEAT10 25 1 FEAT10 26 FEAT10 26 1 FEAT10 26 2 TDO15S2 TDO15S4 TDO16 TDO17 TDO19
150. at require TMC operator response and can be checked off as they are completed The list of actions to be taken in response to a specific event detected by the SunGuide software shall be interactive and shall tailor itself to the specific situation For example if a major traffic incident is detected on a limited access facility the operator at a workstation at the RTMC that has responsibility for that sector would be presented with a list in time ordered sequence of who to notify the proper contact number s or other appropriate response As each step is completed the software shall highlight the next step The SunGuide system shall provide an interface to ITS devices that are used in the Amber Alert program including portable dynamic message signs and the communications links to operate them The SunGuide system shall provide an interface to portable changeable message signs CMSs and CCTVs that support work zone management through a minimum of two drivers supporting Florida MIB subset of the NTCIP standard Mark IV The SunGuide system shall support the creation of reports by authorized users 21 FEAT1 7 11 FEAT1 7 12 WS007 EX009 Print report utility General device driver All reports shall be selected from a print menu on the operator s workstation and shall contain location parameters that indicate roadway segment links The report will be printed with controls for page setup and for how many copies are
151. ate Adjustment functionality shall allow the Operator to associate the mode or adjustment with an PS active event by selection from a list of current open events If the Event Association flag has been set in the configuration the Operator Prompt shall require the Operator to associate the Closed and Zero Rate modes with an active event before the mode can be applied Event Association shall PS remain optional for Manual Rate Time of Day and Dynamic modes and the Middleware Rate Adjustment process The Tabbed GUI shall alert all Operators granted Express Lanes Alert Permission by generating an alert via the Alert Bar and Alert Box s for the scenarios in requirements MLO10U1 MLO10U2 and MLO12U PS If a Toll Rate DMS or Lane Status DMS has not updated successfully after Maximum DMS Resends retries a DMS Update Failure Alert shall PS be sent to subscribed Express Lanes clients When the Middleware has not responded to a rate change message not including retries of that message within the time period specified by the PS Middleware Response Alert 4 3 4 3 3 1 4 3 3 1 250 FEAT33 5 3 3 FEAT33 5 3 4 FEAT33 5 3 5 FEAT33 5 3 6 FEAT33 5 3 7 FEAT33 5 3 8 MLO11U MLO12U MLO31A1 MLO10U3 MLO10U4 MLO10U5 Non open normal rate operation Associated event closed Rate Change Alerts not visible if flag set Alert for middleware rate transmission Send tranmission failure al
152. ation of incident created by EM PM TSS dectected incidents shown in EM PM Event owner as person logged into RRPM module Data synchronization Display of lane configuration changes Synchronizing event records EM PM data populates IM data Synchronizing event data via IM ICD System SunGuide Oracle database access Vehicle license plate numbers SunGuide shall support the creation or modification of an incident by a standalone software module the EM PM Subsystems SunGuide shall identify the incident as having been created or changed by the EM PM Subsystems Possible incidents detected through SunGuide TSS shall show up in the EM PM GUI An event created or modified by the EM PM Subsystems shall identify the owner as the person logged into the RRPM module that created or changed the incident Any lane configuration changes in any data entry screen will be reflected in any other data entry screen that display lane configuration The EM PM event records shall be synchronized with IM event records The EM PM data entry screens shall populate IM data entry screens The EM PM subsystems shall synchronize its event data with the IM subsystem using the SunGuide Incident Manager Subsystem ICD The SunGuide Oracle database shall support Event Manager functions When a vehicle license plate number is entered the Event Manager database component shall search the database to look for an event record with a matching
153. ation operator The SunGuide software shall provide an ICD for the databus to allow additional subsystems to be added 18 FEAT1 6 10 FEAT1 6 11 FEAT1 6 12 FEAT1 6 13 S004 S011 S006 A003 Flexible and expandable Automation of system support tasks Software function Limited access facilities The SunGuide software shall provide ICDs for subsystem device drivers to be added The SunGuide software shall support the automation of system support tasks through the use of user modifiable scripts for the following functions System scheduler System backup Data archiving Maintenance of system integrity and Data links to other FDOT computer systems The SunGuide system shall provide each TMC with the software tools that can be used to reduce congestion and delays while responding to traffic incidents in a rapid accurate and effective manner The SunGuide software shall provide for the management and operations of limited access facilities during incident management and peak demand periods and one way operations during evacuations including control of detour signage 19 FEAT1 6 14 FEAT1 6 16 FEAT1 7 FEAT1 7 1 FEAT1 7 3 FEAT1 7 4 A004 A014 S013 A017 A018 Traveler information Software versions System Misc Video wall software Data reporting Traffic and delay prediction The SunGuide software shall provide software for the collection and dissemination of trav
154. ation origins destinations and routes The evacuation travel information function shall provide information regarding transportation modes including buses airlines trains and ships Specifically ETI shall provide Information regarding the availability of transportation mode services Arrival and departure information including location for those services available The evacuation travel information function shall provide general evacuation guidance information to travelers including guidance tips for trip preparation trip duration and trip return EC 2 EC 2 EC 2 EC 2 129 FEAT11 5 7 FEAT11 6 FEAT11 6 1 FEAT11 6 2 FEAT11 6 5 FEAT11 6 6 FEAT11 6 7 FEAT11 7 ECOO6E ECO04 ECOO1M ECO04M ECOO5M ECOO6M Lodging availability Evacuation Traffic Management Evacuation traffic management Real time data collection Control of devices Manual override Incident management for evacuation routes Evacuation Planning Support The evacuation travel information function shall provide information regarding lodging available along evacuation routes and at evacuation destinations The evacuation coordination subsystem shall use the SunGuide subsystems e g DMS CCTV TSS Incident Management to provide an evacuation traffic management function The evacuation traffic management function shall use the SunGuide subsystems e g DMS CCTV TSS Incident Management to assist in the selec
155. ational 99 9 the time annually Operational definition Synchronize internal clock for AVI readers AVI data collected for probe TVT calculations Support Allegro and Flex AVI protocols SunGuide shall allow users to perform system configuration activities without introducing latency greater than 2 minutes in the real time processing of the toll tag with the exception of the addition removal or modifications to AVI collection The system can be reconfigured while it is running without increasing the current latency The SunGuide Toll Tag reader function shall be operational 99 9 the time measured annually over a 24 hour period Operational shall be defined as that the system is running and that no internal errors have occurred SunGuide shall synchronize the reader stations internal clock if supported by the reader station equipment with the SunGuide system time clock that is used by SunGuide to time stamp reader data The Toll Tag reader function shall include an interface with AVI data collection equipment to collect data to be used for probe travel time calculations The AVI data collection system shall communicate with the existing AVI protocols used for travel time data collection applications in the State of Florida TransCore Allegro and SIRIT Flex TSS TSS TSS TSS TSS TSS 119 FEAT10 16 3 7 FEAT10 16 3 8 FEAT10 16 3 9 FEAT10 16 3 10 FEAT10 16 3 11 TMO005S2 TMO05S3 TMO00
156. aximum of 512 ASCII characters The SunGuide GUI shall use a popup alert to remind the operator that one or more CCTV are GUI 3 blocked at the video switch subsystem The popup alert shall be visible to all operators logged on to the SunGuide system GUI 3 EM 3 The popup alert shall remain visible on the SunGuide operator s display until at least one operator confirms the blocked camera status by clicking on a button on the popup that will cause the popup to disappear for a configurable amount of time after which it will reassert itself until an operator again acknowledges it GUI 3 The SunGuide GUI shall allow any operator with appropriate permissions to unblock a blocked GUI 3 camera SunGuide graphical operator interface shall provide the ability for the operator to annotate an incident record with date time information related to incident management and performance measures calculation EM 3 EMPM 2 The Performance Measures subsystems reporting component shall generate weekly monthly quarterly and yearly reports providing both summary and detailed performance measures when requested by a manager RS 3 149 FEAT19 2 2 FEAT19 2 3 FEAT19 2 4 FEAT19 2 5 FEAT19 2 6 FEAT19 2 7 FEAT19 2 8 FEAT19 2 9 EMO01R1 EMO001R2 EMO02R EM001D2 EMO01P TMO004D TMO005D TMO007D Based on Cambridge Systematics final report Daily chronology report of incidents Viewable report wi
157. ber of lanes which are blocked The system shall present the message Off ramp lanes blocked for events which are identified as SAE Code 2986 The Database Component shall maintain a log of all events The Database Component shall save only the data designated by the SunGuide Administrator as archive data The database component shall contain a repository for all data collected by or generated by the data fusion system The database component shall be a relational database The Data Fusion subsystem shall provide a third party feed that supports both public and private sector services The Data Fusion subsystem shall use a modified SunGuide Center to Center Plug in component to make fused traveler information available to the Information Dissemination Subsystem DFS DFS DFS DFS DFS DFS DFS DFS DFS DFS 4 3 4 3 223 FEAT32 3 5 FEAT32 3 6 FEAT32 3 7 FEAT32 3 8 FEAT32 3 9 FEAT32 3 10 DFOO6F DFOO6F1 DFOO7F DFO11F DFO17F DFO19F Fields to include in data fusion output Information passed to IDS use standard codes DFS data documented in C2C ICD Provide travel times and delays to the IDS Incorporate received weather conditions Provide secure data to third parties For events SunGuide shall include a Location ID The location referenced by the Location ID will have the following fields as a minimum a City a County a Metro Area Otherwise
158. cal User Interface General GUI Entry of location and direction of travel data When an operator logs off of SunGuide all incidents that are owned by the operator shall be marked as no owner All ownership changes need to be logged to the IM database Only the owning operator shall be able to make changes to an incident There shall be a Take Ownership of Incident privilege that allows an operator with this privilege to take ownership of any incident The incident management subsystem shall allow an operator with appropriate permissions to modify an event only after first obtaining ownership The SunGuide system shall provide a function to distribute data in real time Data shall include but not be limited to Travel time data Speed data Video images and Amber Alert data The data distribution function shall be capable of retrieving data from the database and updating user workstations with the data as soon as it is received into the database The user shall be capable of selecting the data to be displayed by the data distribution function Workstation GUI screens shall support the entry of the exact location and direction of travel data as efficiently as possible EM EM EM EM DD DD DD DD GUI GUI 47 FEAT7 2 FEAT7 2 1 FEAT7 2 2 FEAT7 2 3 FEAT7 2 4 FEAT7 2 5 FEAT7 2 7 FEAT7 2 8 FEAT7 2 9 S014 GS001 GS002 GS003 GS004 GS009C1 WSO015
159. cent Time of Day on or before the current time When the segment is in the Open Time of Day Rate mode If the current date has been configured to be a Holiday or Observed Holiday the software shall use the corresponding Holiday or Observed Holiday rate table Otherwise the software shall use the rate table for that day of the week When the segment is in the Open Time of Day Rate mode The software shall use the rate table of the correct type with the most recent start date on or before the current date When the segment is in the Open Time of Day Rate mode The software shall use the Time of Day Table Type unless the operator has placed the segment into an override mode in which case the software shall use the rate entered or otherwise selected according to the override mode selected by the operator The software shall communicate the toll rates in time for them to be displayed on DMS as described in the following subrequirements PS PS PS PS PS 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 3 1 241 FEAT33 3 1 2 1 FEAT33 3 1 2 1 1 FEAT33 3 1 2 2 FEAT33 3 1 2 3 MLOO9D1 MLOO9D2 MLOO9D4 MLOO9D5 Communication of rate to toll rate DMS Communication of increased rate to toll gantry signs Toll rate DMS and toll gantry rate message retry Actions when rate superseded At every time that is a whole multiple of fifteen minutes 00 15 30 and 45 the software shall update each Toll Rate DMS the Gantry DMS
160. ch data was collected TSS 4 Quality likely accuracy of each plate read as assessed by LPR system Information concerning system health license plate readers power communications etc SunGuide shall monitor system health of the LPRs to include as a minimum power and FAA TSS 4 communication i e system health status SunGuide shall synchronize the LPR s internal clock if supported by the reader station equipment with the SunGuide system time clock TSS 4 that is used by SunGuide to time stamp reader data The SunGuide LPR data collection function shall communicate with the existing LPR protocols used for travel time data collection applications in the TSS 4 State of Florida PIPS and Inex Zamir Zap The SunGuide LPR data collection function shall be able to process data from Inex Zamir Zap LPR readers used for traffic conditions data collection applications TSS 4 117 FEAT10 16 2 6 FEAT10 16 2 8 FEAT10 16 2 8 1 FEAT10 16 2 8 2 FEAT10 16 2 8 3 FEAT10 16 2 8 4 FEAT10 16 2 8 5 FEAT10 16 2 8 6 FEAT10 16 2 8 7 FEAT10 16 3 TMO007G TMO05X TM005X1 TM005X2 TM005X3 TMO005X4 TMO06X TM007X Alert operators upon failures Configurable parameters for license plates Administering license plate length Default value for minimum length Default value for maximum length Minimum length for licesnse plate reads Maximum length for license plate reads Character digits read b
161. cident management Events with express and general purpose lanes Event response Toll rate gantry sign functions Manual control and TOD override messages When a new rate is selected for display on a Toll Rate DMS Toll Gantry DMS or Lane Status DMS currently displaying a manually selected message the software shall replace the manual message with the new rate message When in Time of Day mode SunGuide shall update the Toll Rate DMS associated with a segment having the greatest Toll Rate Transit Time at the scheduled time of each rate change then update the other Toll Rate DMS associated with that segment at times specified by MLOO9D10 The rate schedule time in rate schedule table shall be the time the toll rate is first sent to a Toll Rate DMS The default Maximum and Minimum Transit Times parameters shall not vary by time of day The software shall provide a means to manage the facility in response to Express Lanes and general purpose lanes events The software shall respond to events in the Express Lanes and general purpose lanes Toll Rate and Toll Gantry DMS shall perform special functions as decribed in the following subrequirements Toll Rate and Toll Gantry DMS shall treat Manual Control Messages and TOD Override messages as of equal priority the last message posted will be displayed PS PS PS PS PS PS PS PS PS 4 3 4 3 3 1 4 3 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 243
162. complete vendor table or the vendors according to a specific type identification The inventory maintenance software shall maintain warehouse locations repair shop locations and installation locations with a GUI screen to add edit delete such locations The equipment status shall be In inventory Installed or In repair test The inventory maintenance software shall provide the operator the capability to record the status of equipment that has failed and is in the process of being repaired The inventory maintenance software shall support tracking the status of the equipment being tracked as follows Failed at site At repair depot In repair at depot In testing at depot and In inventory IMS IMS IMS IMS IMS IMS IMS IMS 36 FEAT4 1 10 FEAT4 1 11 FEAT4 2 FEAT4 2 1 FEAT4 2 2 IM005 IMO06 IMOO1 IM003 Save repair information Repair history GUI Add edit delete equipment GUI Add edit delete vendor information GUI The inventory maintenance software shall contain repair information on the equipment to include the dates of failure and repair the repair technician the time to repair parts utilized by part number and comments The inventory maintenance software shall maintain a history of the equipment repairs and may be reported via GUI to the operator or may be printed The inventory maintenance software shall provide a GUI display screen for the operator to add
163. cription of the Road the vehicle is on and if within 50 yards of a cross street provide the name of the cross street as well The operator shall be able to turn ona breadcrumb trail display on the main SunGuide map which displays a system wide configurable number of past positions of the vehicle It shall be possible to enable and disable the trail feature on a per vehicle basis If the operator leaves display track on for a particular vehicle the number of symbols representing the track shall follow the vehicle s position on the map with the oldest track symbol being erased as the next to current one is displayed If a vehicle speed is stopped or 0 no more than one track icon shall be displayed The operator may designate a vehicle ID a span of time in date and time and a replay rate when replaying vehicle track information The operator may select to replay the vehicle s position in real time or faster than real time at a rate specified by the operator The operator shall have the ability to delete from the display all of the historical tracks for a particular vehicle AVL AVL AVL AVL AVL AVL AVL AVL AVL AVL 4 2 178 FEAT24 9 1 FEAT24 9 2 FEAT24 9 3 FEAT24 9 4 FEAT24 9 5 FEAT24 10 FEAT24 11 FEAT25 FEAT25 1 FEAT25 1 1 AV011 AVOO1V AVOO1V1 AV012V1 AV013V AV014B AV014C DF200F Manage assets Managing contract responsibilities Leaving a
164. ct the appropriate shield graphic for a device s travel time template The software shall support color DMS message status display showing a visual representation of each pixel of the sign that shall appear in the short status detailed status and hover over of the DMS sign from the operator map Requirements for the TSS system The system traffic flow information output shall include raw data FEAT10 8 The software shall support the reporting of speed volume and occupancy by lane when available for at least 10 lanes from a single detector The TSS Link Data status dialog shall support the reporting of speed volume and occupancy for at least 10 lanes of travel from a single TSS link DMS DMS DMS DMS TSS TSS 301 SUB8 1 3 SUB8 2 SUB8 3 SUB8 4 SUB8 5 SUB8 6 SUB8 6 1 TDO22 TDO16A Archiving Lane Status Smoothed data Smoothing algorithm Automatic polls Logging Traffic Detector Failure Alerts Email Alerts SunGuide shall support archive speed volume and occupancy by lane for at least 10 lanes of a TSS link The system output shall include smoothed traffic flow information The system shall support a smoothing algorithm that takes a simple average of raw traffic flow data over a given sampling period The system shall poll TSSs for their current status information on a cyclic basis The system shall log events and actions including the user name TSS if a
165. cted to users with data editing permissions The reporting GUI reports page shall include both Road Ranger and Performance Measures reports Performance Measures reports shall be weekly monthly quarterly and yearly providing both summary and detailed data FEAT19 3 31 FEAT7 13 2 FEAT19 1 5 FEAT26 1 5 FEAT19 8 1 EM EM EM RS RS RS RS RS RS 328 SUB18 2 2 SUB18 2 3 SUB18 2 4 SUB18 2 5 SUB18 2 6 SUB18 2 7 SUB18 2 8 Chronology reports Road ranger vehicle status report Vehicle location report Camera usage report Event list report Beat Route coverage summary report DMS message report The reporting GUI reports page shall include Event Chronology and Daily Chronology Reports combining multiple FEAT19 2 3 event chronology reports The Reporting GUI reports page shall include a Road Ranger Vehicle status FEAT28 3 1 s report The Reporting GUI reports page shall include a Vehicle Location Report FEAT28 4 1 The Reporting GUI reports page shall include a Camera Usage Report FEAT28 5 1 The Reporting GUI reports page shall include an Event List Report that shall accept as an operator entered input a vehicle license tag The resulting Event List FEAT19 2 5 Report shall contain only those events that are associated with the relevant vehicle license tag The Reporting GUI reports page shall include a Beat Route Coverage Summary Report truc
166. d segments shall be available using the 511 telephone service as designated by the SunGuide operator with appropriate permissions 511 511 511 511 511 511 511 189 FEAT25 6 8 FEAT25 7 FEAT25 7 1 FEAT25 7 2 FEAT25 7 3 DF201R5 DF201R2 DF201R4 DF202R Report times for alternate routes Travel times Reporting increments Changing messages Report posting Drive Time Comparisons a k a drive time summaries a k a Summary drive time comparisons shall report travel times for two or more alternate routes between a common origin i e From point to a common destination i e To point on multiple roadways All travel times reported on 511 shall be rounded to 5 minute increments e g 5 minutes 10 minutes 15 minutes for reporting on 511 Travel time messages shall not change until they cross the next five minute threshold for a minimum detection period n default three minutes This shall ensure that the travel times do not change more than once per n minutes Travel time reports shall be formulated and posted automatically to the live 511 system without operator intervention 511 511 511 511 511 190 FEAT25 7 4 DF202R1 Upper Bound time FEAT25 7 5 DF202R3 Unavailability messages FEAT25 7 6 DF202R4 Automatic updates N id point inci t FEAT25 7 7 DF205R3 SUNG RIE NIST announcements On all reports that include a travel time an upper bound travel time sh
167. data for later use FEAT18 1 15 test test RR 4 FEAT18 2 Configuration TVT 2 SunGuide shall include a Travel Time Message template that is editable by operators with FEAT18 2 1 TM002T Travel time message template i D ne TVT 2 SunGuide Administrator privileges Travel time messages shall have a SunGuide Administrator configurable priority that can be modified by operators with appropriate SunGuide privileges SunGuide shall provide an editor for each district to specify which links in their instrumented FEAT18 2 3 TMO17 Travel time link setup TVT 2 roadways will be used for travel time calculations FEAT18 2 2 TMOO03T Travel time message priority TVT 2 It shall be possible to alter the initial 511 reporting FEAT18 2 4 UT012 Alter 511 segments TVT 3 segments N The SunGuide operator shall have the ability to Ability to turn off travel time i FEAT18 2 5 TM002G turn off the travel time messages to the DMS TVT 4 messages Different Travel Time link lengths shall be able to TVT link lengths for one or more g A FEAT18 2 6 TM004T1 be associated with one or more TSS links TVT 4 TSS links The SunGuide Operator shall have the ability to specify an upper bound for the travel time and a FEAT18 2 7 TMO008G Specify upper and lower bounds lower bound for the travel time for each segment TVT 4 defined to have a travel time calculation SunGuide Travel Time function shall allow more than one route for an origin destinat
168. ddleware The effective time for a toll rate change ona segment in Time of Day Dynamic and Manual Rate modes shall be the greatest Minimum Transit Time or greatest Maximum Transit Time as appropriate as specified by client or per MLOO9D7 for Toll Rate DMS associated with the segment added to the current time If a Toll Rate DMS or Toll Gantry DMS is under manual control the software shall not send a rate change message to the Middleware with the manual rate When the express lanes are placed into the Closed or Zero Rate modes the software shall send a rate message to the Middleware with an effective time that is the time the mode was entered or otherwise adjusted by the operator The effective time for a rate change during Open Manual Rate mode shall follow the requirements for rate changes during Open Time of Day Rate mode PS PS PS PS PS PS PS 3 1 3 1 3 1 4 3 3 1 4 3 4 3 254 FEAT33 6 4 7 FEAT33 6 5 FEAT33 7 FEAT33 7 1 FEAT33 7 2 FEAT33 7 2 1 FEAT33 7 2 2 FEAT33 7 2 3 MLOO3E MLO15I MLOO4S MLOO5S MLOO6S MLOO1S MLO03S MLOO7S Rates follow normal operation rules Middleware heartbeat Reporting Crystal reports accessibility Activity tracking Rate table change tracking Effective toll rate change tracking Cessation of change attempts The Toll Rate DMS Lane Status DMS and the toll rates communicated to the Turnpike Middleware
169. de Congestion SUB26 2 4 TD0070104 Threshold The map shall allow a user with permission to set systemwide map settings to specify a single C2C traffic speed Near Congested i threshold as a percentage of the speed limit Systemwide Near om SUB26 2 5 TDOO70105 i on the roadway that the C2C link is INRIX 5 0 4 Congestion Threshold i representing as defined by the SunGuide map source If the current speed of a C2C link is below the Congested threshold the map shall display the link using the color used for SUB26 2 6 TD0070106 Congestion Coloring Ae e a ConGican INRIX 5 0 4 If the current speed of a C2C link is below the Near Congested threshold but not below the Congested threshold the map SUB26 2 7 TD0070107 Near Congestion Coloring shall display the link using the color used INRIX 5 0 4 for local TSS lanes in a near alarm condition If the current speed of a C2C link is above the Near Congested and Congested thresholds the map shall display the link using the color used for local TSS lanes in a normal freeflow condition SUB26 2 8 TD0070108 Freeflow Coloring INRIX 5 0 4 If the current speed of a C2C link is zero or is unavailable the map shall display the link SUB26 2 9 TD0070109 Zero Data Coloring using the color used for local TSS lanes in a INRIX 5 0 4 zero data condition 352 SUB26 2 10 SUB26 2 11 SUB26 2 12 SUB26 2 13 SUB26 2 14 SUB26 2 15 TD00701010 TD00701014 TD00701012 T
170. decreasing times Scenarios If an Incident Link Report exists for a 511 reporting segment it shall be considered applicable to the Link Report for the 511 reporting segment If an Incident Link Report exists for a 511 reporting segment it shall be considered applicable to a Link Summary report that includes the 511 reporting segment If there are no Incident Link Reports for the 511 reporting segments included in a Link Summary Report the Incident Link Report section of the Link Summary shall state that there are no incidents Travel time rounding to 5 minute increments shall be peformed on the total travel time for a Link Report Link Summary or Drive Time Summary Travel times for reporting on 511 shall be rounded up if the travel time is increasing and down if the travel time is decreasing FEAT25 5 9 FEAT25 5 9 FEAT25 5 17 FEAT25 7 1 FEAT25 7 1 511 511 511 511 511 511 511 334 SUB21 4 1 SUB21 4 2 SUB21 4 3 Pre recorded scenario contents Scenario WAV files associated with travel times Scenario WAV files based on current times A pre recorded Scenario will consist of a description of a 511 reporting segment or portion of a 511 reporting segment such as between the start point and mid point of the segment and a travel time For example 14 Southbound from SR 436 to SR 50 The SunGuide Administrative Editor shall allow one pre recorded Scenario wav file to be ass
171. dents by county by roadway segment and level i e Traffic Impact Levels Level 1 2 amp 3 Incidents o Total number of incidents by county by notifying agency o Incident detection method system by which the RTMC was notified o Total incident duration incident duration is the time between when an incident occurs and when traffic returns to normal flow The following component time increments of incident duration RS 3 shall be graphically depicted RTMC detection time RTMC verification time RTMC response time Incident clearance time period Traffic queue clearance time o Number of secondary incidents o Road Ranger dispatch time period the difference between initial RTMC notification and when a Road Ranger is contacted for dispatch to an incident o Road Ranger response time period the difference between when a Road Ranger is EV 3 The AVL subsystem shall support the generation of a report about vehicle position time line with vehicle status information that was associated RS 3 with the date time of each position report 208 FEAT28 11 2 FEAT28 11 3 FEAT28 11 4 FEAT28 11 5 FEAT28 11 6 FEAT28 11 7 FEAT28 11 8 FEAT28 12 FEAT28 12 1 AVO04T AVOO4T1 AVOO5T AVOOS5T1 AV005T2 AVOO6T AVO06T1 EMO002U Designating information Sorting data Displaying reports Saving report formats Report options Retrieving data Identification criteria Chronology report
172. dicating whether or not the locations should be published Events should be published via C2C only if the event status is Active or Unconfirmed When an aafected area event is selected and the user has set the head and tail of the event the head of the event shall be sent as the primary event location and the tail of the event shall be sent as the secondary event location The SunGuide software shall provide software for storing and regionally sharing traffic data so it can be archived in a data warehouse The system support archiving component shall provide automated archiving of data to a common file usable by external databases for reporting purposes At a minimum the system support archiving component shall archive the following information Incident history data Device status logs Detector data and System logs C2C C2C C2C C2C DA DA DA 4 2 135 FEAT14 4 FEAT14 5 FEAT14 6 FEAT15 FEAT15 1 FEAT15 1 1 FEAT15 1 2 FEAT15 1 3 FEAT15 1 4 SS003A SS004A TM014D TM001M TMO01M1 TMO001M2 TMO001M3 TMO001M4 Format standards Export form Time stamped data archive information Ramp Metering System RMS Ramp meter configuration Download parameters Online status Associate detectors Modify vehicle release mode The format of the archived data shall comply with standards set by FDOT s TranStat Office that are required for performance monitoring a
173. dways in Florida and specific EM locations The GUI component shall allow an operator with Allow operators to edit location appropriate permissions to edit the District FDOT FEAT7 19 21 DF018G ee eae GUI tables location tables without having to stop the system Provide travel times and delays SunGuide shall provide travel times for Travel FEAT7 19 22 DFO19G1 j GUI for travel time links Time links Users shall be able to select the reports to be FEAT7 19 23 DF022G Select reports to generate generated based on a drop down list from a GUI separate archive data page SunGuide shall display a list of nearby active Alert operator for data source i FEAT7 19 24 DF023G AE events in a dialog to the operator when a new GUI external event is received The pop up box or similar mechanism shall Provide sufficient event conflict contain sufficient information about the event FEAT7 19 24 1 DF023G1 GUI information conflict to allow an operator to resolve the conflict FEAT7 19 26 FEAT 19 28 FEAT7 19 28 1 FEAT7 19 28 2 FEAT7 19 28 3 FEAT7 19 28 4 FEAT7 19 28 5 FEAT7 19 28 6 FEAT7 19 28 7 DFO28G DF040 DF040S DF040E DF040E1 DF040E2 DF040E3 DFO40E4 Floodgate sound files and banner messages ATIS Severity ATIS Severity ATIS Severity Values ATIS Severity Suggestion ATIS Severity Calculation ATIS Severity Calculation Minor ATIS Severity Calculation Intermediate ATIS Severity Calculation Major
174. e For each rate reported in this file that was not successfully transferred prior to the loss of communications SunGuide shall then record this information as if it had been transferred via the normal communications channel except that a status indication shall be included to indicate that this was an offline update PS 4 3 232 FEAT33 1 7 3 FEAT33 1 8 FEAT33 1 9 FEAT33 2 MLO35A MLO12M File Creation Communication between the software and Express Lanes clients Sequence for selecting Transit Time parameters Configuration The software shall create a file on a daily basis with all rates not delivered to the Middleware except rate messages that were rejected by the middleware with unrecoverable errors and those previously successfully exported formatted the same as those sent when connected to the Middleware PS Communications between the software and Express Lanes clients shall be in XML including requests and responses for configuration data PS alerts status messages and commands The software shall use the following decision sequence for selecting the Transit Time parameters when the parameters have not been provided by a client request 1 If there is no pending rate posted on at least one toll rate DMS but not yet on gantry or there is a pending rate and the new rate is equal to the pending rate use the default Minimum Transit Times if the new rate is less than or equal to the active ra
175. e A Scenario shall be defined as an unique combination of locations delays and or conditions for specific Central Florida limited access or principal arterial roadways 511 511 511 511 511 511 511 511 511 511 181 FEAT25 3 1 FEAT25 3 2 FEAT25 3 3 FEAT25 3 4 FEAT25 3 5 FEAT25 3 7 FEAT25 3 8 WS014 ID205G1 ID205G2 ID201G ID202V ID222 ID209G Operator interface Event report approval Option to record incident link report No pre recorded file Pre recorded scenario WAV file WAV file sharing Operator wav files The SunGuide Operator Interface shall be capable of recording and previewing WAV files When an event report is entered or updated in SunGuide and associated with a pre recorded 511 scenario WAV file the SunGuide shall display the WAV file text to the operator for review and approval before the WAV file is sent to the 511 telephone system If the operator rejects the selected recording the automatically selected scenario wav files for the reporting segment shall be disabled and the operator shall have an option to record an Incident Link Report describing current conditions If no pre recorded WAV file is associated with a given scenario then the operator shall be alerted via the Operator Interface to record a message in a WAV file format When the SunGuide selects a prerecorded Scenario for a given Reporting Segment the associated
176. e and historical or projected effective times for the current and next projected toll rates for each segment if known operating mode for the rate and an indication if a Middleware Rate Adjustment is in progress The Express lanes Tab will include the current message displayed on each Toll Rate and Toll Gantry as determined by sign status update messages Data on active event associated with an express lanes override to include event id and short event description The Express Lanes Tab shall include an Alert Box capable of displaying alerts from the Express Lanes module as defined in requirement MLO10U The graphic for Toll Rate DMS and Toll Gantry DMS shall include the static text configured in the system for the Toll Rate Sign housing the DMS PS PS PS PS PS PS PS PS 4 3 3 1 3 1 4 3 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 248 FEAT33 5 1 6 FEAT33 5 2 FEAT33 5 2 1 FEAT33 5 2 2 FEAT33 5 2 2 1 FEAT33 5 2 2 2 FEAT33 5 2 2 3 FEAT33 5 2 2 4 MLO23U MLOO3U MLOO3U1 MLO24U MLOO7E MLO24U1 MLOO4E6 MLOO5U Tab information update Segment override Mode permissions Override prompt Select effective time No effective time editing for open manualrate mode Override default time Mode text field The software shall update the data displayed in the Express Lanes tab with current data within 5 seconds of change or of confirmation of change by a field device or remote in
177. e the TSS link speed average shall weight the speed of each vehicle in each lane equally TSS TSS GUI GUI GUI GUI TSS TSS TSS TSS TSS 4 3 4 3 125 FEAT10 26 3 FEAT10 26 4 FEAT10 26 5 FEAT10 26 5 1 FEAT10 26 5 2 FEAT10 26 5 3 FEAT10 27 FEAT10 27 1 FEAT11 FEAT11 1 TDO21C TDO21D TDO21E TDO21E1 TDO21E2 TDO21E3 TDO22 TDO22A S023 Link Rolling Average No Volume Condition Types of Link Averages Discard Lane Average for 0 Volume Discard Link Average for 0 Volume No Data Condition Minimum Volume Threshold for alert generation Non alert Conditions Evacuation Coordination EC Definition The rolling average for a TSS link shall weight the speed on each vehicle in the rolling average period equally For a given poll cycle if the volume reported O the lane shall not report a speed for that period TSS links shall provide an average link speed based on raw data and an average based on a rolling average For a given poll cycle if the volume reported O the lane shall not be included in the raw data link average For the rolling data link average if the link reports O volume for a given poll cycle that cycle shall not be include in the rolling data link average If no data is available for the link average the link average shall not report a speed for that period The software shall have a configuration parameter specifying the m
178. e Ramp Meter controller shall meter traffic flow The source for input to the Ramp Meter controller shall be configurable The Ramp Meter controller shall accept pre defined configurable firmware parameters The Ramp Meter controller shall provide a manually configurable Clock and calendar function The Ramp Meter controller shall meter a configurable number of lanes up to three lanes Firmware parameters shall be utilized for data collection and ramp metering algorithms RMF RMF RMF RMF RMF RMF RMF RMF RMF RMF RMF RMF RMF 1 RMF 1 RMF 1 RMF 1 RMF 1 RMF 1 RMF 1 RMF 1 RMF 1 RMF 1 166 FEAT21 3 2 FEAT21 4 FEAT21 4 1 FEAT21 4 2 FEAT21 4 3 FEAT21 4 4 FEAT21 4 5 FEAT21 4 6 FEAT21 4 7 FEAT21 4 8 FEAT22 FEAT22 1 TMO0030 TMOO1L1 TMO02L2 TMOO02L3 TMO02L4 TMOO3L TMOO04L TMOOS5L TMOO6L Downloaded or manually set parameters Controller mode Data collection surveillance services Local or central command modes Local mode operation Central command mode Local mode implementation Metering rates Central command mode operation Ramp meter controller Event Viewer EV General The Ramp Meter controller shall allow firmware parameters to be downloaded from a central system or manually input from the keypad The Ramp Meter controller shall provide data collection surveillance services in a local mode Th
179. e Ramp Meter controller shall operate in a local or central command mode The Ramp Meter controller local mode shall operate based on local traffic conditions and firmware parameters consistent with the WsDOT implementation The Ramp Meter controller central command mode shall operate based on algorithms defined by the central system The Ramp Meter controller metering algorithms shall be defined for local mode consistent with the WsDOT firmware implementation While in central mode the Ramp Meter controller shall implement the metering rates sent from the SunGuide software The Ramp Meter controller shall allow for manual starting stopping and modifying the metering from central command The Ramp Meter controller shall meter in local mode when active and disconnected from central command RMF RMF RMF RMF RMF RMF RMF RMF RMF RMF EV EV RMF 1 RMF 1 RMF 1 RMF 1 RMF 1 RMF 1 RMF 1 RMF 1 RMF 1 167 FEAT22 1 1 FEAT22 1 2 FEAT22 1 3 FEAT22 1 4 FEAT22 1 5 FEAT22 1 6 FEAT22 1 7 FEAT22 1 8 FEAT22 1 9 FEAT22 2 svoo1 SV001B SV002B SV004 SVO05 SV006 SVOO1E2 SVO07E SV008 Limited restricted data to authorized users Event Viewer web site access Web site accessible through browsers Session termination Data availability Refresh intervals Inactive period Web site refresh Operator accounts Security The SunGuide Even
180. e a Logout option to terminate the current user s operator map session and return to the initial log in prompt The System submenu shall provide a Change Password option to launch the operator map password dialog The System submenu shall provide a Log Level submenu The Log Level submenu shall provide Info Debug and Detail options to control the log level used by the operator map GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI 84 FEAT 21 7 3 15 3 2 FEAT7 21 7 3 15 4 FEAT7 21 7 3 15 5 FEAT7 21 7 3 15 6 FEAT7 21 7 3 15 7 FEAT7 21 7 3 16 FEAT7 21 7 3 16 1 FEAT7 21 7 3 16 2 FEAT 21 7 3 16 2 1 FEAT7 21 7 3 17 MA007C15C2 MA007C15D MAO007C15E MA007C15F MA007C15G MA007C16 MAO007C16A MA007C16B MA007C16B1 MA007C17 System submenu log level status System submenu map views System submenu system alerts System submenu system messages System submenu system settings Traffic detection submenu Traffic detection submenu detector status Traffic detection submenu dynamic probe Traffic detection submenu dynamic probe linking Launch travel times GUI The appropriate submenu item shall be flagged with a checkmark based on the current log level of the operator map The System submenu shall provide a Map Views option to launch the operator map systemwide predefined map view definition dialog The System submenu shall p
181. e algorithm will independently store the non discarded matches as filtered matches as well as unfiltered matches Filtered matches are the set of non discarded matches that also passed through the filter condition and are averaged for the final speed output TSS TSS TSS TSS TSS 308 SUB8 14 2 SUB8 15 SUB8 16 SUB8 17 TM025D2 TMO25E TMO25F TMO025H Unfiltered matches Sample size Speed Threshold delta Final Speed output Unfiltered matches are the set of the non discarded matches regardless if they were filtered and will be used as the set of matches to average for the current conditions for which to use in the filtering stage of the algorithm SAMPLE_SIZE number of matches The software shall not calculate a speed average unless the amount of samples available is greater than the SAMPLE_SIZE parameter SPEED_TH delta MPH The software will filter any matches from being used in the final output value if the speed value of the match differs from the current conditions by more than the SPEED_TH value The average of the speed values from the filtered matches will be used as the final speed output and the average of the speed values from the unfiltered matches will be used as the unfiltered speed value which is used for comparison between incoming matches and current conditions TSS TSS TSS TSS 309 SUB8 17 1 SUB8 17 2 SUB8 17 3 SUB8 17 4 TMO25H1 TMO025H2
182. e default background and default text color of messages and message templates For user defined color schemes the software shall present the user with options of color that are allowed by the MUTCD Text color options are red white yellow orange fluorescent yellow green fluorescent pink and amber Background color options are black blue green The software shall provide a default background color of black and default text color of yellow for event management templates The software shall provide a default background color of black and default text color of amber for all templates other than event management templates The software shall generate color DMS messages from templates for events using graphics available in the graphic library DMS DMS DMS DMS DMS DMS DMS DMS 300 SUB7 4 4 1 4 1 SUB7 4 4 1 4 2 SUB7 4 4 1 5 SUB7 4 5 SUB8 SUB8 1 SUB8 1 1 SUB8 1 2 DMS044A4A DMS044A4B DMS044A5 DMS045 TDO20 TDO21 Using Event Type Graphic Using Shield Graphic Travel time template shield graphic Color DMS Display TSS Transportation Sensor System Raw data Possible Reporting Lanes Link Status Dialog Content If the event type graphic is available it shall be used If the event type graphic is not available and the shield corresponding to the incident s location is available the shield graphic shall be used The software shall allow the user to sele
183. e label Viewer sources in tour list Reorder and remove sources from tour Edit tour Save and cancel tour modifications Store tours in database Store Window layouts in SunGuide database Window layout data The Viewer will maintain the aspect ratio of the video source The top portion within the Viewer will contain a one line label indicating the video source name or tour name The Viewer shall provide a means for a Video on Desktop Viewer Tour List to appear listing the video sources that are in the tour The list items in the Video on Desktop Viewer Tour List will allow the user to reorder and remove items in the tour list The Viewer tour list s name viewer sources and dwell time will be changeable from the Viewer tour list The Video on Desktop Window Viewer Tour list shall contain save and cancel buttons that will either update or not update the name the video sources and the dwell times in the tour respectively and will both close the list The Video on Desktop Window Viewer Tours including their name sources and dwell times shall be saved as a user specific preference when either the viewer tour list is saved or the Window configuration is saved The Window shall allow the user to save the Window preset information in the SunGuide database as a user specific preference The Window layout data shall include the Viewers and their positions their video sources and their saved or unsaved tours GUI GU
184. e last reported geo coordinate location AVL subsystem shall display vehicle status that is provided by the AVL data feed The summary data shall consist of truck number beat driver radio telephone number truck position roadway direction reference location proximity to reference location speed and status availability Vehicle status shall be provided to the extent provided by the received vehicle data file AVL AVL AVL AVL AVL AVL AVL 174 FEAT24 3 8 FEAT24 3 9 FEAT24 3 10 FEAT24 3 11 FEAT24 3 12 FEAT24 3 13 FEAT24 3 14 AVO007V1 AV010V1 AV010V2 AV011V2 AVO002T4 AVO002T5 AVOO9T3 Vehicle status information Minimum status values Defined values Displayed vehicle information Vehicle stop time Vehicle moving time Logging related data Vehicle Status shall include at a minimum vehicle ID heading speed destination event type location in lat long coordinates stopped time amount of time moving since last stop and the last date timestamp that position data was received SunGuide shall support at a minimum the following four vehicle status values patrolling dispatched assisting and out of service AVL 3 AVL 3 SunGuide shall allow at least four values to be defined for Availability Status The Detailed Vehicle Status window shall display the following information about the most recently selected AVL vehicle icon Vehicle ID speed heading
185. e location of the AVL data source shall be configurable using the SunGuide Administration function IDS IDS IDS IDS IDS IDS IDS AVL AVL AVL 5 1 1 5 1 1 5 1 1 5 1 1 5 1 1 172 FEAT24 1 3 FEAT24 1 4 FEAT24 1 5 FEAT24 1 6 FEAT 24 1 7 FEAT24 1 8 FEAT24 2 FEAT24 2 1 FEAT24 2 2 FEAT24 3 AV004 AVOOST AVOO9T2 AVO04T2 AV008 S034 EM018G EM018G2 Stored position data Maintaining position data Logging location data External reporting function Adding removing vehicles AVL data displayed in icon form Vehicle list Tabular listing List information Vehicle information The AVL subsystem shall store vehicle position data by vehicle so that the vehicle s track can be replayed on the SunGuide map Chronological position data shall be maintained for each vehicle reporting position for a configurable number of days subject to data storage capacity on the hard disk s All vehicle location status data received from the AVL subsystem shall be logged to the database for reporting purposes SunGuide shall make available the report data selected by the operator so that a reporting function external to SunGuide can generate the desired reports and print them Admin Editor functions shall be provided to allow administrators to add and remove vehicles from the AVL tracking system The SunGuide software shall support the acquisition of AVL data and
186. e operator workstation display shall be able to display a legend indicating the color chosen for each color configurable item GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI 49 FEAT7 3 6 FEAT 7 3 7 FEAT7 3 8 FEAT7 3 9 FEAT7 3 10 FEAT7 3 11 FEAT7 3 12 FEAT 7 3 14 FEAT7 4 FEAT7 4 1 WS011 AV007L3 TD009 WS002M1 WS002M2 S039 DF104 DF019G ID001A Display all driver data Roadway display Data inclusions Conditions map displays Event icons Collect process display data Distribute raw stored data GUI to define instrumented road segments TSS Audible alerts The GUI shall provide a way to display all data available from the device driver for each device GUI 2 Mousing over any roadway displayed on the SunGuide map shall display the street name GUI 3 SunGuide data shall include but are not limited to incident event data traffic sensor data and GUI 3 weather data FIHS Conditions map shall be capable of displaying all available data not simply the data that is 3 ee GUI 3 available to the public via the FIHS Web site Event icons and or color coded roadways shown on the SVG GUI SunGuide maps shall be color GUI 3 coded and clickable SunGuide shall collect process and display traffic data center to center data data from selected GUI 3 field devices and operator entered incident event data SunGuide shall be able to distribute raw and GUI
187. e road ranger agency The EM subsystem shall record DMS message status changes from the DMS and MAS modules and maintain a log of posted message changes and the timestamp of the changes The EM subsystem shall allow operators to send email alerts to subscribers with summary information about an event The EM subsystem E mail component shall create the e mail template with at least the following information a subject event type event location lane blockage and last status date and time The SunGuide E mail component shall allow the operator to enter free text changes to the email The SunGuide E mail component shall allow the operator to choose from one or more pre defined email groups for sending e mails The SunGuide shall provide a mechanism through which the system and operator may enter sensitive information that shall only be sent toa pre defined and privileged group of subscribers using E mail All audit changes shall be logged in the system including the previous values the operator who changed them and the date time it was changed RS EM EM EM EM EM EM 154 FEAT19 3 36 FEAT19 3 37 FEAT19 3 38 FEAT19 3 39 FEAT19 4 FEAT19 4 1 FEAT19 4 2 FEAT19 4 3 FEAT19 4 4 FEAT19 5 FEAT19 5 1 FEAT19 5 2 TMOO5B TMOO5B1 TMO05B3 TMOO05B5 EM013G1 EMO003D EMOO6T EMO009 EMO002 EMO001D Creation modification of an incident by standalone software Identific
188. e to edit based on the FDOT statewide Floodgate naming convention The SunGuide floodgate GUI shall support two sound files and two banner messages for each floodgate message SunGuide shall display on the operator s workstation recommend messages for signs to manage traffic as part of a response plan The operator interface shall have the capability to display the current contents of all VSL and recommended changes to them and displaying the current contents of all DMS SunGuide shall display an empty menu for the VSL Plan Group when no VSL group is selected There is no VSL group selected when the VSL window is initially opened or after an new plan is set for a previously selected group GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI 4 2 66 FEAT7 18 FEAT7 18 1 FEAT7 18 2 FEAT7 18 3 FEAT 7 18 4 FEAT7 18 5 FEAT7 18 6 FEAT7 18 7 FEAT7 19 FEAT7 19 1 TMO001G TMO05G1 TMO003G1 TMO05G TMO006G TMO013T2 TMO001G2 DFOO5 TVT Display travel times Data updated on GUI Identify devices associated to routes segments TVT segments displayed in tabular format Display number of vehicles used for travel time Display multiple travel times for each segment Data updated at same rate as availability for TVT display DFS Quality checks and ability to modify input Travel times shall be displayed on the SunGuide Graphical User Interface Data shall be updated on the GUI a
189. e type of event for events on both Express and general purpose lanes during the selected time period For the selected segment the software will display the start and end time of the event for events on both Express and general purpose lanes TV Sel during the selected time period TV 3 1 For the selected segment the software will display the EM event location of the event described for events on both Express and general TV 3 1 purpose lanes during the selected time period For the selected segment the software will display data for any lanes that are blocked to include the maximum lane blockage for events on both Express and general purpose lanes during the selected time period TV 3 1 275 FEAT34 3 5 5 FEAT34 3 5 6 FEAT34 3 6 FEAT34 3 7 FEAT34 4 FEAT34 4 1 FEAT34 4 2 MLOO6R MLOO7R MLOO8R MLOOSR MLO1OR MLO10R1 MLO11R Overrides Event geographical range Ordering of viewed data DMS name displayed Detailed view Summary view as basis Additional DMS data For the selected segment the software the Toll Viewer shall display information for overrides TV 3 1 during the selected time period The software the Toll Viewer shall include all events located between the configurable segment start and end points and on parallel pieces of roadway in the opposite direction both Express and general purpose lanes The event must have been active during the selected time range TV 3
190. e when the comparison occurred and what period the comparison processed The summary shall be divided into sections each section shall provide the summary for an individual toll segment An additional view of the Toll Viewer shall provide the rates in effect with starting and ending date and time The ending time shall be subsequent starting time minus one second This view shall be an additional choice added to the Toll Viewer labeled appropriately Consecutive time periods during which the rate and reason do not change shall appear as a single entry with the beginning time from the first period for that rate and the ending time from the last period with that rate The view shall include a reason for the toll SunGuide shall output all logged DMS messages toll rate messages override and applicable event data to a formatted text file This process shall run daily The use of the word process is not meant to imply this is a separate Windows process Each file produced shall contain 24 hours of data beginning at 00 00 00 and ending with 23 59 59 PS PS PS PS PS PS PS PS PS PS PS 4 2 4 2 4 2 4 2 4 2 4 2 4 2 4 2 4 2 4 2 4 2 266 FEAT33 10 11 3 FEAT33 10 11 4 FEAT33 10 11 5 FEAT33 10 11 6 FEAT33 10 11 7 FEAT33 11 FEAT33 11 1 FEAT33 11 2 MLO10S3 MLO10S4 MLO10S5 MLO10S6 MLO10S7 MLOO1M MLOO1M6 Output data Output file for
191. ed the response plan associated with the incident shall be cancelled When a response plan is cancelled all messages that were part of the response plan shall be removed from the queues of the devices in which they were placed SunGuide shall provide a mechanism to include DMS devices from available list through C2C interface when generating an IM response plan The incident management function shall use each DMS font characteristics to determine response plan messages SunGuide shall provide a minimum of one 1 and no more than thee 3 message templates for each DMS device in the District s inventory not to exceed 512 signs An incident exclusive of construction or planned events shall have ownership characteristic in that the person who is managing the incident shall be identified as the owner of the incident and the owner shall be displayed when incident status is displayed RPG EM RPG RPG 2 1 2 1 2 1 46 FEAT5 4 2 FEAT5 4 3 FEAT5 4 4 FEATS 4 5 FEATS 4 7 FEAT6 FEAT6 1 FEAT6 2 FEAT6 3 FEAT7 FEAT7 1 IM0070 IM00701 IM0010 IM0030 TM002B S010 DD001 DD002 TM003 Remove owner on logoff Log ownership changes Only owner can modify incident Take ownership of incident Permission to modify event without ownership check Data Distribution DD Distribute data in real time Retrieving real time data from the database Data selection Graphi
192. ed data page All reports shall be generated in PDF Word and Excel format When an alternative road is presented for operator selection a description shall be displayed if available The SunGuide Administrative Editor shall allow primary and secondary alternate roads along with descriptions to be maintained for each EM Location A SunGuide operator shall be able to select either a primary or a secondary alternative road if configured for the location of the event that the operator selected The Data Fusion component shall send weather events to the IDS using the C2C DFS DFS DFS DFS DFS DFS DFS DFS DFS PS PS 3 1 3 1 229 FEAT33 1 1 FEAT33 1 1 2 FEAT33 1 2 FEAT33 1 2 1 FEAT33 1 3 FEAT33 1 4 FEAT33 1 6 MLO12P MLO13P MLOO7D ML007D1 MLOO8A MLO11S Restart state in open time of day rate mode Delay used for starts restarts DMS interface as direct communications path Bypass message arbitration for toll rate DMS signs Included segments Timestamp XML communications Data Storage If the Express Lanes module goes down starts for the first time or needs to be restarted it shall start restart in Open Time Of Day Rate mode If the approved toll rate for a segment upon restart is known to be greater than the currently posted rate the software shall use the default Maximum Transit Time for Toll Rate DMS and in other cases the software shall use the defau
193. edit delete inventory equipment information The equipment information shall at a minimum include Type identification and description Model identification and description Manufacturer information Serial number Firmware version Location description Date installed Status inventory installed repair Location geographic reference and Quantity by type identification on hand The inventory maintenance software shall provide a GUI for the operator to add edit delete vendor information The vendor information shall at a minimum include the following Vendor name Vendor contact Address information including city state and zip code Telephone and facsimile numbers and Web address for purchase IMS IMS GUI GUI GUI 37 FEAT4 2 3 FEAT4 2 4 FEAT4 2 5 FEAT4 2 6 FEATS FEAT5 1 FEAT5 1 1 FEATS 1 2 FEAT5 1 3 IMOO2R IM004D IDOO1W IM007 TM002 TMO03W A009 Print reports GUI Equipment history GUI Displays Repair status display Incident Management IM General Minimum functionality Incident type Video verification All printed reports of the inventory software shall GUI 2 be selected via a GUI menu History of the equipment transfer and its inventory status shall be maintained and reported GUI 5 via GUI to the workstation operator or printed The congestion report display shall result from a comparison between all possible sources of data de
194. eler information using dynamic message signs DMS trail blazer signs highway advisory radio HAR and advanced traveler information system ATIS services 511 telephone services Internet commercial radio television text messaging etc for freeway operations and where available along 2 other arterial routes independently or through an information service provider ISP contractor contract vendor for ATIS The ATIS capability shall support disseminating information by the Amber Alert program The SunGuide software shall provide a mechanism to display the versions of the various SunGuide 1 software applications The SunGuide system shall not preclude the operation of video wall control software from a workstation that also has the SunGuide software on it The SunGuide software shall provide for the reporting of data data to be included in the 1 reports shall be provided by FDOT The SunGuide software shall provide software for traffic and delay prediction to support incident management and performance monitoring 1 including travel times and travel speeds 20 FEAT1 7 5 FEAT1 7 6 FEAT1 7 8 FEAT1 7 9 FEAT1 7 10 WSO001A WS002A TBOO2 S030 S009 Action checklist Interactive response procedures Interface to Amber Alert ITS Devices Interface to portable DMS and CCTV Report creation The operator workstation shall display a list of actions to be taken in response to specific events th
195. end an alert message to all subscribed clients indicating a loss of communication to the INRIX data source While the connection to the INRIX data source is lost the INRIX C2C Publisher shall send additional alert messages to all subscribed clients indicating the ongoing loss of communication at a frequency specified in the SunGuide configuration file INRIX INRIX INRIX INRIX INRIX 5 0 4 5 0 4 5 0 4 5 0 4 5 0 4 350 If a communication loss alert is received from the INRIX C2C Publisher the SunGuide Operator Map shall display the alert in the SUB26 1 24 TD0071705 Alerts in Alert Box INRIX 5 0 4 System Messages dialog SUB26 2 GUI The map shall display a C2C link in the same SUB26 2 1 TD0070101 C2C Links on Map manner as it displays local TSS links INRIX 5 0 4 The map shall display a C2C link using the number of lanes specified by that link s C2C finition if ided eet nel SUB26 2 2 TD0070102 ARE penen o et oe We provigea or Sue wins sible INRIX 5 0 4 lane if the number of lanes is not provided The map shall display all lanes of a single SUB26 2 3 TD0070103 Number of Lanes C2C link in the same color INRIX 5 0 4 The map shall allow a user with permission to set systemwide map settings to specify a single C2C traffic speed Congested threshold as a percentage of the speed limit on the roadway that the C2C link is INRIX 5 0 4 representing as defined by the SunGuide map source Systemwi
196. ent types road ranger activity and Driver ID A Location report shall be available This report shall list each GPS update for a given date and time and the geo referenced location for that report It shall be filterable by truck or all and Driver ID RR RR RR RR 4 2 4 2 212 Location report column FEAT29 4 12 1 AV005T7 headings FEAT29 4 13 AV019 Change unit status FEAT30 Variable Speed Limit VSL FEAT30 1 General FEAT30 1 1 DM006 Manage VSL signs FEAT30 1 2 DMO003V Monitor roadway conditions FEAT30 1 3 DMO004V Interfacing with DMS FEAT30 1 4 DMO05V implementarion et recommendation FEAT30 1 5 DMO007V Log posted VSL data FEAT30 1 6 VSLXXX Turn VSL beacons on and off FEAT30 2 Recommendations FEAT30 2 1 TMOO5R8 Recommendation logs Roadway and location long name shall both be displayed in the Location column header of the Vehicle GPS Location Report TMC Operators shall be able to change unit status in the event of mobile electronics or communications malfunction SunGuide shall be able to manage Variable Speed limit VSL signs SunGuide shall continuously monitor roadway conditions and require changed conditions to be present for a user selectable period before making a recommendation SunGuide VSL functionality shall interface and communicate with existing DMS control software Only a SunGuide operator with appropriate permissions can authorize the implementation of a VSL reduced speed limit rec
197. erarchy of traffic management activities and display these activities for review by RTMC managers The incident management function shall provide the workstation operator with personnel lists and contact numbers as well as a catalog of agency resources via drop down menus The incident management function shall distribute video feeds traffic flow and incident information and traffic event data until the incident is cleared and the traffic flow is back to normal The incident management function shall format information for distribution to the following dissemination media HAR Commercial radio broadcast Internet Web servers DMSs 511 Telephone systems Commercial and public televisions Facsimile machines and pagers and Additional dissemination mechanisms provided by the dissemination function The incident management function shall provide a quick click interface to the GIS maps for the display and location of resources i e fire hydrants EM EM EM EM 42 FEAT5 3 14 FEAT5 3 15 FEAT5 3 16 FEAT5 3 17 FEAT5 3 18 TMO006 TM007 TMO008 TMO011R A006 Incident status GUI Traffic control procedures Incident removal resources Catalog of FDOT resources Construction work zones The incident management function shall provide the workstation operators with GUI screens that record accurate information regarding the incident s current status the overall progress EM 1 towards clear
198. erate message for new sign Message recommendation SunGuide shall provide a configuration checkbox to enable if selected or disable if not selected and operator from changing the roadway direction in the congestion tail If congestion head and congestion tail are in different counties SunGuide shall display all reference points and relationships to exit for congestion tail which match congestion tail county road and direction If congestion head and congestion tail are in the same county SunGuide shall display only those reference points and relationships to exit for congestion tail which are upstream of those for congestion head When the operator selects a sign to add to an existing response plan the Incident management subsystem shall automatically generate the appropriate response plan message for the new sign relative to the location and details of the incident Each DMS message recommendation in the response plan shall clearly indicate the DMS sign s to which the message applies EM EM EM EM RPG RPG RPG RPG RPG 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 200 FEAT27 2 3 FEAT27 2 4 FEAT27 2 5 FEAT27 2 6 FEAT27 2 6 1 FEAT27 2 6 2 FEAT27 2 7 FEAT27 3 FEAT27 3 1 TMOO5R8 TMOO5R9 TMO05R10 EM026 EMO026A EMO026B EM031A TMOO5R3 Automatic Abbreviations Proximity Wording Populating Event Type Abbreviating Messages Multi Word Abbreviations Abbreviation Priorit
199. erating with the express lanes module using the Administrative Editor The removal of a DMS from the express lanes module shall affect future and current pending rate messages PS PS PS PS PS PS PS PS 3 1 4 3 3 1 3 1 4 3 3 1 3 1 3 1 236 FEAT33 2 6 8 FEAT33 2 7 FEAT33 2 7 1 FEAT33 2 7 2 FEAT33 2 7 3 FEAT33 2 7 4 FEAT33 2 7 5 FEAT33 2 8 MLO27A MLO23A MLOO5A MLOO5A1 MLOO6A MLO23A1 MLO23A2 MLO24A Entering default message for Lane Status DMS Operator interface parameters and permissions TOD pricing permissions Express lanes alert permissions Require event association flag Non TOD alert frequency Maximum effective time adjustment Toll systems interface parameters and permissions The software shall prevent the user from entering default messages longer than 18 characters for a Lane Status DMS Authorized users shall be able to configure parameters related to the Operator Interface using the Administrative Editor or configuration file The user shall be able to assign permissions to users or user classes to place Express Lanes into an mode via buttons on the Express Lanes Tab The user shall be able to assign permissions to users or user classes to receive and acknowledge alerts for the express lanes as defined in requirement MLO10U The user shall be able to set a flag on whether a Closed or Open Zero Rate Override is required
200. erface shall provide the ability for the operator to select the time period range time of day and date and the type of data i e raw smooth or forecast pertaining to the displayed traffic conditions from Central Florida and statewide traffic sensors The ODS shall include DMS Message Logs SunGuide and OOCEA 511 message logs and VSL sign recommendations These messages shall indicate whether all data slated for delivery is unavailable or only a portion of the data is unavailable ODS ODS ODS ODS ODS ODS ODS ODS ODS ODS 218 The standard tool sets used to carry out the Direct Database Feed shall be capable of generatin Standard tool sets capable of P 6 g FEAT31 5 3 DW001D error messages in cases where the data slated for ODS 3 generating error messages A delivery is currently unavailable Consistent format for error SunGuide shall use a consistent format for error FEAT31 5 4 DW004D1 oes ODS 3 messages messages across all applications he These messages shall indicate whether all data Messages indicate data 7 j FEAT31 5 5 DWOO1E availability slated for delivery is unavailable or only a portion ODS 3 of the data is unavailable aed Error messages shall indicate whether all data Error messages indicate data FEAT31 5 6 ODOO09 availabilit slated for delivery is unavailable or only a portion ODS 3 y of the data is unavailable FEAT32 Data Fusion System DFS DFS 4 FEAT32 1 Gene
201. erface with CCTV used for traffic surveillance The CCTV function shall incorporate software logic to allow only one workstation at a time to control a particular CCTV unit A selectable menu of cameras shall be provided to the user The SunGuide system shall provide an interface to portable CCTVs that support work zone management through drivers with the following protocols NTCIP Florida MIB The SunGuide software shall provide software for real time video display and real time video control GUI CCTV CCTV CCTV CCTV CCTV CCTV CCTV CCTV 101 FEAT8 1 8 FEAT8 1 9 FEAT8 1 10 FEAT8 1 11 FEAT8 1 12 FEAT8 1 13 FEAT8 2 FEAT8 2 1 TVO06S TV003S1 TV001D3 TV001D4 TV003S2 TV003S3 TV001D Video switch device drivers Automatic locking Supported keyboard Keyboard control functions Automatic locking 2 Lock timeout Camera types Pan Tilt Zoom PTZ systems At a minimum the CCTV video switch function shall provide device drivers for the following switch types IP video devices including iMPath VBrick Teleste Cortec A lock shall be acquired when a camera is selected if no other user holds a lock SunGuide shall interface with an AMERICAN DYNAMICS M300 external CCTV keyboard joystick device connected to serial port on a TCP IP accessible terminal server The external Joystick shall control CCTV Pan Tilt and Zoom Video switching
202. ermissions to visually associate DMS devices and traversal nodes to GUI 5 establish a relationship that can be used when Response Plans are generated The DSE shall allow an operator with appropriate permissions to select a node or device and then indicate which other nodes or devices are GUI 5 upstream of the initial node or device The DSE shall allow an operator with appropriate permissions to select a node or device and view x GUI 5 its complete upstream device tree 94 The DSE shall allow an operator with appropriate Device Sequence Editor permissions to view all upstream device FEAT7 24 9 MA045C associate nodes excluded associations at once allowing the operator to GUI devices detect any excluded devices The Geofence Editor map displayed shall be the FEAT7 25 MA050 Geofence Editor GUI same map as the Operator Map The Geofence Editor shall be managed as a semi FEAT7 25 1 MAO50A Geofence Editor operation independent mode of the Operator Map GUI The Geofence Editor shall allow an operator with Geofence Editor manage a FEAT7 25 2 MA051 appropriate permissions to manage geofences GUI geofences Geofence Editor manage The Geofence Editor shall allow geofences to be FEAT7 25 3 MA051A s GUI geofences create created using a visual drawing tool FEATT 25 4 MA051B Geofence Editor Manace The aa Editor shall allow geofences to be GUI geofences modify modified Geofence Editor manage The Geofence Editor shall allow geofe
203. ers If any errors including but not limited to pixel lamp temperature or fan errors are reported during the regular polling of a DMS device the system shall generate an operator alert change the color of the icon for the DMS device on the map to a configurable color The DMS status form shall provide a way to request and display the following extended status information from the signs fan status pixel errors sign temperatures power supply status GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI 52 FEAT7 5 5 FEAT7 5 6 FEAT7 5 7 FEAT7 5 7 1 FEAT7 5 7 2 FEAT7 6 FEAT 7 6 1 FEAT7 6 2 FEAT7 6 3 DM012M DMOO05M5 DM015 DMO015A DM015B DMO008M DMO009M DM010M Manual DMS message permission GUI characteristics DMS Conflict Dialog DMS Conflict Approval DMS Conflict Approved Word Addition MAS Manual message priority Default manual message priority Default sequence message priority The system shall have a permission field per user for typing a manual message for a DMS The SunGuide GUI in all operator viewable screens shall show the correct number of characters per line but will not use proportional font spacing Conflicts arising from posting DMS messages will be handled in a single dialog regardless of the number of conflicts The DMS conflict dialog shall contain options to approve multiple messages at the same time The DMS conflict dialog shall co
204. ert messages to clients Details of failure in message The software shall provide a pop up operator alert when an Express Lanes segment is not operating in Open Normal Rate or Dynamic mode The alert shall have a period of the Non TOD Alert Frequency The software shall provide an alert to subscribed Express Lanes clients if a segment s operating mode is associated with an event and that event is closed while the segment is still in that mode or if the segment state associated with an event is CLOSED and has not been changed within 5 minutes after all travel lane blockages have been removed from the associated event If the Suppress Rate Change Alerts flag is set Rate Change Alerts shall no longer be presented to users in the Tabbed GUI The software shall generate an alert message if middleware rate transmission fails The software shall send the middleware rate transmission failure alert messages to subscribed Express Lanes clients the message shall include a unique alert ID segment ID SunGuide ID Sunpass message ID if error reported by Sunpass error message if provided rate effective time failure type SunGuide reported or Sunpass reported and time last attempted The middleware rate transmission failure alert messages Shall provide details of middleware failure if provided by the middleware PS PS PS PS PS 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 251 FEAT33 5 3 9 FEAT33 5 4 FEAT33 5 4 1
205. es Degradation of data accuracy Data source inclusions Degradation of synthesis functions Single source for time Master clock synchronization SunGuide shall support the addition of new functionality by third party developers using an open architecture approach that conforms to the current SunGuide Software Architecture Guidelines document SunGuide shall utilize both an automated interface and an Intranet oriented operator interface to facilitate data input The SunGuide Software System shall interface with ITS devices through the device drivers that are being developed as part of the SunGuide software SunGuide shall not degrade the accuracy of the data it receives and processes except for desired data synthesis functions that condense and summarize raw data imports Data sources shall include but are not limited to incident event data traffic sensor data and weather data The SunGuide shall not degrade the accuracy of the data it receives and processes except for desired data synthesis functions that condense and summarize raw data imports A SunGuide software installation shall utilize a single source for time and utilize that single source to provide consistent time base throughout the SunGuide software SunGuide shall synchronize all servers workstations to a Master Clock signal obtained from a universal time standard obtained through the internet 23 FEAT1 7 21 FEAT1 7 22 FEAT1 7 23 FEAT1 7
206. eved data shall list all activity for the Road Ranger Vehicle s for the selected date time range including all stops logon information including driver name and logoff information The Road Ranger Vehicle status data shall be able to be filtered by event type and or disposition SunGuide shall provide data to support the generation of an activity summary report RS RS RS RS RS RS RS RS 205 FEAT28 3 6 FEAT28 3 7 FEAT28 3 8 FEAT28 3 9 FEAT28 4 FEAT28 5 FEAT28 5 1 FEAT28 6 FEAT28 6 1 FEAT28 7 EMOO5R1 EMOO5R2 EMOO5R3 EMO02T2 EMOO8R TM007D1 Track truck number Activity summary data Summary filters Beat coverage summary Truck location report Camera usage report Usage report for camera locks Device status report Tracking equipment Traffic flow monthly report The operator shall be able to select a specific truck number or all trucks and a date time range to retrieve the necessary data to generate the activity summary report The activity summary data shall contain the information necessary to summarize all activities for the given data range specified The activity summary data shall be able to be filtered by event type and or disposition SunGuide shall be able to generate a report that summarizes beat coverage truck hours for any particular time range specified by the operator SunGuide shall be able to create a Camera Usage report to show
207. f the express lanes configuration shall include for each segment the Segment Maximum Toll Rate and a list of Toll Rate Signs including Toll Gantry Sign s and Lane Status Signs including name and function for each in the order specified in the segment configuration and including for each Toll Rate Sign and Gantry Sign a list of DMS IDs and associated static text in the order specified in the configuration and for each DMS the associated segment ID s along with the Minimum Transit PS 4 3 Time Maximum Transit Time and distance to gantry in feet The software shall support a request for segment Time of Day table and shall respond with each segment and the rate and time for each scheduled PS 4 3 rate for that segment and date 239 FEAT33 2 12 FEAT33 2 13 FEAT33 2 14 FEAT33 2 15 FEAT33 3 FEAT33 3 1 FEAT33 3 1 1 FEAT33 3 1 1 1 MLO38A MLO39A MLO31A MLO40A MLOO1 MLO16P MLOO1I MLO21P Lane Status DMS selection Configure Maximum Rate Update Interval Configure Suppress Rate Change Alerts Specify distance to Gantry for Toll Rate DMS Rate selection Rate selection and dissemination Rate selection for open normal rate mode Segment selection An authorized user shall be able to select in Adminstrative Editor the Lane Status DMS associated with a segment A user with permissions to configure Express Lanes shall be able to configure the Maximum Rate Update Interval whic
208. ffic Management Center TSS a as Transportation Sensor System TV eren uei is Toll Viewer IAA Travel Times WS ste eee Variable Speed Limit 41 Peeper nant reer rrnne ie Extensible Markup Language SunGuide SRS 6 0 Software Requirements Specification REVISION HISTORY Revision Date Changes 1 0 0 Draft December 22 2003 Initial Release 1 0 1 Draft January 27 2004 Updated based on SRR input and discussion with ITS Central Office 1 0 2 April 2 2004 Incorporated FDOT comments 2 0 0 Draft August 27 2004 Added requirements for systems in release 2 EG HAR WS C2C and RMS 2 0 0 May 4 2005 Finalized with FDOT comments new enhancements from ECO 1 1 2 0 1 August 11 2005 Finalized with ECO 1 changes 2 1 0 April 12 2006 Updated with Release 2 1 requirements 2 2 0 November 17 2006 Updated with Release 2 2 requirements 22 1 November 27 2006 Updated architecture based on naming nomenclature changes in the EM PM design and implementation 22 2 December 4 2006 Added Ramp Metering firmware and CCTV Scheduler requirements 3 0 0 Draft April 25 2007 Added Release 3 0 requirements 3 0 0 May 29 2007 Requirements updated based on SWAM 11 Added software release versioning information and requirements traceability 4 0 0 Draft December 16 2007 Added Release 3 1 and 4 0 requirements 4 0 0 February 22 2008 Updated Release 3 1 and 4 0 requirements based on SWAM 15 4 3 January 25 2010
209. figurable parameters for connecting to the database The content made available by each application for any period of time shall be derived concurrently from the same information source Any required ODBC drivers shall be from the same product line as the ODBC compliant database application Database objects that have an ID within the software shall have an internal numeric identifier that is not used for naming of objects by the users JER of the system The software shall implement business logic not sequences within the Windows processes not USER from within the Database itself FEAT1 2 23 1 DB023A Business Logic Exceptions FEAT1 2 24 DB024 Supported Databases FEAT1 2 25 DB025 Database Model FEAT1 2 26 DB026 Database Configuration Data FEAT1 2 27 DB027 Database Management FEAT1 2 27 1 DB027A Configuable Options FEAT1 2 28 DB028 High Availability and Disaster Recovery FEAT1 2 29 DB029 Batch Inserts Exceptions will be made for sequences of primary key IDs and for exceptionally performance intense operations upon approval by Central Office The software shall support the use of SQL Server 2012 Standard Edition and Oracle Database Server version 11 1 0 7 0 The software shall have a database model from which a blank SQL Server and Oracle database can be created using ERWIN a Commercial off the shelf database modeling tool Static configuration data such as subsystem permissions and system users shall be included as a
210. for event creation The Tabbed GUI shall provide tools in the Express Lanes Tab allowing the user to manage a Middleware Rate Adjustment PS PS PS PS GUI PS PS 4 3 3 1 4 3 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 4 3 252 FEAT33 5 6 1 FEAT33 5 6 2 FEAT33 5 7 FEAT33 5 7 1 FEAT33 5 7 2 FEAT33 5 7 3 FEAT33 6 FEAT33 6 1 FEAT33 6 2 MLO37U1 MLO37U2 MLOO2I MLO44U MI046U MLOO2 MLOO41 MLOO6I Middleware Rate Override permissions User Edit Express Lanes Tabbed GUI User send messages Current Rate and Date Time Include DMS message Toll system interface Turnpike WSDL conformance Confirming receipt of variable rate messages The Middleware Rate Adjustment controls shall either be hidden or inactive for users not authorized to use them In the Middleware Rate Adjustment dialog the software shall allow a user to edit the rate Effective Time and comment and to associate the Adjustment with an event Except for startup configuration the Express Lanes tabbed GUI shall not allow a user to send messages including rates whose effective time is earlier than the current time minus the Retroactive Adjustment Limit parameter The Express Lanes Tab shall show the current rate and its effective date and time as well as the next rate expected to go into effect if one is available whether a pending or scheduled rate along with its effective date and time The Express
211. from EM 1 AddActivityResp 2 ModifyActivityResp 3 RemoveActivityResp 4 AddAgencyResp 5 ModifyAgencyResp 6 RemoveAgencyResp 7 AddAgencyContactResp 8 ModifyAgencyContactResp 9 RemoveAgencyContactResp 10 AddColorResp 11 ModifyColorResp 12 RemoveColorResp DAR 13 AddCountyResp 14 ModifyCountyResp 15 RemoveCountyResp 16 AddEventStatusResp 17 ModifyEventStatusResp 18 RemoveEventStatusResp 19 AddCommentTypeResp 20 ModifyCommentTypeResp 21 RemoveCommentTypeResp 22 AddInjuryTypeResp 23 ModifylnjuryTypeResp 24 RemovelnjuryTypeResp 25 AddOrganizationResp The software shall compress the archive on a configurable time interval The software shall use a UTC time stamp as part of the filename for of each of the archive files and DAR compressed file DAR 5 1 1 5 1 1 5 1 1 291 FEAT59 5 FEAT59 5 1 FEAT59 5 2 FEAT62 DAROO6 DAROO6A DAROO6B FTP Disconnection FTP reconnection Remove temporary archive files Not used yet In the event the FTP is unavailable the software shall write the archive files to the local file system DAR When the FTP becomes available the local archive files that were not uploaded will be sent DAR to the FTP site When the local archive files are successfully sent to the FTP site they will be removed from the DAR local file system 5 1 1 5 1 1 5 1 1 292 Software Requirements Specification Appendix B SUB REQUIREMENTS SunGuide SRS 6 0 SUB1 SUB1 1
212. g Fluids h Mechanical iJump start EM j Called wrecker k Secure Load Mobile phone call m Directions n Transported o Blocked lane traffic control p Tagged abandoned vehicle u Other describe v No service occupied w No service abandoned The following data collected at the end of each road ranger shift shall be stored by SunGuide and linked to the road ranger reporting the data RR A Shift end time B Ending vehicle mileage The road ranger operator data shall be collected weekly and monthly and be able to be exported RS to Microsoft Excel or other compatible format 159 FEAT19 6 16 FEAT19 6 17 FEAT19 6 18 FEAT19 6 19 FEAT19 6 20 FEAT19 6 21 FEAT19 7 FEAT19 7 1 FEAT19 7 2 TMO06D TM012D TMO012D1 TMO19 S032 TMOO6W6 TMOO09D TMOO9D1 Receive road ranger data in XML Driver interface with service vehicle collection data streams Driver for D4 RR PC Tablet ICD Interface to D4 RR data collection equipment Performance measures data collection Downloaded service patrol data Performance measures Calculate and save incident response time Recording date and time upon initial notification SunGuide shall interface with and be able to receive road ranger data using a file or document that is in XML format SunGuide shall provide a driver to interface with different service vehicle collection data streams in accordance with published SunGuide Interface Control
213. gled in the icon configuration menu The Operator Map main menu shall provide an Express Lanes submenu The Express Lanes submenu shall provide and Express Lanes option to launch the Express Lanes dialog The Express Lanes submenu shall provide a Startup Status option to launch the Express Lanes Startup Status dialog if the Pricing Subsystem is awaiting startup state approval The Express Lanes submenu shall provide an Offline Synchronization option to launch the Offline Toll Rate Synchronization dialog The Operator Map main menu shall provide a HAR submenu GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI 81 FEAT7 21 7 3 6 1 FEAT 21 7 3 6 2 FEAT7 21 7 3 7 FEAT7 21 7 3 7 1 FEAT7 21 7 3 7 1 1 FEAT7 21 7 3 7 2 FEAT7 21 7 3 8 FEAT7 21 7 3 8 1 FEAT7 21 7 3 8 2 FEAT7 21 7 3 9 MA007C6A MAO007C6B MAO007C7 MA007C7A MA007C7A1 MAO007C7B MAO007C8 MAO007C8A MA007C8B MAO07C9 HAR submenu status HAR submenu MAS Incident detection submenu Incident detection submenu VisioPaD Incident detection submenu VisioPaD status Incident detection submenu VisioPaD control IMS submenu IMS submenu Inventory GUI IMS submenu vendor GUI Preferences submenu The HAR submenu shall provide a HAR Status option to launch the HAR device status dialog GUI 5 The HAR submenu shall provide a Message Queue Manager option to launch the MAS GUI
214. guration setting that specifies only one phase messages will be generated Message library shall contain a prioritized list of words and replacements to be used in limiting messages to one phase messages The SunGuide software shall provide software for incident detection along the limited access facilities The SunGuide system shall support the detection of incidents or congestion via a software algorithm that determines occupancy volume or speed and makes a determination based on user defined thresholds EM EM EM EM 39 FEAT5 2 3 FEAT5 2 4 FEATS 2 5 FEAT5 2 6 IDOO2 1D003 1D004 1D002W View congestion report View incident or congestion raw data Manual incident entry Graphical displays The SunGuide system shall provide the ability to view a congestion report for all roadway segments in the system The congestion report shall include a graphical display and the following information for each roadway segment in the system Roadway segment identifications Source of the incident or congestion information Reported speeds in miles per hour MPH Historic speeds in MPH FDOT s LOS Congestion cases i e closed heavy moderate none or free flow and Other recommended parameters The workstation operator shall have the ability to view an incident or congestion raw data report for all links in the system The workstation operator shall have the ability via a menu and the selec
215. h no TSS lane is defined The software shall allow a user to view a list of TSS lanes for which no CVS detection zone is defined The software shall allow a user to view a list of CVS detection zones TSS links and TSS lanes which are mapped together but which have dissimilar names The software shall archive BSM data For a BSM the software shall archive the received timestamp latitude longitude elevation speed and heading where available for each message to be archived The software shall archive PVDM data CVS CVS CVS CVS CVS CVS CVS CVS 5 1 5 1 5 1 5 1 5 1 5 1 5 1 5 1 343 For the PVDM the software shall archive the received timestamp latitude longitude elevation speed and heading where SUB23 5 4 CVOO9B1 Archived PVDM Fields s CVS 5 1 available for each message to be archived i The software shall archive TAM data SUB23 5 5 CVOO9C Archive TAM Data CVS 5 1 For the TAM the software shall archive the id of the message start time end time priority presentation region text of message operator event id RSEs the message was sent to time the message SUB23 5 6 CVv009C1 Archived TAM Fields was added to the system and time the CVS 5 1 message was removed from the system where the values are available For a TAM presentation region the software shall archive the TAM associated with the region the directions applicable to Archived TAM SUB23 5 7 cvoo09c
216. h shall be specified in minutes and shall have a default value of 15 minutes A configurable Suppress Rate Change Alerts flag shall be provided that a user with permission to configure Express Lanes can set via Administrative Editor The software shall provide a Distance to Gantry for each Toll Rate DMS that specifies the distance to the associated gantry in feet that is configurable via the Administrative Editor by users with permissions to configure Express Lanes SunGuide shall be responsible for managing rate schedules and coordinating Toll Rate DMS rate display and rate selection The software shall select a toll rate and disseminate to DMS The software shall select the toll rate for the time of day for each segment using the rules in requirements MLO17P MLO18P MLO19P MLO20P and MLO21P when that segment is in the Open Time of Day mode For each segment operating in Time of Day mode the software shall use rate entries that are for that particular segment PS PS PS PS PS PS PS 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 3 1 3 1 3 1 4 3 240 FEAT33 3 1 1 2 FEAT33 3 1 1 3 FEAT33 3 1 1 4 FEAT33 3 1 1 5 FEAT33 3 1 2 MLO17P MLO18P MLO19P MLO20P MLOO9D Time of day rate entry Type of day rate entry Start date selection Table type selection DMS message dissemination When the segment is in the Open Time of Day Rate mode The software shall use the rate entry with the most re
217. hall let ise th e system shall be able to exercise the FEATS 2 shutters of a DMS CCTV CCTV CCTV DMS DMS DMS DMS DMS DMS DMS DMS 294 SUB7 1 7 SUB7 1 8 SUB7 1 9 DM023 SUB7 2 SUB7 2 1 SUB7 2 2 SUB7 2 3 Reset controller Synchronize clock Blanking a sign blank queue Query DMS Status poll Echo message Fan status The system shall be able to reset the controller of one or more DMSs The system shall be able to synchronize the clock on one or more DMSs with the current system time When a MAS Blank Queue command is executed for a DMS if the DMS is not out of service SunGuide shall send a blank sign message to the target DMS The system shall be able to query one or more DMSs for their current status Current status includes operational status power status control mode short lamp status short pixel status fan status brightness mode temperature if supported and the current display The system shall be able to query a DMS for the current message display including the MULTI text the remaining display duration owner and priority of the message The system shall be able to query a DMS for the status of the fans FEAT9 2 DMS FEAT9 2 DMS DMS DMS FEAT9 2 DMS FEAT9 2 DMS FEAT9 2 DMS 295 SUB7 2 4 SUB7 2 5 SUB7 3 SUB7 3 1 SUB7 3 2 SUB7 3 3 SUB7 3 4 SUB7 3 5 SUB7 3 6 Lamp status Pixel status System Configure mess
218. han the minimum transit time Authorized users shall be able to create and maintain a 24 hour Daily Rate Schedule using the Administrative Editor For a Daily Rate Schedule the user shall be able to enter the time a rate begins in at least 15 minute increments starting at midnight for the entire 24 hour period HH 00 HH 15 HH 30 HH 45 For a Daily Rate Schedule the user shall be able to enter the toll rate charged for each period in dollars and cents The user shall not be allowed to change a Daily Rate Schedule once this table has been used i e used to generate a toll rate sent to the middleware The user shall be able to create and edit a Segment Rate Schedule for a week PS PS PS PS PS PS PS PS 4 3 4 3 4 3 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 234 FEAT33 2 3 1 FEAT33 2 3 2 FEAT33 2 3 3 FEAT33 2 4 FEAT33 2 4 1 FEAT33 2 4 2 FEAT33 2 5 FEAT33 2 6 MLOO2A MLOO4P4 MLO12A MLO13A MLO14A MLO15A MLO16A MLO17A Selection of the segments and start date Table rows for days of the week Segment rate schedule locking Viewing and editing TOD assignments Treatment of past dates Menu for TOD selection Notification for start date time in the past Express lanes DMS configuration When creating editing a Segment Rate Schedule the user shall be able to set the Segment s the toll rates apply to and Start Date for the rates in the table For each da
219. hange SunGuide operator interface shall support the recording of Incident Link Reports by SunGuide operators SunGuide Operator Interface shall display a list of 511 reporting routes defined as the entire table of currently applicable routes that are shared by the Statewide 511 and SunGuide SunGuide shall alert an operator who is recording or composing a WAV file when the duration of the WAV file exceeds 60 seconds indicating the WAV file will not be saved GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI 65 FEAT7 15 4 FEAT7 15 5 FEAT7 15 6 FEAT7 16 FEAT7 16 1 FEAT7 17 FEAT7 17 1 FEAT7 17 2 ID203G6 DF029G DF028G TMOO5R9 DMO06V DMOO09V WAV file recording indication for time left Select floodgate message from statewide naming convention Support two sound files and banner messages RPG Display recommended messages for signs VSL Display recommended VSL changes Display for VSL Plan Group The SunGuide Operator Interface for recording WAV files shall provide the operator with an indication of how much time a WAV file recording is taking and alert the operator as the elapsed recording time approaches 60 seconds An example would be to provide a 60 second count down clock display that turns yellow when the time remaining is 15 seconds or less and turns red when the time remaining is 5 seconds or less The SunGuide floodgate GUI shall allow the operator to select a Floodgate messag
220. hat is currently open FEAT26 1 1 TMOO9W Event entry screen or has been closed within the last hour that is EM 3 considered to be a primary event causing the event being created or edited It shall be possible to designate a lane type as Mainlane HOV On Ramp y Off Ramp FEAT26 1 2 EM006G2 Lane designation omotiahe EM 3 Shoulder C D HOT High Occupancy Toll Operator shall be able to change event type at FEAT26 1 3 EM010G1 Change event type any time and the change will be time and date EM 3 stamped in database SunGuide shall be able to track queue lengths based on operator data entry being driven by FEAT26 1 4 EMO07T Track length EM 3 ere ueg ere CCTV images or VDS detector data 193 FEAT26 1 5 FEAT26 1 6 FEAT26 1 6 1 FEAT26 1 6 2 FEAT26 2 FEAT26 2 1 WSO004A EMO028 EMO028A EM028B EMO001D1 Quality assurance permissions EM Location Publish Flag Not Publishable Notification in Event Not Publishable Notification in Response Plan Manage events Retain information Operator permissions shall include a Quality Assurance category for operators designated to be able to edit data fields for quality control purposes Every EM locations shall have a configurable setting indicating whether or not the location should be published When an event is placed at a location that cannot be published the operator shall be notified When a response plan is created for an event that is assigned a locat
221. have sufficient permissions to perform the action of that menu option shall either appear but be disabled or not appear at all A menu to access subsystems shall be displayed when the mouse right clicks on the map where no ITS devices are displayed the menu will vary based on what subsystems the operator has authenticated to for data The Operator Map main menu shall provide a Cameras submenu GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI 77 FEAT7 21 7 3 1 1 FEAT7 21 7 3 1 2 FEAT7 21 7 3 1 3 FEAT7 21 7 3 1 3 1 FEAT7 21 7 3 1 3 2 FEAT7 21 7 3 1 3 3 FEAT7 21 7 3 1 4 FEAT7 21 7 3 2 FEAT7 21 7 3 2 1 FEAT7 21 7 3 2 2 FEAT7 21 7 3 2 3 FEAT7 21 7 3 2 4 MAO007C1A MAO007C1B MA007C1C MAO07C1C1 MA007C1C2 MAO007C1C3 MA007C1D MA007C2 MA007C2A MAO007C2B MA007C2C MA007C2D Camera submenu blocking Camera submenu control Camera submenu scheduler Camera submenu SAS launch Camera submenu SAS scheduler Camera submenu SAS sequences Camera submenu USB joystick C2C submenu C2C submenu camera C2C submenu DMS C2C submenu Event C2C submenu Floodgate The Cameras submenu shall provide a Camera Blocking option to launch the combined cameras tabular display The Cameras submenu shall provide a Camera Control option to launch the CCTV control dialog The Cameras submenu shall provide a Scheduler submenu The Scheduler submenu
222. he EM add new event interface The Event Management submenu shall provide an Event List option to launch the EM event list tabular display GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI 80 FEAT7 21 7 3 4 3 FEAT7 21 7 3 4 4 FEAT7 21 7 3 4 5 FEAT 21 7 3 4 6 FEAT7 21 7 3 4 7 FEAT7 21 7 3 5 FEAT7 21 7 3 5 1 FEAT7 21 7 3 5 2 FEAT7 21 7 3 5 3 FEAT7 21 7 3 6 MA007C4C MA007C4D MA007C4E MA007C4F MA007C4G MA007C5 MA007C5A MA007C5B MA007C5C MA007C6 Event submenu predefined plans Event submenu remove 511 event Event submenu republish 511 event Event submenu abandoned vehicles Event submenu disabled vehicles Launch express Lanes submenu Launch Express Lanes dialog Launch Express Lane Startup Status Dialog Launch Offline Toll Rates Synchronization dialog HAR submenu The Event Management submenu shall provide a Predefined Response Plans option to launch the RPG EM predefined plan manager dialog The Event Management submenu shall provide a Remove Events from 511 option to launch the FL ATIS event removal dialog The Event Management submenu shall provide a Republish Events to 511 option to launch the FL ATIS event republish dialog The display of the disabled vehicles icon shall be an option that can be toggled in the icon configuration menu The display of the disabled vehicles icon shall be an option that can be tog
223. he SunGuide software shall support the management of user permissions to manage which users can perform management functions of the video wall controller The SunGuide software shall connect to one or more video wall controllers at a configured host and port The SunGuide software shall provide management functions of the video wall controller to approved users The SunGuide software shall allow the selection of a configured video wall controller to manage The SunGuide software shall present to the user the configured names of the configured layouts available from selected video wall controller The SunGuide software shall allow the activation of the selected layout on the selected video wall controller The SunGuide software shall allow the deactivation of the selected layout on the selected video wall controller VW VW VW VW VW VW VW VW VW 5 1 1 5 1 1 5 1 1 5 1 1 5 1 1 5 1 1 5 1 1 5 1 1 5 1 1 108 FEAT8 4 7 4 3 FEAT8 4 7 4 3 1 FEAT8 4 7 4 3 2 FEAT8 4 7 4 4 FEAT8 4 7 5 FEAT8 4 7 6 VWO005C VW005C1 VW005C2 VW005D VW006 VW007 Video Wall Controller Geometry Video Wall Controller Geometry Update Request Video Wall Controller Geometry Update Video Wall Controller Sources Video Wall Controller Switching Video Wall Controller Touring The SunGuide software shall present the video wall geometry of the video wall controller that graphical
224. he statewide Web site banner EH 1 The SunGuide system shall have an executive function that handles all monitoring and reporting EH 1 of the status of external devices and internal processes As a minimum the executive handler shall provide Process initiation termination Process EH 1 status and monitoring Error logging 33 FEAT3 3 FEAT3 4 FEAT3 5 FEAT3 6 FEAT3 7 FEAT3 8 FEAT3 9 FEAT3 10 EX002 EX003 EX004 EXO01F EX002F EX005 EX006 EX001D Start stop and restart processes Scheduled process control Group dependencies Process start order Restart safeguards Initialize individual components Monitor report and display status Hierarchal view The executive handler shall be capable of automatic and manual initiation termination and re initiation of system processes The executive handler shall have the capability to add scheduled process control for subsystems and drivers The executive handler shall notify personnel if an application fails or is restarted if the personnel have registered for notifications In the case of a failure the executive handler shall start processes in the same order that they originally started In the case of a process failure due to unavailable resources the executive handler shall have safeguards to prevent the unrestrained cyclical restart of failed applications The executive handler shall have the ability to initialize individu
225. he user shall only be able to select modes that can be manually selected through the PS 4 3 Express Lanes Tab 261 FEAT33 9 3 FEAT33 9 4 FEAT33 9 5 FEAT33 9 6 MLO39U11 MLO39U12 MLO039U13 MLO211 User specifies mode and rate Assist operator in establishing initial status Prevent operations if middelware rate override Send message after user approval Before starting the user will be required to specify the mode and whether a Middleware Rate Adjustment is in effect and if so its rate and effective time If Manual mode is specified the user will also be required to specify the rate for PS the mode If Closed or Zero Rate mode is specified the user will also be required to specify the effective time for the mode Upon restart and prior to the start of tolling the Express Lanes GUI shall display the state of the Toll Rate Toll Gantry and Lane Status signs as it does in normal operation to assist the operator in establishing the initial status The software shall produce an error and prevent submission of the rate history and prevent starting of operations for a segment if the history contains a middleware rate override that would override a rate that was previously successfully delivered or queued for delivery to the middleware and an intervening rate message exists whose effective time is at least 2 hours later than the effective time of the middleware rate adjustment PS Upon restart the
226. hen clicked allows the user to save to existing or new camera presets The Viewer s command controls shall include a method of launching the CCTV detail status dialog The Viewer shall prompt the user with a warning and request for confirmation when attempting to launch additional viewers and the workstation resource utilization is high All user interface responses of adding video streams shall occur within 1 second of the completion of the user s command While the software is processing a user command it shall not prevent the user from further interactions with the software while a previous command is being processed GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI 100 FEAT7 27 39 FEAT8 FEAT8 1 FEAT8 1 1 FEAT8 1 2 FEAT8 1 4 FEAT8 1 5 FEAT8 1 6 FEAT8 1 7 VOD039 A002 S015 TV003S PAOO1U TV003 A008 Performance of user interface response Closed Circuit Television CCTV General Video surveillance Interface with CCTV cameras Lock CCTV Camera menu Interface to portable CCTV Real time video display and control All local user interface responses that do not require adding video streams shall occur within 100 milliseconds of the completion of the user s command The SunGuide software shall provide software for video surveillance along the limited access facilities and the interchange areas along the mainline and crossroads The SunGuide software shall int
227. hibe generated timestamps associated with those alerts SunGuide shall archive the first received alert with its timestamp SunGuide shall archive changes to the alerts with their timestamps SunGuide shall archive the last alert with its generated timestamp which corresponds to the time that SunGuide detected it was not in the FHP CAD data THe GUI Preference Manager shall maintain a list of currently logged in users FHPCAD FHPCAD FHPCAD FHPCAD FHPCAD FHPCAD FHPCAD FHPCAD FHPCAD FHPCAD FHPCAD 4 2 4 2 4 2 4 2 4 2 4 2 4 2 4 2 4 2 4 3 4 2 284 FEAT35 5 2 FEAT35 5 3 FEAT35 5 4 FEAT35 5 5 FEAT35 5 5 1 FEAT35 5 5 2 FEAT35 5 8 FEAT35 5 9 FEAT35 5 10 FEAT35 5 11 FEAT35 5 12 USOO1P USO01R USO01S USO02 USO02H USO02S US003 USO03P USOO3R USO03S User permission Retrieving logged in user Subscribing for user updates User Type attribute User Type attribute belonging to a human User Type attribute belonging to asystem Maintain list of users List all defined users Definition of user Permission Retrieval of users based on permission Subscribing to user updates The GUI Preference Manager shall define a user permission which allows a user with that permission to retrieve and subscribe to the list of currently logged in users The list of currently logged in users shall be retrievable by a logged in
228. ible through the Internet Lodging availability information shall be provided via a static web page accessible through the Internet Requirements for the C2C system FEAT11 4 5 FEAT11 4 5 FEAT11 4 8 FEAT11 5 4 FEAT11 5 5 FEAT11 5 6 FEAT11 5 7 EC EC EC EC EC EC EC RWIS C2C 314 SUB11 1 SUB11 1 1 SUB11 1 2 SUB11 1 3 SUB11 1 4 SUB11 1 5 SUB11 2 SUB11 2 1 SUB11 2 2 SUB11 2 3 System Network ID Retrieve data Incidents Traffic data Roadway segments Status DMS HAR CCTV The SunGuide system shall require each connection i e TMC or remote user to supply a network identifier The system shall allow a network to retrieve device status information from another network The system shall allow a network to send incident information to another network The system shall allow a network to send traffic data including speed volume occupancy and travel times to another network Roadway segments shall be designated by two nodes and a link as defined in the ICD The system shall maintain the most current DMS status information for DMSs in the connected networks The system shall maintain the most current HAR status information for HARs in the connected networks The system shall maintain the most current CCTV status information for CCTVs in the connected networks FEAT13 3 FEAT13 3 FEAT13 3 FEAT13 3 FEAT13 3 FEAT13 3
229. ication 23 for SunGuide Software Release 5 0 May 7 2010 Standard Written Agreement Modification 24 for SunGuide Software Release 5 0 June 20 2010 World Wide Web Consortium W3 website http www w3 org SunGuide Project website http sunguide datasys swri edu SunGuide SRS 6 0 2 Software Requirements Specification FDOT Scope of Services BDQ69 Standard Written Agreement for SunGuide Software Support Maintenance and Development Exhibit A Scope of Services July 1 2010 Notice to Proceed Letter to Southwest Research Institute SwRI for BDQ69 July 1 2010 Letter of Authorization 003 Letter to SwRI for BDQ69 August 19 2010 Letter of Authorization 004 Letter to SwRI for BDQ69 October 20 2010 Letter of Authorization 005 Letter to SwRI for BDQ69 November 9 2010 Letter of Authorization 007 Letter to SwRI for BDQ69 December 22 2011 1 4 Contacts The following are contact persons for the SunGuide software project Elizabeth Birriel ITS Section Traffic Engineering and Operations Office Central Office elizabeth birriel dot state fl us 850 410 5606 Arun Krishnamurthy FDOT SunGuide Project Manager arun krishnamurthy dot state fl us 850 410 5615 Clay Packard Atkins Project Manager clay packard dot state fl us 850 410 5623 David Chang Atkins Project Advisor david chang dot state fl us 850 410 5622 Steve Dellenback SwRI Management Advisor sdellenback swri org 2
230. ice so long as the user has a high speed Internet connection defined as an upstream connection speed greater than 256 thousand 256 000 bits per second user to device The SunGuide Operator Map shall allow a user with appropriate privileges to define store and edit the graphical layout of shared displays in the Video Switching subsystem The SungGuide Operator Map shall present shared displays to users as specified by the graphical layout stored in the Video Switching subsystem CCTV CCTV CCTV CCTV CCTV CCTV 107 FEAT8 4 7 FEAT8 4 7 1 FEAT8 4 7 2 FEAT8 4 7 3 FEAT8 4 7 4 FEAT8 4 7 4 1 FEAT8 4 7 4 2 FEAT8 4 7 4 2 1 FEAT8 4 7 4 2 2 vwo01 VW002 VW003 VW004 VW005 VWO005A VW005B VW005B1 VW005B2 Video Wall Video Wall Controller Error Reporting Video Wall Controller Permissions Video Wall Controller Connection Video Wall Controller Management Video Wall Controller Selection Video Wall Controller Layouts Video Wall Controller Layout Activation Video Wall Controller Layout Deactivation The SunGuide software shall manage the display of a video wall controller following the SunGuide ICD document SunGuide VW ICD 1 0 2 and the manaufacturer s specified protocol The SunGuide software shall report errors in performing management functions of the video wall controller by presenting a description of the error to the user and in the Status Logger T
231. ide shall interface with Toll Tag Reader AVI equipment and License Plate Reader LPR equipment to obtain data on Probe Vehicles SunGuide shall poll all LPR and AVI reader stations not marked as inactive at a SunGuide operator with appropriate permissions configurable rate SunGuide shall use an interface compatible with the LPR and AVI reader stations The SunGuide system shall interface with Data Collection modules using a standardized interface that is documented and approved by FDOT SunGuide shall calculate average speeds for segments based on the measured travel time of individual probe vehicles SunGuide shall process AVI tag ids in the form provided by the tag readers i e will not reconstruct the original tag or identifying information TSS TSS TSS TSS TSS TSS TSS TSS TSS TSS 116 FEAT10 16 2 1 FEAT10 16 2 2 FEAT10 16 2 3 FEAT10 16 2 4 FEAT10 16 2 5 TMO001X TM002X TM003X TM004X TM004X1 Data to collect from LPR readers Monitor system health of LPRs Synchronize internal clock for LPR readers Communicate with existing LPR protocols Support PIPS and Zap LPR protocols The SunGuide Software shall collect the following data from License Plate readers LPR Individual license plate numbers that have been made anonymous by the LPR readers Atimestamp for when each license plate number was collected Data Collection Station id Lane of travel from whi
232. ime of the last rate successfully delivered or queued for delivery to the Middleware Maintain data consistency posted to toll rate and gantry dynamic message signe DMS and the SunPass Patron system The Express Lanes module shall use unique sequentially assigned SunGuide IDs with each toll rate message PS PS PS PS PS 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 2 263 FEAT33 10 2 ML0171 FEAT33 10 3 ML01711 FEAT33 10 4 MLO1712 FEAT33 10 6 FEAT33 10 6 1 MLO18I FEAT33 10 6 2 MLO18I1 FEAT33 10 6 3 MLO1812 Seding rate requests Storage of pending rate requests Start up mode of Express Lanes Encounter Error Communication Record rate request details Record rate message Record indication of cause of failure If the Express Lanes module goes down or is restarted it shall resume trying to send to the Middleware all rate requests pending prior to the restart Pending rate requests shall be stored in non volatile memory i e table s in the current SunGuide database Upon restart Express Lanes module shall start up in the Open Normal mode according to the referenced requirements MLO12P MLO17P MLO18P MLO19P and MLO2OP Speicifies what is recorded when SunGuide encounters and error communication When SunGuide encounters an error communicating a rate message to the middleware SunGuide shall record in the database with the rate request details regarding the error When SunGuide encounters an error co
233. ime stamps The Event Management GUI shall make use of the Response Plan Generation subsystem to generate email alert messages that the Event Management subsystem will send to operator selected subscriber groups The Event Management GUI shall allow an operator to add sensitive information to the email alert message this sensitive alert information will only be sent to those selected subscriber groups that are permitted to receive sensitive information based on subscriber group configuration FEAT27 2 1 EM 3 FEAT26 5 1 EM 3 EM 3 FEAT19 3 30 EM 3 FEAT19 3 30 EM 3 327 SUB17 3 3 SUB17 4 SUB17 4 1 SUB18 SUB18 1 SUB18 1 1 SUB18 1 2 SUB18 2 SUB18 2 1 Required email alert data Event data entry Invoke event data entry page RS Reporting System General Data editing page and audit functionality Data editing permissions Reports RR and performance measures reports The Event Management GUI shall provide the Response Plan Generation Subsystem with all data required to generate an email alert message An operator shall be able to invoke the Event Management GUI s event data entry page with location information pre filled by right clicking on an AVL icon and selecting create new incident at vehicle location The Reporting GUI data editing page shall include the audit functionality currently provided by the EMPM GUI Audit tab Access to the Reporting GUI data editing page will be restri
234. in order towards the right and continuing towards the lower rows of the modification in the same order as they were prior to the placement modification The auto arrange behavior will resize and position the fewest number of Viewers on the same row and column as possible to maximize the area of each viewer When a source is dragged and dropped on top of an existing Viewer within a Window the source will combine with the source s already in the Viewer as an ad hoc tour where each source dwells for a default time of 5 seconds before switching The user may change the dwell time as desired When a source is being dragged over the center area of a Window the Window will visually indicate if the source would be placed inside another Viewer to create a tour or if the source would be added as a new Viewer The center area of a Viewer used for a drag and drop location for combining sources in a tour will not consume the entire Viewer allowing room to drag and drop Viewers between or on the outside of existing Viewer s center areas The Window will allow users to drag and drop Viewers into different positions and into different Windows GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI 97 FEAT7 27 11 FEAT7 27 12 FEAT7 27 13 FEAT7 27 14 FEAT7 27 15 FEAT7 27 16 FEAT7 27 17 FEAT7 27 18 FEAT7 27 19 VOD011 VOD012 VOD013 VOD014 VOD015 VOD016 VOD017 VOD018 VOD019 Maintain Viewer aspect ratio Viewer sourc
235. include a flag that signifies the state of the object This requirement shall apply to the following tables COUNTY EM_LANEMAP RS_REPORT_MENU RS_COST EM_VEHICLETYPE EM_VEHICLEMODEL EM_REFERENCEPOINT USER EM_OFFSETTYPE EM_MAILLIST EM_LOOKUP EM_LOCATION EM_LANETYPE EM_INJURYTYPE EM_EVENTTYPE EM_EVENTSTATUS EM_CONTACT EM_CONDITION EM_AGENCY EM_ACTIVITY Records no longer in use shall be flagged to indicate their usage as ceased but they will not be USER deleted from the table 11 FEAT1 3 1 FEAT1 3 2 QA001 QA001P Provide test plans and procedures Test Plans contents The SunGuide system shall be provided with test plans and test procedures for integration cases and the system acceptance test to ensure that each test is comprehensive and verifies all the features of the function to be tested The following information shall be included in the test plan An implementation plan and detailed schedule PERT and GANTT Microsoft Word format Record keeping procedures and forms Procedures for monitoring correcting and retesting variances Procedures for controlling and documenting all changes made to the SunGuide system after the start of testing Block diagram s of the hardware test configuration including Contract Vendor and Department supplied equipment external communication channels and any test or simulation hardware A list of individual tests to be performed the purpose of each
236. information when appropriate Speed reduction events shall not be carried on the 511 system The Operator Interface shall provide a list of selected 511 messages that the operator can select from as well as the triggers for each of these messages If an incident event significant weather condition or any other abnormal traffic related conditions occurs on a particular FIHS 511 Reporting Segment then the operator shall be prompted via the Operator Interface to record a custom message for the reporting segment No message shall be associated with such a 511 Reporting Segment until the operator creates a message 511 511 511 511 511 511 511 184 FEAT25 4 5 FEAT25 4 6 FEAT25 4 7 FEAT25 4 9 FEAT25 4 10 FEAT25 4 11 FEAT25 4 12 1D211G ID215 ID200G ID203G2 ID203V ID204G3 ID204G4 Operator alerts Operator outgoing recording prompts Override message ability Maximum length Specially recorded messages Indicating override messages Hear or read incident link report If no 511 scenario message is found and the SunGuide operator does not create either the appropriate pre recorded scenario message or a custom Incident Link Report message SunGuide shall send additional alerts to operators until a message is recorded If an incident event significant weather condition or any other abnormal traffic related conditions occurs on a particular Central Florida 511 Reporting
237. ing average response FEAT19 2 10 TMOO6W4 time FEAT19 3 Manage events FEAT19 3 1 EM002G Specify event verification C tti ificati FEAT19 3 2 EM002G1 urren ie as verification time FEAT19 3 3 EMO003G Specify event status FEAT19 3 4 EMO003G1 Unresolved event status FEAT19 3 5 EM003G3 Specify event closure FEAT19 3 6 EM004G Specify false invalid information FEAT19 3 7 EMO004G1 Records flagged as invalid FEAT19 3 8 EMO05G Specify events as false alarm FEAT19 3 9 EMO006G Lane blockage data The SunGuide Graphical User Interface shall allow a SunGuide operator with appropriate permissions to specify the date time period or the incident IDs or range of IDs for SunGuide to calculate the average response time EM EMPM The EM PM GUI component shall allow an operator to specify that the event has been EMPM verified At the time an event is created in SunGuide the current time shall be recorded by the EM EM subsystem as the notification time The EM subsystem shall allow an operator to specify the status of the event Status shall include that the event is unresolved indicating passive management such as waiting for debris cleanup on the shoulder or towing an abandoned vehicle The EM Subsystem GUI element shall allow an operator to specify when an event has been EM closed The EM GUI component shall allow an operator to specify that the information provided was false EM and the record is voided Records flagged as invalid shall not
238. inimum volume needed for a lane in order to produce an alert The software shall not generate an alert if the poll cycle reports a volume less than the minimum volume needed to produce an alert The SunGuide system shall provide an evacuation coordination subsystem to provide for management of traffic during evacuations TSS TSS TSS TSS TSS TSS TSS TSS EC EC 126 FEAT11 2 FEAT11 3 FEAT11 4 FEAT11 4 1 FEAT11 4 2 FEAT11 4 3 FEAT11 4 4 FEAT11 4 5 ECOO1 ECOO2 EC001G ECO02G ECO03G ECO04G ECO05G Manage evacuation Functionality Evacuation Guidance EG Determine evacuation necessity Multiple distributed locations Shelter in place information for non evacuation List and graphical depiction of evacuation zones Alternative evacuation destinations The evacuation coordination subsystem shall provide the capability to provide evacuees with information they need during the evacuation as well as the reentry The evacuation coordination subsystem shall consist of five 5 major functions 1 evacuation guidance 2 evacuation travel information 3 evacuation traffic management 4 evacuation planning support and 5 resource sharing The evacuation guidance component shall provide the capability to determine and display those evacuation zones under specific government orders to evacuate during an emergency condition The evacuation guidance component
239. ion The RWIS interface shall use the NTCIP protocol The RWIS interface function shall implement SNMP over UDP IP to communicate with NTCIP RWIS devices The RWIS interface function shall implement the NTCIP OIDs necessary to implement the functionality that is to be provided through the GUI see RWO002U or FEAT12 6 EC RWIS RWIS RWIS RWIS RWIS RWIS 131 FEAT12 6 FEAT12 7 FEAT12 8 FEAT12 9 FEAT12 10 FEAT13 FEAT13 1 RWO002U RWOO01 RW002 RW005 RW001U A020 Data fields NTCIP protocol standard RWIS Interface User interface display Statewide data display Center to Center C2C Center to center communications The user interface shall provide the following data fields relative to each RWIS field unit Name Location Data age Air temperature Dew point temperature Relative humidity Precipitation type Precipitation intensity Precipitation rate Precipitation accumulation Visibility Average wind speed Wind gust speed Wind direction Surface sensor name Surface temperature Freeze point Chemical factor Chemical percent and Ice thickness RWIS 2 The NTCIP standard for environmental sensor stations ESS shall be utilized for the RWIS RWIS 2 interface communications The RWIS interface function shall provide protocol software to communicate with RWIS field units RWIS 2 using NTCIP The RWIS user interface shall be a software applica
240. ion file CVS INRIX INRIX INRIX INRIX 5 1 5 0 4 5 0 4 5 0 4 5 0 4 346 SUB26 1 5 SUB26 1 6 SUB26 1 7 SUB26 1 8 SUB26 1 9 TD0071201 TD0071202 TD0071301 TD0071401 TD0071501 Retrieve County List Publish Configured Counties Publish Most Recent Mean Speed Periodic Publish of Data Publish C2C Nodes The INRIX C2C Publisher component shall retrieve the list of counties from which to publish data from the SunGuide configuration file The INRIX C2C Publisher component shall publish link data for each link provided by the INRIX traffic data source which is identified as belonging to a county included in the list of counties from which to publish data While the connection to the INRIX traffic data source is established the INRIX C2C Publisher component shall publish the most recently provided mean speed data from the INRIX traffic data source for each published link While the connection to the INRIX traffic data source is established the INRIX C2C Publisher component shall periodically publish the averaged speed data from the INRIX traffic data source for each published link The INRIX C2C Publisher component shall publish a list of C2C Nodes containing the start and end locations of each INRIX link being published INRIX INRIX INRIX INRIX INRIX 5 0 4 5 0 4 5 0 4 5 0 4 5 0 4 347 SUB26 1 10 SUB26 1 11 SUB26 1 12 SUB26 1 13
241. ion pair to be FEAT18 2 8 TMO08T1 Allow for multiple routes configured by an operator that Travel Time will be TVT 4 computed for 143 FEAT18 2 9 FEAT18 2 10 FEAT18 2 11 FEAT18 2 12 FEAT18 3 FEAT18 3 1 FEAT18 3 2 FEAT18 3 3 FEAT18 3 4 TMO10T TMO10T5 TMO013T TMO13T1 TMOO1T TMO016 TMOOST TMOO05T1 Lower upper bound for each segment Lower upper bounds per reporting segment Multiple TVT links from different data sources TVT link may contain TSS links of varied types Generation Generate travel time messages Travel time generation method Group travel time tags Insufficient data alert The SunGuide Travel Time function shall require that for each segment defined that will have travel times calculated for it that there be a TVT 4 minimum travel time defined called a lower bound and a maximum travel time defined called an upper bound The lower bound and travel time upper d val hall blet defined bound values shall be able to be define TVT 4 separately for each travel time link segment SunGuide shall be able to create multiple travel time links from different data sources on the TVT 4 same roadway segment A travel time link shall be allowed to contain TSS links of varied types i e AVI LPR roadway TVT 4 Sensor Types TVT 2 Travel time messa hall t ticall ges shall be automatically VT 2 generated Travel time computations shall be based on the Texas De
242. ion that cannot be published the operator shall be notified SunGuide shall retain event information that had an associated vehicle license tag EM EM GUI GUI EM EM 194 FEAT26 2 2 FEAT26 2 3 FEAT26 2 4 EMO004T3 EMOO5T3 AVOO7L Indicating activities performed Agency personnel list Vehicle dispatch The tracking element shall allow the operator to indicate the following activities performed for each service call and the time performed a Extinguish fire b Absorbent c Remove debris d Relocate to safer location e Tire f Fuel g Fluids h Mechanical i Jump start EM j Called wrecker k Secure load Mobile phone call m Directions n Transported o Blocked lane traffic control p Tagged abandoned vehicle q Other describe r No service occupied s No service abandoned A drop down box or a pop up window shall be available that provides a list of agency personnel that is editable by an operator with appropriate EM permission to allow the SunGuide operator to select the name of the person they spoke with An operator shall be able to right click on a vehicle to dispatch it to a new or existing event EM 195 FEAT26 2 5 FEAT26 2 6 FEAT26 2 7 FEAT26 2 8 FEAT26 2 9 FEAT26 3 FEAT26 3 1 FEAT26 3 2 FEAT26 3 3 FEAT26 3 4 FEAT26 3 5 FEAT26 3 6 FEAT 26 3 7 AVO007L1 EMO030A EMO030B EMO030C EMO030D EMO05D EMO05D1 TMO007D12 TM007D13
243. ions for any segment of roadway within the scope of system coverage The SunGuide system shall be capable of collecting traffic data from a variety of in ground and above ground traffic NTCIP compliant detection technologies including but not limited to inductive loop systems radar systems and video detection systems DMS DMS DMS SAS SAS TSS TSS TSS TSS 113 FEAT10 4 FEAT10 5 FEAT10 6 FEAT10 7 FEAT10 8 TDOO2 TDOO3 TD004 TD005 TDOO6 Data time intervals Bitrans WashDOT standard Serial connections Non NTCIP drivers Data element categories The SunGuide system shall be able to receive and process traffic data in time intervals including but not limited to Ten 10 seconds Twenty 20 seconds Thirty 30 seconds One 1 minute Five 5 minutes Ten 10 minutes Fifteen 15 minutes Thirty 30 minutes and Sixty 60 minutes To the maximum extent possible the Bitrans WashDOT standard for transportation sensor systems shall be utilized for traffic detector communications The SunGuide system shall provide protocol software to communicate with the Bitrans 2381 95 traffic detection unit using serial and or Ethernet connections over a variety of transmission media i e fiber optic copper and wireless that are capable of baud rates equal to or greater than 1200 bits per second For traffic detectors within the system that do not support NTCIP control
244. ions within the website shall use relative paths SunGuide shall support the SunGuide administrator adding URLs and associated text to the home page of the web site The iFlorida Web site shall include measurable traffic delays in the Central Florida region The SunGuide website shall display the following data that is available from the SunGuide C2C interface weather information road closures major events or construction causing significant delays to travelers The web site shall contain a legend of all color coding and traffic related icon descriptions on the same page as the map or at such other location specified by the FDOT The SunGuide FIHS data shall be disseminated via a FIHS Internet based traveler information Web site There shall be a text only version of the Web site such that it complies with Section 508 of the American Disabilities Act ADA The iFlorida Web site shall provide a link to a Help Page offering information in text and or graphic format on the basic use of the Internet Web site and listing types of content available on the site The Web site shall have an e mail link that will enable users to send a message to the Webmaster Customer Service WS WS WS WS WS WS WS WS WS 29 FEAT2 5 12 FEAT2 5 13 FEAT2 5 14 FEAT2 5 15 FEAT2 6 FEAT2 6 1 FEAT2 6 2 PA012U PA012 PA005U1 PA020U PA003U1 PA003U2 Access information within two mouse clicks
245. istribute requests from clients to the appropriate subsystems The data distribution function shall enable the client to subscribe to status update notifications The data distribution function shall provide a published Interface Control Document for client connections The data distribution function shall require subsystem ICDs to conform to a provider template The client shall be able to request status information from all provider subsystems currently in the system The system shall provide a configuration editor component to allow authorized users to modify system configuration including user permissions equipment setup and device communication FEAT1 7 12 FEAT1 7 12 FEAT6 3 FEAT6 1 FEAT1 7 12 FEAT6 2 FEAT1 2 11 DD DD DD DD DD DD GUI GUI GUI 288 SUB5 1 2 SUB5 1 3 SUB5 1 4 SUB5 1 4 1 SUB5 1 5 SUB5 1 5 1 SUB5 1 5 2 SUB5 2 SUB5 2 1 Reports Security Levels Configuration Editor Editing configurable items Administrative editor Event management pages Reporting subsystem pages Map Map based primary GUI The system shall provide authorized users a method of selecting and customizing data reports The following security levels will be allowed for the various subsystems Administrator Manager Operator Guest local and Guest remote The system shall allow the editing of configurable items in the configuration file Admi
246. ith an event type or just an image with no association The software shall verify images and messages each time a message is activated on the sign using a cyclic redundancy check on the message and on each image The software shall handle the scenario of a user attempting to delete a graphic that is associated to one or more stored or active messages The user will be notified of the list of messages that have the graphic associated to them If a subsystem which uses DMS graphics is not running when a user attempts to delete a graphic the user shall be notified this check cannot be performed If the graphic is in use in a stored or active message at the time the user tries to delete the graphic the user shall be unable to delete the graphic and be notified of the locations where the graphic is in use DMS DMS DMS DMS DMS DMS 299 SUB7 4 4 SUB7 4 4 1 SUB7 4 4 1 1 SUB7 4 4 1 1 1 SUB7 4 4 1 1 2 SUB7 4 4 1 2 SUB7 4 4 1 3 SUB7 4 4 1 4 DMS044 DMS044A DMS044A1 DMS044A1A DMS044A1B DMS044A2 DMS044A3 DMS044A4 Color DMS message template generation Background and Text Color MUTCD Colors Text Color Options Background Color Options Default Colors for EM templates Background Colors other than EM Using graphics in templates The software shall support color DMS message and color DMS message template generation The software shall allow the user to change th
247. ivate and public dissemination of TMC information The web server shall capture and publish video from analog and digital video devices within the system for private and public dissemination via LAN WAN and the World Wide Web The video server shall refresh and update the image at a rate set via parameters by the workstation operator The web server shall provide secure access to system control functions of selected cameras as determined by the system administrator for users with high speed Internet access The web server shall provide a map showing traffic information and the location of certain FDOT ITS devices The web site shall not employ software that requires client site processing resulting in excessive wait times for the entire web site to appear The Web site home page shall be completely displayed within 15 seconds when using an ADSL connection and no other processes are running GUI WS WS WS WS WS WS WS WS 28 FEAT2 5 3 FEAT2 5 4 FEAT2 5 5 FEAT2 5 6 FEAT2 5 7 FEAT2 5 8 FEAT2 5 9 FEAT2 5 10 FEAT2 5 11 PAOO6U1 PAOO5U2 PAO16U5 PAO16U6 PA016U8 PA005 PA006 PA008 PA014U Hyperlinks use relative paths Support adding URLs Measurable traffic delays Display data from C2C interface Legends on map Dissemination of FIHS data Comply with ADA Help page link Webmaster e mail link Hyperlinks on the website which direct users to other locat
248. ivileges The databus shall be a modular abstraction layer to allow subsystems to retrieve data The databus shall have an Interface Control Document ICD for client data exchange and an DD ICD for subsystem data exchange The SunGuide software shall not require third party subsystems to access an SQL database DD eXtensible Markup Language XML shall be used to transmit data to and from the central data repository databus Reports shall be generated by accessing data in the database directly FEAT1 2 6 FEAT1 2 7 FEAT1 2 8 FEAT1 2 9 FEAT1 2 10 FEAT1 2 11 FEAT1 2 12 DB004 S003 UTO01 UTO02 UTO003 UT004 UTOO5 Historical data Databus architecture User and device tables Database table update permission Device communication database update Device specification Device status An option shall be provided for FDOT to store historical data for traffic management devices for a specified amount of time programmable at the system administrator level Each subsystem shall ensure the central data repository databus contains the most recent data including equipment status Tables shall exist in the Oracle database for entry of GUI workstation users and parameters to set up control and communicate with devices such as DMSs CCTVs cameras loop controllers and other devices The SunGuide system shall support the specification of field device parameters for the creation and con
249. k hours per beat route per FEAT28 3 9 time period The Reporting GUI reports page shall include a DMS Message report FEAT19 3 29 RS RS RS RS RS RS RS 329 SUB18 2 9 SUB18 2 10 SUB18 2 11 SUB18 2 12 SUB18 2 13 SUB18 2 14 SUB18 2 16 SUB19 Performance measures statistics Calendar date time range Traffic flow monthly report Central software reliability report ITS device status history report Traveler information monthly report Incident management monthly report MAS Message Arbitration System The Reporting GUI performance measures page shall allow an operator with appropriate permissions to calculate re calculate and store the performance measures statistics used in the generation of the Performance Measures reports provided by the Reporting GUI reports page All reports in the Reporting GUI reports page with the exception of Performance Measures reports shall allow an operator to select a calendar Date Time range of interest where applicable The Reporting GUI reports page shall include a Traffic Flow Monthly Report The Reporting GUI reports page shall include a Central Software Reliability Report The Reporting GUI reports page shall include an ITS Device Status History Report The Reporting GUI reports page shall include a Traveler Information Monthly Report The Reporting GUI reports page shall include an Incident Management Monthly Report
250. ks Persist Operator Selection Selection for Undetermined Networks The C2C Network Selection dialog shall display a list of C2C networks which are currently providing data available to the operator and C2C networks for which the operator has previously made data display selections When opened the C2C Network Selection dialog shall present the operator s last saved display preferences as the currently selected options The C2C Network Selection dialog shall allow an operator to select whether data from a center should be displayed or hidden The C2C Network Selection dialog shall allow an operator to save network data display preferences for use on subsequent sessions The C2C Network Selection dialog shall allow an operator to specify whether data from C2C networks which are not currently listed but which may later appear should be displayed or hidden until an explicit decision is made INRIX INRIX INRIX INRIX INRIX 5 0 4 5 0 4 5 0 4 5 0 4 5 0 4 354 SUB26 2 21 SUB26 2 22 SUB26 3 SUB26 3 1 SUB26 3 2 TDO070207 TD0070208 TD007A101 TD007A201 Display Center on Map Live Update Center Selection on Map Access Exclude Restricted from CSV Record Center Id in ODS The Operator Map shall display C2C data only from centers which the operator has specified should have data displayed and if the operator has selected that data from unspecified centers should be dis
251. le 3 3 o 3 3 S m Z z ot S a Flas E IalElE Ele lale A B siel g 3 3 5 JHRINHHHHEI S ls 2 8 J z FEAS 8 FT h 2 ele ElEIS Elo Is S isle z 3 2 8 3ks 8 3 3 z 3 3 z r 3 BJE 5 Fa as d Fle AM 12 3 a 3 b 3 3 3 e li ZULETI TFET did d eee LEL PI SIETE HF EEF HI 5 Q OMS var Speed Cameras Video Video 7 Highway Ramp Environmental Safety Road Citilog Data TSS DSRC Field Switches Walis Advisory Motor Sonsor Barrior Rangors Detectors DTN Radios Devices Radios Devices Stations PLCs Vehicles Weather 3 Party Events FHP CAD Figure 1 1 High Level Architectural Concept 1 3 Related Documents The following documents were used to develop this document SunGuide SRS 6 0 1 Software Requirements Specification SwRI Qualification Response Response to the Invitation to Negotiate ITN Statewide Transportation Management Center Software Library System Negotiation Number ITN DOT 02 03 9025 RR SwRI Proposal No 10 35924 dated November 18 2002 SwRI Technical Proposal Technical Proposal for Invitation to Negotiate ITN Statewide Transportation Management Center Software Library System Negotiation Number ITN DOT 02 03 9025 RR SwRI Proposal No 10 35924 dated January 31 2003 SwRI Cost Proposal Cost Proposal for Invitation to Negotiate ITN Statewide Transportation Management Center Software Library System Negotiation Number ITN DOT 02 03 9025
252. le amount of time that FEAT10 16 3 12 TMO05S8 Alert sent if no data received can be established the by the SunGuide TSS Administrator This configured time is the same time designated as the polling cycle for detector devices The AVI data collection system shall report errors FEAT10 16 3 13 TMO06S2 Report device errors f TSS in AVI Data Collection devices FEAT10 16 3 14 TM007S2 Avea SR SHOREECIDES Tee ae TSS transponder IDs FEAT10 16 3 15 TMOO9S Archive AVI tag read data SunGuide shall archive AVI Tag read data TSS FEAT10 16 3 17 TM00952 Raw AVI Gate archived as Raw AVI Tag reng calo ahat be eas inthe TSS received same format in which it was received FEAT10 16 4 Dynamic linking TSS The Travel Time function shall have the ability to EAE AECT initiate dynamic link re definition to compensate FEAT10 16 4 1 TMOO6T1 Arata for loss of data collection stations that would TSS otherwise result in the loss of segment travel times The SunGuide GUI shall allow an operator to Pane suspend and resume dynamic linking for FEAT10 16 4 2 TMOO6T3 Linking across the system s TSS associated probe TSS links across the system linking forascociotad arobe TS The SunGuide GUI shall allow an operator to FEAT10 16 4 3 TMOO6T4 Wales suspend and resume dynamic linking for TSS associated probe TSS links FEAT10 16 5 Probe fusion TSS The Data Server shall filter out duplicate tag reads FEAT10 16 5 1 TMO08S Filter duplicate tag reads Ue ahead Ont eae Ay aeRO nue s
253. led down time The SunGuide software shall provide a mechanism for monitoring the health and status of SunGuide software The SunGuide software shall be capable of running unattended for a minimum of eight hours The SunGuide software shall support the exchange of data using the center to center ICD 16 FEAT1 5 8 FEAT1 5 9 FEAT1 5 9 1 FEAT1 5 9 2 FEAT1 5 9 3 FEAT1 5 9 4 FEAT1 6 FEAT1 6 1 FEAT1 6 2 FEAT1 6 3 A031 A029 A029 A029 A029 A013 S027 A014 Work zone TMC categories RTMC STMC VTMC PTMC Software amp Documentation Management TMC software monitoring Architecture standards Configuration management of devices The SunGuide software shall support traffic management in a work zone via communication to wireless or wired devices The SunGuide software shall support running in multiple TMC configurations The SunGuide software shall support running ina regional TMC The SunGuide software shall support a secondary TMC sending command and control requests via center to center The SunGuide software shall support operating the center from a remote location The SunGuide software shall support deployment of the system on a laptop The SunGuide software shall log communication errors and ITS field device failures The SunGuide system shall adhere to open architecture standards A configuration management template shall be provided to capture information
254. levant to a roadway facility section of roadway facility or specific 511 Reporting Segment The Operator Interface shall also provide the ability to add modify remove and preview floodgate messages WAV files relevant to an entire roadway facility played to all users interested in 511 event reports along the facility 511 3 As described above these messages will be played to appropriate users after they have selected the roadway in which they are interested A SunGuide operator with appropriate permissions shall be able to record a 511 Scenario in a WAV file format and associate the sound file 511 3 with a 511 Reporting Segment 183 Managing pre recorded FEAT25 3 15 ID204G1 i scenarios FEAT25 3 16 ID204G2 Ability to listen FEAT25 4 Messages FEAT25 4 1 DF206 Traveler information FEAT25 4 2 ID202G Selected message availability FEAT25 4 3 ID214G Operating recording prompts FEAT25 4 4 1ID211G1 Operator messages The SunGuide shall have the ability to manage at least 1000 pre recorded Scenario WAV files The Operator Interface shall provide the ability to listen to the pre recorded WAV file associated with the selected 511 Scenario The traveler information contained in the 511 messages may include but shall not be limited to generalized conditions and or traffic flows travel time information specific information about non recurring events accidents constructions etc and possible alternative route
255. ll allow a user with appropriate permissions to override the automatic control of a ramp meter The system shall allow the central operating parameters to be modified These parameters currently include Ramp Metering demand responsive Algorithm Time of day for selecting mode of operation and for selecting times to activate or deactivate ramp metering The system shall allow groups of ramp meter controllers to be defined Groups of groups may also be defined The system shall allow a local time of day TOD ramp metering control table to be defined for each ramp meter The local TOD table is downloaded to the controller to control ramp metering in the case of communication failure The system shall monitor ramp meter controller status and change the operator display to indicate failed or marginal to reflect the current ramp meter controller status RMS RMS RMS RMS RMS RMS RMS 137 FEAT15 2 5 FEAT15 2 6 FEAT15 3 FEAT15 3 1 FEAT15 3 2 FEAT15 3 3 FEAT16 FEAT16 1 FEAT16 1 1 FEAT16 1 2 TMO002M5 TMO02M6 TM003M TMO03M1 TMO003M2 TMO003M3 DM004 DMO005M Metering on off Logging Ramp meter communication Automatic polls Manual poll Synchronize clock Message Arbitration System MAS General Message queue Number of priority levels The system shall turn ramp metering operations on or off based on the WSDOT UW algorithm using traffic conditions input fr
256. ller firmware shall be developed for the 68HC11 processor The Ramp Meter controller firmware shall support Model 170 controller keypad LED display indicators communications input and output functionality SAS SAS SAS SAS SAS RMF RMF RMF RMF RMF RMF RMF 1 RMF 1 RMF 1 RMF 1 165 FEAT21 1 5 FEAT21 1 6 FEAT21 1 7 FEAT21 1 8 FEAT21 1 9 FEAT21 2 FEAT21 2 1 FEAT21 2 2 FEAT21 2 3 FEAT21 2 4 FEAT21 3 FEAT21 3 1 TMO001C TMO0010 TM0040 TMOO1L TMOO2L TMO02C TMO0020 TMO0050 TMO02L1 TMO00201 Standardized communications Common access keypad WsDOT firmware implementation Surveillance functions Meter traffic flow Configuration Input source Pre defined configurable parameters Clock and calendar function Configurable number of lanes Firmware parameters Data collection and RM algorithms The Ramp Meter controller shall provide standardized communications that conform to the WSDOT ramp metering protocol as described in 170 Communications Protocol VAX 170 DOCOS5 The Ramp Meter controller shall allow use of a common access keypad for manual access to firmware parameters and controller operation The Ramp Meter controller front panel shall provide controller metering and data collection status in a manner consistent with the WsDOT Firmware implementation The Ramp Meter controller shall provide Surveillance functions Th
257. locked on the left of an express lanes segment as SAE Code 2993 The system shall present the message X Left express lanes blocked for events which are identified as SAE Code 2993 where X is the number of lanes which are blocked The system shall identify an event with more than one contiguous lanes blocked in the center of an express lanes segment as SAE Code 2994 The system shall present the message X Center express lanes blocked for events which are identified as SAE Code 2994 where X is the number of lanes which are blocked The system shall identify an event with more than one contiguous lanes blocked on the right of an express lanes segment as SAE Code 2995 DFS DFS DFS DFS DFS DFS DFS DFS 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 222 FEAT32 1 8 31 FEAT32 1 8 32 FEAT32 2 FEAT32 2 1 FEAT32 2 2 FEAT32 2 3 FEAT32 2 6 FEAT32 3 FEAT32 3 2 FEAT32 3 3 DFO22F32 DFO22F14 DFOO1D DFOO2D DFOO3D DFOO7D DF004 DF013 SAE Code 2995 Message SAE Code 2986 Message Database Maintain log of all events Archive only operator designated data Repository for data collected or generated Relational database Data Output Third party feed for public private sectors Use modified C2C plug in to provide fused data The system shall present the message X Right express lanes blocked for events which are identified as SAE Code 2995 where X is the num
258. lt Minimum Transit Time The managed lanes module shall use the most direct communications path available to update the Toll Rate DMS and Lane Status DMS Toll Rate DMS and Lane Status DMS shall not use message arbitration The software shall be designed to support all segments of Phase 1 and 1B at a minimum All segments currently in operation shall be available in configuration operations screens and displays wherever segments are utilized The Pricing subsystem shall record and timestamp all incoming and outgoing XML communications between Pricing subsystem and Data Bus to the database PS PS PS PS PS PS 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 3 1 4 3 4 3 230 FEAT33 1 6 1 FEAT33 1 6 2 FEAT33 1 6 3 FEAT33 1 6 4 MLO17S MLO18S MLO19S MLO20S Data stored for successful rate mode Data stored for pricing alerts Data stored for alert acknowledgements Data stored for successful rate acknowledgements Data stored for successful rate mode requests shall include oSegment ID oUser ID oMode or Middleware Rate Adjustment oRate oRequest Time oEffective Time oEnding Time if provided oTransit Times if provided oEvent ID if provided oComments if provided oSunGuidelD Data stored for pricing alerts shall include oClient unique ID if available oSunGuide Alert ID oDate Time oAlert Details text presented to user Data stored for alert acknowledgements shall include o
259. ly depicts the display viewers currently active on the selected video wall controller that are used for display on the video wall The SunGuide software shall allow the user to request an update of the video wall geometry from the selected video wall controller The SunGuide software shall broadcast updated video wall geometry information via the SunGuide databus when updated video wall geometry is provided by the video wall controller The SunGuide software shall present to the user the configured names of the display sources configured in the video wall controller that are used for display on the video wall The SunGuide software shall allow users to manually switch a display source configured in the selected video wall controller to a display viewer used for display in the selected video wall controller The SunGuide software shall allow users to select a Video Switching configured tour for display ina display viewer of the selected video wall controller The touring function will automatically switch a source by source name if a source with that name exists at the configured interval of the tour until another source or tour is selected for display on the same display viewer VW VW VW VW VW VW 5 1 1 5 1 1 5 1 1 By dled 5 1 1 5 1 1 109 FEAT9 FEAT9 1 FEAT9 2 S019 DM003D Dynamic Message Signs DMS DMS drivers DMS control DMS 1 The SunGuide system shall provide an interface to
260. marking of evacuation zones using pre determined boundaries tied to describable features and identifiable landmarks Information relevant to the need to shelter in place shall be entered into the system via manual data entry forms Manual data entry forms shall be provided for the user to enter information relative to the alternate evacuation destination FEAT11 4 4 FEAT11 4 1 FEAT11 4 4 FEAT11 4 3 FEAT11 4 5 EC EC EC EC EC EC 312 SUB9 1 2 5 SUB9 1 2 6 SUB9 1 2 7 SUB9 1 2 8 SUB9 1 2 9 SUB9 1 2 10 SUB9 1 3 SUB9 1 3 1 SUB9 1 3 2 Evacuation shelter input Hazardous conditions input Weather conditions input Transportation modes input Evacuation guidance input Lodging availability input Displays Display evacuation zones Shelter in place display Information relevant to evacuation shelters shall be entered into the system via manual data entry forms Information relevant to hazardous conditions shall be entered into the system via manual data entry forms Information relevant to weather conditions shall be entered into the system via manual data entry forms Information relevant to transportation modes shall be entered into the system via manual data entry forms Information relevant to evacuation guidance shall be entered into the system via manual data entry forms Information relevant to lodging availability shall be entered into the system via ma
261. mat Generation of files Option to execute logging process Order in Log file Set Mode Rate Request Allow client to set the mode rate of segment Reject request to set mode rate of a segment At the time the process runs it shall output data for all previously missed data runs The file format shall be XML of the same format generated by the Toll Viewer Web Service for inclusion in its SOAP messages The process shall generate one file per segment per data period There shall be an option to cause SunGuide to execute this process on demand and specify the starting date segment identifier file name and destination of the file File contents shall be chronologically ordered by the time sent for toll rates and sign messages time the override was entered by the operator and event creation time The software shall allow an authorized client to set the mode rate of a segment to include specifying Toll Rate Transit Times for each toll rate DMS and a unique client ID in the DataBus ICD specified reflD message field The software shall reject a request to set the mode rate of a segment whose rate exceeds the Segment Maximum Toll Rate for the submitted segment PS PS PS PS PS PS PS PS 4 2 4 2 4 2 4 2 4 2 4 3 4 3 4 3 267 FEAT33 11 3 FEAT33 11 4 FEAT33 11 5 FEAT33 11 6 MLOO1M7 MLOO1M8 MLOO1M9 MLOO1M10 Parameter required to set the mode of segment
262. mber Alert Message EM EM EM EM EM EM EM EM EM EM EM EM EM 196 FEAT26 3 8 FEAT26 4 FEAT26 4 1 FEAT 26 4 2 FEAT26 5 FEAT26 5 1 FEAT26 5 2 FEAT26 5 3 FEAT26 6 FEAT26 6 1 FEAT26 6 2 FEAT26 6 3 DFOO6F3 EM007G3 EM007G4 TMO007D10 TMO007D11 TMOO05R12 EM011 EMO001U EM020G1 Location has optional city county and metro area Lane configuration Adding lanes Editable sequence Response plans Requests and activation Confirmation activation logs Configure Response Plans Responder audit Capability to edit data Logging operator changes Modify agency notification SunGuide Event Location shall include the optional entry of city county and metro area The SunGuide GUI shall allow the operator to add a lane anywhere in the existing lane configuration The sequence in which the lane types appear shall be editable by the operator SunGuide shall record the time a Response Plan was requested for an event and the time a response plan was activated for the event SunGuide shall log the time from when an event was confirmed to when a Response Plan was activated SunGuide shall provide the ability to edit define and remove predefined response plans The responder audit function shall provide the capability to add delete or edit responder agency timeline vehicle response timeline and responder activity data in the SunGuide database
263. mmunicating a rate message to the middleware SunGuide shall record in the database the rate message When SunGuide encounters an error communicating a rate message to the middleware SunGuide shall record in the database an indication of the cause of the failure e g sending of message or Middleware processing of the message PS PS PS PS PS PS PS 4 2 4 2 4 2 4 3 4 2 4 2 4 2 264 FEAT33 10 6 4 FEAT33 10 6 5 FEAT33 10 7 FEAT33 10 8 FEAT33 10 9 FEAT33 10 9 1 FEAT33 10 9 2 FEAT33 10 9 3 FEAT33 10 9 4 FEAT33 10 9 5 ML01813 ML01814 MLO16R MLO16R1 MLO26A MLO26A1 MLO26A2 MLO26A3 MLO26A4 MIO26A5 Record error string Record rate request information Record SunPass Rate ID Display SunPass Rate ID Configure toll rates Format summary Run Frequency Process Data Configurable Email List Email Content When SunGuide encounters an error communicating a rate message to the middleware due to middleware processing failure SunGuide shall record in the database with the rate request the error string returned by the Middleware When SunGuide encounters an error communicating a rate message to the middleware due to communications failure SunGuide shall record in the database with the rate request information available regarding possible cause of the communications error SunGuide shall record the returned SunPass Rate ID with SunGuide rate
264. mmunicating with TSS the error message shall be displayed in the status message window The GUI shall provide a way to display all data from the TSS driver for each device FEAT7 3 3 FEAT7 3 4 FEAT 3 6 FEAT7 3 3 FEAT7 3 4 FEAT 3 6 FEAT7 3 3 FEAT7 3 4 FEAT 3 6 GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI 292 SUB6 SUB6 1 SUB6 1 1 SUB6 1 2 SUB6 1 3 SUB6 2 SUB6 2 1 SUB6 2 2 SUB6 3 SUB6 3 1 SUB6 3 2 SUB6 4 SUB6 4 1 CCTV Closed Circuit Television Resource arbitration Lock camera Unlock camera Breaking locks Control camera Camera accessibility Blackout button Camera presets Set preset Select preset Video tours Configure video tours Requirements for the CCTV system The system shall allow a client to request locking of a camera for sole usage The system shall allow a client to request unlocking of a camera A lock shall be broken by a user with a higher security level requesting the camera or by a timeout from last use of the camera The system shall allow a camera to be placed online accessible or offline inaccessible The system shall allow an operator to block a camera from being assigned to a predetermined list of outputs The system shall allow a preset to be saved for a camera containing the pan tilt and zoom positions The system shall allow saved preset position information to be
265. n SG is DW003 A 3 experiencing problems No unintended data DW005 degradation The Direct Database Feed shall be available for use by the ODS at least 98 of the time measured annually except for service disruptions beyond the Contractor s control excluding scheduled maintenance during any contiguous 365 day period Users shall be able to view extract archived data using fifteen 15 preformatted reports The ODS shall include travel times for the instrumented roadways The ODS shall include data collection links and selected 511 reporting segments SunGuide data shall be provided to the Operational Data Store using a direct database connection called a Direct Database Feed How to implement the Direct Database Feed shall be specified in an Interface Control Document The Direct Database Feed shall be available in a common data structure capable of being imported into a standard database product for use by the ODS In instances when SunGuide is experiencing problems a message shall be provided to inform both the SunGuide operator and the SunGuide error log that the system is not currently operating No unintended degradation of data shall occur between SunGuide s database and the transfer of that data by the direct database feed ODS ODS ODS ODS ODS ODS ODS ODS ODS 216 FEAT31 1 20 FEAT31 1 21 FEAT31 2 FEAT31 2 1 FEAT31 2 2 FEAT31 2 3 FEAT31 2 4 FEAT31 2 5 FEAT31 3 FE
266. n the display The SunGuide PM subsystem shall support data editing Changes to the data shall be able to be made in the data entry form and in the data editing component It shall be possible to edit agency timeline data in real time using the data entry form The SunGuide GUI component shall provide a graphical display to the operator allowing lane blockage information to be entered using point and click methods The SunGuide GUI element shall use predefined lane mappings to determine the number of lanes shoulders and exit ramp lanes to display to the operator The SunGuide GUI element shall allow the operator to change the lane configuration i e number of lanes shoulders exit ramp lanes at the event location Changes shall only apply to the current event the lane mapping adjustments shall not be saved The SunGuide GUI shall have a free text field for each event record that the operator can enter comments GUI RS EM EM EM EM EM 148 FEAT19 1 12 FEAT19 1 13 FEAT19 1 14 FEAT19 1 15 FEAT19 1 16 FEAT19 1 17 FEAT19 2 FEAT19 2 1 EM011G1 EM017G1 EM017G2 EM017G3 EM017G4 TMOO6W EMO01R Maximum of 512 ASCII characters Popup alerts for blocked CCTVs Visible popup alerts Confirming blocked camera alerts Unblocking blocked cameras Interface to annotate an incident record Reports Weekly and monthly reports The free text field shall accommodate a m
267. nGuide SunGuide shall be able to alert the operator to recommend changes to the VSL within one minute of determining that such a change is needed Recommended speed limit values to be stored in the SunGuide VSL application shall be specified by the FDOT Speed limit recommendations shall be made available to operators within two minutes of reduced speed limit criteria having been met and require acknowledgement SunGuide shall accommodate 100 growth in the amount of data being collected archived and disseminated based on the size of the system at project initiation VSL VSL VSL VSL VSL VSL VSL ODS ODS ODS 214 FEAT31 1 2 FEAT31 1 3 FEAT31 1 4 FEAT31 1 5 FEAT31 1 6 FEAT31 1 7 FEAT31 1 8 FEAT31 1 9 FEAT31 1 10 ODO001D ODOO1E OD007D ODO003D ODO003 ODO005 ODO006 ODOO08R ODO007 Flexibility for data addition reconfiguration redefinition Generating error messages Data formats Degradation in data quality Accept data from data bus Provide feed to external users Forecast traffic volumes Data stored with timestamp Use of master clock SunGuide shall be flexible to allow for the periodic addition reconfiguration or redefinition of data provided by the SunGuide without the loss of current or past data The Direct Information Feed Data Archive shall be capable of generating error messages in cases where the data slated for delivery is cu
268. nGuide configuration file will include a parameter specifying a presentation region offset used when automatically generating a presentation region The software shall archive Connected Vehicle data The software s Graphical User Interface GUI shall support the ability to display Connected Vehicle data The software shall provide operators the ability to generate and manage Traveler Advisory Messages TAM The software shall provide the user the ability to configure RSEs The software shall provide a method to review possible errors of configuration of Connected Vehicle TSS integration The software shall provide the ability to add a TAM to a response plan The software shall broadcast Connected Vehicle data via Center to Center C2C The software shall support the ability to communicate with a Service Delivery Node SDN SunGuide shall support the use of INRIX traffic data CVS CVS CVS CVS CVS CVS CVS CVS CVS CVS CVS CVS GUI Sall 5 1 5 1 5 1 5 1 5 1 5 1 5 1 5 1 5 1 5 1 5 1 5 1 288 FEAT53 1 FEAT53 1 1 FEAT53 1 2 FEAT53 1 3 FEAT53 1 4 FEAT53 1 5 FEAT53 1 6 FEAT53 1 7 FEAT53 2 FEAT53 2 1 FEAT53 2 2 TDOO7 TD00711 TD00712 TD00713 TD00714 TD00715 TD00716 TD00717 TD0070 TD00701 TD00702 Interface Document Publish INRIX Data County List Traffic Condition Data Speed Data Link and Node
269. nGuide shall allow an operator to configure the congestion tail of an event SunGuide shall allow an operator to modify the congestion tail default value by selecting County Reference Point Location and offset to the location SunGuide shall apply a default value for congestion tail when the operator initially checks the congestion box SunGuide shall apply a default value for congestion tail when the congestion dialog is open and the operator changes any event location values Changes and change backs count as changes When an operator initially selects the congestion box SunGuide will default the County Road Direction values for the Congestion Tail Default value for congestion tail reference point and relationship to exit shall be the reference point and relationship to exit with the smallest sort value which matches the congestion tail values for county roadway and direction EM EM EM EM EM EM EM EM EM 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 199 FEAT26 7 2 7 FEAT26 7 3 FEAT26 7 3 1 FEAT26 7 3 2 FEAT27 FEAT27 1 FEAT27 2 FEAT27 2 1 FEAT27 2 2 EM023G2 EM027G EMO026G TMOO5R2 TMOO5R7 Congestion Tail configure roadway direction Display of referince points and relationships Congestion head and tail in different country Congestion head and tail in the same county Response Plan Generator RPG General Response plan messages Gen
270. nces to be FEAT7 25 5 MA051C GUI geofences delete deleted The Shield Editor map displayed shall be the same FEAT7 26 MA060 Shield Editor Pee GUI map as the Operator Map The Shield Editor shall be managed as a semi FEAT7 26 1 MAO60A Shield Editor operation independent mode of the Operator Map GUI The Shield Editor shall allow an operator with FEAT7 26 2 MAO61 Shield Editor manage shields appropriate permissions to manage shields GUI Shield Editor manage shields The Shield Editor shall allow shields to be created FEAT7 26 3 MAO61A GUI create using a predefined set of shields hield Edit hiel The Shield Editor shall all hields t FEAT7 26 4 MA061B Shield itor manages ields eael itor shall allow shields to be GUI modify modified Shield Editor manage shields The Shield Editor shall allow shields to be deleted FEAT7 26 5 MA061C GUI delete FEAT7 26 6 FEAT7 26 6 1 FEAT 26 6 2 FEAT7 26 6 3 FEAT7 27 FEAT7 27 1 FEAT7 27 2 FEAT7 27 3 FEAT7 27 4 MA062 MA062A MA062B MA062B1 VODO001 VODO02 VODO003 VODO004 VODO005 Shields place on map Drag and Drop shields Display lat long of shield Enter lat long of shield Video on Desktop Launch Window from context menus Drag and drop video sources Launch to Viewer to last open Window Auto arrange Viewers The Shield Editor shall allow shields to be placed on the Operator Map The Shield Editor shall allows shields to be dropped and d
271. nd deployment evaluation including data input to the HPMS This applies only to SunGuide collected data The system support archiving function shall support archiving as an export to comma delimited form The SunGuide data available in the Data Archive will be time stamped The system shall allow operational parameters to be downloaded to one or more ramp meter controllers These parameters currently include Metering rate table Mode control Time of day table The system shall allow ramp meter controllers operational status to be manually changed to inactive active The system shall allow mainline and on ramp traffic detectors to be associated with a ramp meter controller The system shall allow the vehicle release mode of a ramp meter controller to be modified Release modes currently include Single car 2 car tandem 2 car platoon 2 car staggered HOV bypass DA DA DA RMS RMS RMS RMS RMS RMS 136 FEAT15 1 5 FEAT15 1 6 FEAT15 2 FEAT15 2 1 FEAT15 2 2 FEAT15 2 3 FEAT15 2 4 TMO001M5 TMO001M6 TM002M TMO002M1 TMO02M2 TM002 M3 TM002M4 Responsive mode Manual override System System operating parameters Controller groups Central overrides Monitoring status The system shall allow demand responsive mode parameters to be modified for a ramp meter controller Responsive mode parameters currently include Mainline occupancy Queue length The system sha
272. ned by a system user or c owned by a user that is not logged in event ownership shall be obtained and event edits shall be performed without further operator action Edits to existing SunGuide events shall be performed after obtaining permission using the following rule and exception If the event is owned by a logged in user other than the user handling the FHP alert the owning user shall be presented a dialog containing a description of the requested event change and the following three action choices Perform the requested edit while retaining FHPCAD 4 2 ownership Relinquish ownership to the requesting user Deny the action by the requesting user If the event owning user logs out before selecting an option event ownership shall be relinquished to the requesting user When a change requested by one operator to another fails an alert shall be displayed to the requesting operator and the dialog from which FHPCAD 4 2 the request was initiated will be redisplayed if it was previously closed 282 FEAT35 4 14 FEAT35 4 15 FEAT35 4 16 FEAT35 4 16 1 FEAT35 4 16 2 FEAT35 4 16 3 FEAT35 4 16 4 FEAT35 4 16 5 FEAT35 4 22 CA005B CAO05B1 CAO005C CA005C1 CA005C2 CA005C3 CA005C4 CAO05C5 CAOO5E Alert Box Display Choices Compositiion of Alert classes in alert box Response to an FHP event Archive alert Alert chronology Alert option to set FHP departure time Alert op
273. ng submenu virtual video wall layout VSL submenu AVL RR context menu AVL RR context menu add event CCTV context menu The Operator Map main menu shall provide a Video Switching submenu The Video Switching submenu shall provide a Switching Control option to launch the VS switching control dialog The Video Switching submenu shall provide a Video Tours option to launch the VS video tours dialog The Video Switching submenu shall provide a Video Wall Control option to launch the VWS video wall dialog The Video Switching submenu shall provide a Virtual Wall Layout option to launch the VS virtual wall dialog The Operator Map main menu shall provide a VSL Segment Status option to launch the VSL segment status tabular display The Operator Map shall display an AVL RR context menu when the mouse right clicks over an AVL RR vehicle The AVL RR context menu shall allow an operator with sufficient permissions to add an event at the vehicle location view details of the vehicle or view replay data for the vehicle The Operator Map shall display a camera context menu when the mouse right clicks over a camera GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI 86 FEAT7 21 7 8 1 FEAT7 21 7 9 FEAT7 21 7 9 1 FEAT7 21 7 10 FEAT7 21 7 10 1 FEAT 21 7 11 FEAT7 21 7 11 1 MAOO7E1 MA007F MAOO7F1 MA007G MA007G1 MA007H MA007H1 CCTV context menu share video C2
274. nistrative Editor Event Management subsystem pages shall be provided for the configuration of roadways cross streets relevant lane configurations and Road Ranger activities Administrative Editor Reporting Subsystem Pages shall be added for the configuration of Performance Measures A Scalable Vector Graphics SVG map shall serve as the primary user interface for operators daily traffic management activities FEAT1 7 10 FEAT1 1 7 FEAT1 9 2 1 FEAT1 9 2 1 FEAT1 9 2 1 FEAT7 2 4 GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI 289 SUB5 2 2 SUB5 2 3 SUB5 2 4 SUB5 3 SUB5 3 1 SUB5 3 2 SUB5 3 3 SUB5 4 SUB5 4 1 SUB5 4 2 SUB5 4 3 Map icons Device status Device control CCTV CCTV icon colors CCTV error messages CCTV display all data DMS DMS icon colors DMS error messages DMS display all data The map shall display icons for roadway devices incidents and other resources e g fire hydrants The map shall provide a method for displaying the current status of any roadway device displayed on the map The map shall provide a method for sending appropriate commands to any roadway device displayed on the map The colors associated with cctv status icons shall be configurable If an error occurs communicating with CCTV the error message shall be displayed in the status message window The GUI shall provide a way to display all data from the CCT
275. nother user is received the GUI shall indicate the result of that request to the originating user The GUI shall manage a request from another user by displaying a pop up dialog to the receiver of the request FHPCAD FHPCAD FHPCAD FHPCAD FHPCAD FHPCAD FHPCAD FHPCAD FHPCAD FHPCAD 4 2 4 2 4 2 4 2 4 2 4 2 4 2 4 2 4 2 4 2 286 When the recipient of a user request to another user confirms a response option which contains one or more messages to send to one or more Sending updated messgesto SunGuide subsystems the GUI shall update those the appropriate subsystems messages with appropriate credentials and send the updated messages to the appropriate subsystems FEAT35 5 23 USOO6U FHPCAD 4 2 When the recipient of a user request to another user confirms a response option a message shall Confirmation of message ne ne ake FEAT35 5 24 USOO6C Corie be sent to the original requestor indicating the FHPCAD 4 2 response that was selected When a user request to another user is received by the oth a dialog shall be displayed Display available options for E E E ase ea eis Sra Gi FEAT35 5 25 USOO6F i containing the text description of the requested FHPCAD 4 2 handling the request A A f i action and the available options for handling the request The software shall implement Connected FEAT47 Connected Vehicles CVS R i CVS 5 1 Vehicle functionality The soft hall ide th bilit
276. nt Use SVG icon Icon color Tooltip for summary An operator with appropriate permissions for the CCTV subsystem shall be able to designate a color for the CCTV icon when it is associated with a schedule The CCTV icon color shall remain the same when an operator takes control of the camera e g locks it An operator with appropriate permissions shall be able to display the currently active sequences and schedules on the operator map GUI The operator shall be able to suspend and resume the schedule for a specific camera or cameras through the use of the CCTV GUI A Find on map option shall be provided from the list which will re center the SunGuide map to the current position of the vehicle icon An operator shall be able to invoke the incident management window with location information pre filled by right clicking on an AVL icon and choosing create new incident at vehicle location The vehicle icon symbol for each vehicle shall be an SVG icon Vehicle icon color shall be configurable When an operator hovers the mouse cursor over an AVL icon on the SunGuide map SunGuide shall display a tooltip like status box that shows the vehicle summary data GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 57 FEAT7 13 6 FEAT7 13 7 FEAT7 13 8 FEAT7 13 9 FEAT7 13 10 FEAT7 13 11 FEAT7 13 12 FEAT7 13 13 AV010V AV011V AVO011V1 AV011V3
277. nt components of the SunGuide subsystems SunGuide shall provide the ability to add delete and modify 511 Reporting Segments GUI GUI GUI GUI 25 FEAT1 9 1 3 FEAT1 9 1 4 FEAT1 9 1 5 FEAT1 9 1 6 FEAT1 9 1 7 FEAT1 9 1 8 FEAT1 9 1 9 FEAT1 9 1 10 FEAT1 9 1 11 UT010 UTO03D UT003D1 UTO03D2 UTO004D UT004D1 UT004D3 UTOO5D UT011 Configuration file abilities Roadway links Reconfiguration of data Storing data after changes Default list of roadway links Programming modifications not required Link location administrative restrictions Links shall be subdivided No loss of current or past data Configuration files shall provide the ability to add delete or modify any road in the state of Florida SunGuide configuration files shall provide the ability to add delete and modify FIHS and Central Florida roadway links Performing reconfiguration of roadway link location data shall alter the roadway links displayed by Florida SunGuide Upon adding or modifying FIHS and Central Florida roadway links the SunGuide shall initiate the storing of data when available on the new or modified road segments the next time a user logs in The roadway links specified by the FDOT shall be the default list of road links Adding deleting or modifying Data Collection roadway links shall not require any programming or database structure modifications Editing or creating link loca
278. nt by taking the time that the TMC was notified and subtracting from it the time the FHP or FDOT is notified RS RS RS RS RS RS 203 SunGuide shall calculate and store a verification time performance measure for each event by FEAT28 2 6 TMO007D16 Verification time calculation subtracting the time when an incident is RS 3 confirmed from the time when the TMC was notified SunGuide shall calculate the rate that secondary e ry se incidents occur over a date time period specified FEAT28 2 7 TMO017D mS by the SunGuide operator for specified roadway RS 3 secondary incidents Sat segments or for the entire District The reduction in rate of secondary crashes performance measure shall be Rate of Secondary Reduction in rate of secondary Crashes Number of Secondary Crashes for a FEAT28 2 8 TMO17D1 i i i RS 3 crashes Date Time period X 1 000 000 Total Vehicle Volume for a Date Time period X Road Segment Length in miles SunGuide shall track the primary way in which an incident detected and iate that FEAT28 2 9 TM018D Track incident detection ee zi eee Spe s it Reiss athe 3 RS 3 information with the incident for performance measure reporting Detection methods to be recorded by SunGuide Recorded incident detection are by surveillance camera CCTV speed FEAT28 2 10 TMO18D1 RS 3 methods detector by type Road Ranger stop FHP notification SunGuide shall be able to generate a report listing Report listing number of
279. nt or future Segment Rate Schedules associated with that segment include a rate that exceeds the new Segment Maximum Toll Rate the software shall not implement the change and Setting Maximum Toll Rate 3 hes FEAT33 8 4 MLO34A shall notify the user of the conflict specifying the PS 4 3 Parameter Segment Rate Schedule s with conflicts and the Daily Rate Schedule s used by those Segment Rate Schedule s that contain the conflicting rates FEAT33 9 Restart Handling PS 4 3 For each segment upon restart the software shall display the starting state to the user and allow the user to modify and approve the starting state The starting state of a segment is defined to be the operating mode toll rate effective time rate FEAT33 9 1 MI039U Display starting state i PS 4 3 history whether a Middleware Rate Adjustment process is active for the segment and if so the rate and effective time 257 FEAT33 9 1 1 FEAT33 9 1 2 MLO39U1 MLO39U2 Last known Mode Time of Day Last knwon Mode Manual or Dynamic Upon restart if the last known mode for a segment was Time of Day and the current rates posted on the Toll Rate DMS for a segment are the same match the last known rate posted and match the Time Of Day rate that would have been in effect for that segment at that time and the Lane Status DMS for that segment matches the text specified for Operating Tolling the suggested mode for that segment shall be Time of PS 4
280. ntain an option to add non approved words to the approved words list provided the operator has appropriate permission The system shall allow the operator to specify a priority level when activating a message manually The default priority level for manual message activation shall be the highest priority level The default priority level for messages included in an automatic sequence shall be the lowest priority level GUI DMS GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI 2 1 53 FEAT7 6 4 TMO013R FEAT7 6 5 DM014M FEAT7 6 6 FEAT 6 6 1 FEAT7 7 FEAT7 7 1 TMO09 GUI functionality Edit MAS message permission Override Spelling Conflicts MAS to tell DMS of Override Response time The queue status screen shall provide the following 1 a display of the contents of the message queue including message priority and associated incident ID if any for each message in the queue 2 the ability to remove individual messages from the message queue 3 a blank button that removes all the messages from the queue 4 Ability to change priority of messages on the queue GUI 1 The system shall have a permission field per user for editing the message in a device queue GUI 2 MAS shall allow for a configuration setting in the SunGuide configuration file to override all spelling GUI 5 conflicts If MAS has been configured to override spelling conflicts MAS shall add a flag to all requests made to DMS to post
281. ntain who entered the mode who ended the mode associated events and changes to the mode s effective time The Toll Viewer application shall be able to be installed on a server located in the SunGuide DMZ SunGuide shall provide a web service to access SunGuide and provide data to the Toll Viewer application The Toll Viewer Detail Report shall present data in the following order Effective rates Rate messages to the Middleware Mode Changes Toll Rate DMS messages Event data The Toll Viewer Detail Report shall highlight DMS rows in which the message on the sign does not match the scheduled message based on the time at which the message should have been posted The Toll Viewer Detail Report shall contain the rate on the sign at the beginning of the requested reporting period and shall show its actual posting time The Toll Viewer shall allow a user to change the date and time period selection criteria from the data results webpage for the report TV TV TV TV PS PS PS PS 3 1 4 3 3 1 3 1 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 277 FEAT34 4 11 FEAT35 FEAT35 1 FEAT35 2 FEAT35 2 1 FEAT35 2 2 FEAT35 2 3 FEAT35 2 4 FEAT35 2 5 FEAT35 2 6 MLO01R13 CA001 CA002 CA003 CA004 CA005 CA006 Date Entry Florida Highway Patrol Computer Aided Dispatch FHP CAD General System External event alert Filter FHP incidents by county Filter FHP incidents by roadway FHP
282. nual data entry forms Evacuation zone information shall be provided to potential evacuees via a static web page accessible through the Internet Shelter in place information shall be available through the Internet via a static web page accessible through the Internet FEAT11 4 8 FEAT11 5 3 FEAT11 5 4 FEAT11 5 5 FEAT11 5 6 FEAT11 5 7 FEAT11 4 4 FEAT11 4 3 EC EC EC EC EC EC 313 SUB9 1 3 3 SUB9 1 3 4 SUB9 1 3 5 SUB9 1 3 6 SUB9 1 3 7 SUB9 1 3 8 SUB9 1 3 9 SUB10 SUB11 Evacuation destinations display Information fields Shelter display Weather conditions display Transportation modes display Evacuation guidance display Lodging availability display RWIS Road Weather Information System C2C Center to Center Alternative evacuation destinations information shall be provided via a static web page accessible through the Internet The EG shall at a minimum provide a free text field that can contain up to 255 alpha numeric characters Evacuation shelters information shall be provided via a static web page accessible through the Internet Weather conditions information shall be provided via a static web page accessible through the Internet Transportation modes information shall be provided to potential evacuees via a static web page accessible through the Internet Evacuation guidance information shall be provided via a static web page access
283. null data shall be provided in the fields SunGuide shall not require these fields to be populated at the time the location is configured The information shall be passed to the IDS using FDOT Modified SAE J2540 codes EM Location references and other standard traveler information codes The data provided by the DFS shall be documented in a Center to Center Interface Control Document ICD The Data Fusion component shall provide travel times and travel delays to the IDS The Data Fusion Subsystem shall incorporate weather conditions received through an automatic feed provided by DTN The Data Fusion component shall provide data to third parties that are secure behind a firewall that prohibits unauthorized access and manipulation of the information DFS DFS DFS DFS DFS DFS 224 FEAT32 3 11 FEAT32 3 12 FEAT32 3 13 FEAT32 3 14 FEAT32 3 15 FEAT32 4 FEAT32 4 2 FEAT32 4 4 DFOO1C DFOO2C DFOO3C DFOO4C DFO18F DF026 DFOO1F Use TMDD standard Fused events associated with latitude and longitude Fused traveler information standards Provide FDOT location tables to be used by IDS Designate data accessible to third parties Engine Calculate travel time and speeds Associate real time info for current event The Data Fusion subsystem shall use Transmission Control Protocol Internet Protocol TCP IP connectivity the Hypertext Transfer Protocol HTTP and XML data format
284. o going to the IDS Create floodgate message via SunGuide GUI Creation storage of floodgate message Create unique name for message Activate message Display list of messages Sort options for floodgage messages Delete options for floodgate messages Organize Messages The Data Fusion subsystem shall be controlled and managed through the SunGuide graphical user interface The Data Fusion subsystem shall allow an operator with appropriate permissions to selectively filter traveler information going to the IDS The Operator shall be able to create a floodgate message using the SunGuide GUI which will be distributed on the SunGuide C2C infrastructure SunGuide shall provide the ability for an operator to create a floodgate message and store the floodgate message for later use SunGuide shall provide the ability for an operator to create a unique name for the message SunGuide shall provide the ability for an operator to select a previously created and stored floodgate message and activate that message SunGuide shall display a tree display of previously stored floodgate messages organized by teh defined folder structure to the operator for selection SunGuide shall provide teh ability for an operator to organized stored floodgate messages SunGuide shall provide the ability for an operator to delete previously stored floodgate messages SunGuide shall provide the ability for an operator to manage an organizati
285. o levels of USER 1 assignments S i the software functionality The workstation security function shall use encrypted passwords to identify which users or FEAT1 1 6 WS002 Encrypted passwords vee my USER 1 groups can access what levels of software functionality Each user added to a group shall inherit the FEAT1 1 7 WS003 User group functionality functonaliiv ol the raup USER 1 FEAT1 1 8 FEAT1 1 9 FEAT1 1 10 FEAT1 1 12 FEAT1 2 FEAT1 2 1 FEAT1 2 2 FEAT1 2 3 FEAT1 2 4 FEAT1 2 5 WS004 WSO005 WS006 EX011 DBOO1 DBOO1A DBOO2 DBOO2A DBOO3A Workstations not user specific System administrator access Software module access Data controlled by individual privileges Database and Databus Modular abstraction layer Input and output separated Non compliant SQL databases Data formats Database reports In the event of a workstation failure users shall be able to log into other workstations and have the same functionality as they would if they were at their own workstation The SunGuide software shall not prevent system administrators from access to the security of the operating system and operating system functionality access to disk drives system configuration etc As the SunGuide GUI is browser based no EXE files shall be placed upon user workstations The ability to enter data into the SunGuide system or alter configuration settings shall be controlled EV by individual pr
286. obe vehicle based travel times based on data received from probe vehicles or by road based sensors that track a probe vehicle SunGuide shall calculate travel times using data obtained from a combination of data from point based and probe based detection technologies The SunGuide operator shall be able to select either a primary or a secondary alternative road for each EM location The SunGuide travel time process shall include the capability of computing travel times for alternate routes and conditionally presenting the alternatives on DMSs Display of alternate route travel time messages shall be based on the calculated travel times and current traffic conditions TVT TVT TVT TVT TVT TVT TVT TVT 146 SunGuide shall automatically post alternate routes messages to operator specified dynamic Pose civetslonmescanesto message signs when the travel time savings on the FEAT18 5 4 TMO11T iene alternative route exceeds an operator specified TVT 4 time in minutes The default travel time savings shall be 10 minutes over the main route Diversion messages shall be formatted into one of the two following templates SunGuide shall attempt to use the first substitution if that does not fit on a selected sign attempt the second If that does not fit then it should not make any alternate route message substitutions Diversion message template ee FEAT18 5 5 TMO011T1 forat Line 1 TO lt Destination gt TVT 4 Line 2
287. ociated with a given travel time 5 mins 10 min 15 min etc and given portion of a 511 reporting segment start point to mid point mid point to end point end point to mid point and mid point to start point Pre recorded scenario Wav files shall be selected based on current 511 reporting segment travel times FEAT25 2 2 FEAT25 2 2 FEAT25 3 2 511 511 511 335 SUB21 4 4 SUB22 SUB22 1 SUB23 SUB23 2 SUB23 2 1 CV001A SUB23 2 2 CV001B SUB23 2 3 CV001C WAV files generation based on segments and times AVL Automatic Vehicle Location General CVS Connected Vehicle System Configuration Name RSEs Host and Port Numbers Location The text associated with a pre recorded scenario Wav file shall be generated by SunGuide based on the 511 reporting segment and travel time to which the scenario wav file is associated For example if a scenario wav file is associated with 14 going southbound from start point SR436 to mid point SR50 for a 5 minute travel time the text would be 14 Southbound from SR 436 to SR 50 is 5 mins The software shall provide the capability to specify the name of an RSE The software shall provide the capability to configure a host and port numbers for TAM communication via the J2735 2009 11 and J2735 VIIPOC standards The software shall provide the capability to specify the physical location of an RSE using latitude longitude roadway direction and descri
288. of these devices shall be supported through device drivers that can be selectively loaded and unloaded by the system s traffic detector application on an as needed basis The device driver for vehicle detectors shall contain the following categories of data elements System setup data elements Control data elements and Inductive loop detector data elements TSS TSS TSS TSS TSS 114 FEAT10 9 FEAT10 10 FEAT10 11 FEAT10 12 FEAT10 13 FEAT10 14 FEAT10 15 TDOO1D TDOO2D TDOO3D TD004D TDOO5D TDOO6D DF103 System setup data elements Control Data elements Loop detector data elements 3M Traffic Sensors WaveTronix SmartSensor EIS RTMS Sensor Maintain raw data values The transportation sensor system setup data elements shall at a minimum contain the following Sensor system reset parameters Sensor system status parameters Sensor system TSS 1 occupancy type parameters Maximum number of sensor zones parameters Sensor zone tables Clock available parameters The transportation sensor system control data element shall at a minimum contain the following Maximum number of outputs parameters Output configuration tables TSS 1 Maximum number of output groups parameters Output group tables Data collection tables Data buffer tables The transportation sensor system inductive loop detector data element shall at a minimum contain the following data elements Loop
289. om mainline and on ramp detectors associated with ramp metering The system shall log the following events Communication errors with ramp meter controllers Manual overrides of ramp meter control Changes between modes of operation on off TOD etc The system shall poll ramp meter controllers for their current status periodically at a rate that is configurable by a user who has appropriate permissions The system shall allow ramp meters to be manually polled for their current status The system shall allow the clocks on a ramp meter controller to be synchronized with the current system date and time The SunGuide system shall support a priority based queue for messages The system shall support 256 message priority levels RMS RMS RMS RMS RMS RMS MAS MAS MAS MAS 138 FEAT16 1 3 FEAT16 1 4 FEAT16 1 5 FEAT16 2 FEAT16 2 1 FEAT16 2 2 FEAT16 2 3 FEAT16 2 4 FEAT17 TMO014T2 TMO014T3 TMO014T4 DMO06M DM007M DMO007M2 DM007M1 Manual pages with TvT messages TvT pages update automatically Manual pages removed without disrupting TvT pages Device control Priority display Remove message Same priority Blank queue Safety Barrier SB Manual pages can replace or coexist with travel time messages For example as the system posts To SR 528 5 MILES 10 minutes an operator can add Roadwork Ahead as a second or third alternating page to the me
290. ommendation resulting in a reduction of the posted speed limit on VSL signs The DMS log file i e the system log file shall list each newly posted speed limit the corresponding variable speed limit sign s involved and a time date timestamp SunGuide shall allow an operator to turn VSL beacons on and off All VSL recommendations shall be logged RR RR VSL VSL VSL VSL VSL VSL VSL VSL VSL VSL 4 2 213 FEAT30 2 2 FEAT30 2 3 FEAT30 2 4 FEAT30 2 5 FEAT30 2 6 FEAT30 2 7 FEAT30 2 8 FEAT31 FEAT31 1 FEAT31 1 1 DMO001V DMO001V1 DMO001V2 DM001V3 DMO002V DMOO05V1 DMO005V2 ODO01 Speed limit values Alert to recommend changes Speed limit changes Determining speed limit values Alert operator Storing recommended values Recommendations available to operator Operational Data Store ODS General Accommodate growth in data collected SunGuide shall provide Variable Speed Limit VSL software to recommend speed limit values for l 4 segments furnished with Variable Speed Limit signs SunGuide shall alert the operator in order to recommend changes in speed limit values for each of the 22 VSL signs deployed as part of the I 4 VSL Trial within one minute of determining changes are necessary SunGuide shall log all recommended changes in speed limit Recommended speed limit values shall be determined using real time information available in Su
291. on file The user shall be able to define the start location of the segment based on latitude longitude The user shall be able to define the end location of the segment based on latitude longitude SunGuide shall support the association of multiple Toll Rate signs where a single physical sign houses two Toll Rate DMS The software shall allow an authenticated Express Lanes client to retrieve the configuration of the express lanes The response shall include segment specific configuration data for each segment and segment independent configuration data for the Express Lanes PS PS PS PS PS PS PS PS 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 4 3 4 3 238 FEAT33 2 11 2 FEAT33 2 11 3 FEAT33 2 11 4 MLOO3M1 MLOO3M2 MLOO6M Express Lane Configuration Data Data provided in response to request for configuration Request segment Time of Day The Express Lanes configuration data provided in response to a request for the configuration of the express lanes configuration shall include the default text used for Closed Zero Rate and Operating Tolling modes for Toll Rate DMS and for Lane Status DMS the value of the Require Event Association flag the Retroactive PS 4 3 Adjustment Limit the Maximum Rate Update Interval the Suppress Rate Change Alerts flag and a list of Express Lane Segment IDs and associated segment names The segment data provided in response to a request for the configuration o
292. on folder structure for storing floodgates GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 68 FEAT7 19 5 8 FEAT7 19 5 9 FEAT7 19 5 10 FEAT7 19 5 11 FEAT7 19 5 12 FEAT7 19 5 13 FEAT7 19 5 14 FEAT7 19 5 15 FEAT7 19 5 16 DFO31D1 DFO31D2 DFO31E DFO31E1 DFO31E2 DFO31E3 DFO31E4 DFO31E5 DFO31E6 Manage Organization Manage Messages Delete Floodgate Multi Set Multi Set Display Expand Floodgate View Floodgate Text Use first open slot for multiset Abort if no open slots Notify operator if duplicate SunGuide shall allow an operator to create rename move and delete folders SunGuide shall allow an opeator to move a previously stored floodgate message from one folder to another SunGuide shall allow a opeator to set an identical message to multiple Floodgates with a single operation SunGuide shall indicate to an operator which Floodgates share identical messages SunGuide shall allow an operator to select a message which is currently on a single Floodgate slot and apply it to other Floodgates slots SunGuide shall allow an operator to view the text of a Floodgate message or web banner as part of an overview SunGuide shall automatically select the first open slot number for each selected Floodgate when a message is set to multiple Floodgates as a single action SunGuide shall abort any attempt to set a
293. on the map using a visual drawing tool The Device Sequencing Editor map displayed shall be the same map as the Operator Map GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI 93 FEAT7 24 1 FEAT7 24 2 FEAT7 24 3 FEAT 7 24 4 FEAT7 24 5 FEAT 7 24 6 FEAT7 24 7 FEAT 7 24 8 MAO040A MA041 MA042 MA043 MA044 MA045 MA045A MA045B Device Sequence Editor mode of operation Device Sequence Editor display DMS Device Sequence Editor add nodes Device Sequence Editor modify nodes Device Sequence Editor delete nodes Device Sequence Editor associate nodes Device Sequence Editor associate nodes select Device Sequence Editor associate nodes display upstream The Device Sequencing Editor shall be managed as a semi independent mode of the Operator Map GUI 5 The Device Sequencing Editor shall display DMS devices configured in the system and received via GUI 5 Center to Center The Device Sequencing Editor shall allow an operator with appropriate permissions to add traversal nodes to more closely match the device GUI 5 sequence to the layout of the roadway The Device Sequencing Editor shall allow an operator with appropriate permissions to move GUI 5 traversal nodes The Device Sequencing Editor shall allow an operator with appropriate permissions to delete GUI 5 traversal nodes The Device Sequencing Editor shall allow an operator with appropriate p
294. ons with their current status color coded for the RWIS devices configured in the SunGuide Admin Editor The Operator Map shall display Safety Barrier icons with their current status color coded for the Safety Barrier devices configured in the SunGuide Admin Editor The Operator Map shall display TSS detector icons with their current status color coded for the detectors configured in the SunGuide Admin Editor The Operator Map shall display Event icons based on Event Type for the Events currently maintained in the Event Management subsystem The Operator Map shall display an icon overlay on Event icons which are published via FL511 ATIS The Operator Map shall not show icons for events that have been closed The Operator Map shall display C2C devices with their current status color coded for the C2C devices currently being received from a Center to Center Extractor GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI 75 The Operator Map shall display AVL vehicle icons FEAT7 21 6 10 MAOO6S Display AVL status icons with their current status color coded for the GUI vehicles currently active The Operator Map shall display an overlay icon on FEAT7 21 6 11 MAOO6K Display SAS overlay icons devices which have scheduled activities through GUI the SAS The O tor M hall allow device i tob FEAT7 21 6 12 MAOO6L Selection of icons Pete pig ge E ar yeu E E ners GUI selected The CCTV status GUI shall be displayed when a FEAT7 2
295. or or desktop workstation that is connected with a similar technology and has physical connectivity Protocols to be supported by the software include VBrick MPEG 2 Teleste MPEG 2 Cortec MPEG 2 iMPath MPEG 2 The CCTV switching function shall support the switching of video signals to multiple workstations if the underlying video hardware provides the functionality CCTV CCTV CCTV CCTV CCTV CCTV 106 FEAT8 4 3 FEAT8 4 4 FEAT8 4 5 FEAT8 4 6 FEAT8 4 6 1 FEAT8 4 6 2 TVO004S TVO05S PA003 TV007S TVOO8S Multiple video images from multiple sources on single monitor Route video frames to FDOT Central Office Control video Video Switching Graphical layout management Shared displays The SunGuide system shall provide the capability for a single workstation monitor to display multiple video images from multiple sources to the extent possible provided by availability of digital video images on the network or the control capabilities of the video switch if the necessary switching display conversion and connectivity functionality is supported in the TMC video system The SunGuide system shall be capable of routing the maximum number of video frames per second over the FDOT network to the FDOT Central Office that can be supported by the hardware video switch or the network A browser based control mechanism shall allow an authorized user to control and view video from any video dev
296. or returns a segment to Open Time of Day Rate mode the software shall perform the following actions subrequirements The software shall select and implement the rate that is in effect for the time the previous mode is ended PS PS PS PS PS PS PS PS 3 1 3 1 3 1 4 3 3 1 3 1 4 3 4 3 244 FEAT33 4 1 3 2 FEAT33 4 1 4 FEAT33 4 1 4 1 FEAT33 4 1 4 2 FEAT33 4 1 4 3 FEAT33 4 1 4 4 FEAT33 4 1 4 5 MLO19E2 MLOO4E MLOO4E2 MLOO4E1 MLOO4E4 MLO20E MLO21E Middleware communication Open closed override specific actions Toll rate gantry DMS message on open closed segment Open closed mode toll rate Open closed mode toll rate default effective time Open closed mode toll rate Middleware dissemination Open closed toll rate gantry DMS dissemination The software shall communicate to the Middleware the new rate with an effective time as specified by requirement MLO10P depending on if the new toll rate is higher or lower than the previous mode toll rate for the segment The software shall operate the Express Lanes in response to a segment being placed into Closed or Open Zero Toll mode When a segment is in Closed or Zero Rate mode the software shall automatically post the appropriate Toll Rate DMS Toll Gantry DMS and Lane Status DMS default message to Toll Rate DMS Toll Gantry DMS and Lane Status DMS associated with a segment The software shall set the
297. ording of incident reports Reports saved for configurable time Incident link report playback functionality One incident report per segment Link Reports shall report travel times and applicable Incident Link Reports for a single 511 reporting segment in both directions of travel There may be from one to four 511 reporting segments per roadway Link Summary Reports shall report travel times and applicable Incident Link Reports for an entire roadway Link Summary Reports may include multiple 511 reporting segments on the same roadway SunGuide shall support the recording of incident a k a event reports for 511 reporting segments Incident Link Reports shall be saved for management review for up to a configurable amount of days The SunGuide operator interface shall allow operators with appropriate permissions to play back current and saved Incident Link Reports for a 511 reporting segment At most one 1 Incident Link Report shall be associated with a 511 reporting segment FEAT25 5 2 FEAT25 5 2 FEAT25 5 1 FEAT25 5 6 FEAT25 5 6 FEAT25 5 9 511 511 511 511 511 511 333 SUB21 2 8 SUB21 2 9 SUB21 2 11 SUB21 3 SUB21 3 1 SUB21 3 2 SUB21 4 Incident reports applicable to link report Incident reports applicable to link summaries Summaries state no incidents if appropriate Travel times Round times to 5 minute increments Rounding for increasing and
298. ordingly The AVL subsystem shall interface with the road ranger tablet application developed by District 4 and use the reported status as an input in decision points where required The AVL system shall be compatible with the PC tablet devices used by the District 4 road ranger tablet application Position reports that are corrected by SunGuide shall be flagged in the data log and indicated to the operator The icon status and position shall be updated upon receipt of new data The icon assigned by the administrator shall be used to represent vehicles for which position reports are received When there is no data in the position or status report for a particular field a blank for the missing field will be displayed AVL shall log vehicle positions messages sent in bulk directly to the database without generating updates to the Operator Map AVL AVL AVL AVL AVL AVL AVL AVL AVL AVL AVL 177 FEAT24 7 1 FEAT24 8 FEAT24 8 1 FEAT24 8 2 FEAT24 8 3 FEAT24 8 4 FEAT24 8 5 FEAT24 8 6 FEAT24 8 7 FEAT24 9 AV007L2 AV002T AV002T1 AV002T2 AV002T3 AV003T1 AVO003T2 AV003T3 Coordinate conversion Historical track Display of past positions Trail feature enabling Display track feature Vehicle speed Replay options Replay rates Deleting historical tracks Geo fences The AVL subsystem shall convert Latitude and Longitude coordinates into a text des
299. ories for example critical incidents traffic weather and roadwork The web site map including the color coded segments shall automatically update after configurable amounts of time with the default being 5 minutes WS WS WS WS WS WS WS WS WS WS 32 FEAT2 9 1 FEAT2 9 2 FEAT2 10 FEAT2 10 1 FEAT2 10 2 FEAT3 FEAT3 1 FEAT3 2 PA009 PA011U PA007 PAOO8U S008 EX001 Promote 511 service Information for 511 usage Banner Display emergency information Operator can modify banner Executive Handler EH Executive handler function Minimum functionality The Web site shall promote use of the 511 telephone service by displaying the 511 logo on every page with the option to display additional WS 3 text explaining or promoting the 511 telephone service The iFlorida Web site shall have a page that shall include information pertaining to the use of the 511 telephone service including at a minimum a listing of all commands both voice and touch WS 3 tone available to users for retrieving information from these services WS 1 The web site Home Page shall display a banner message above the state map that provides emergency information and or serious major WS 3 conditions affecting the entire state or a large portion of Florida e g hurricane etc The SunGuide operator shall be capable of making adding to deleting or otherwise WS 3 modifying t
300. ority message When travel times are unavailable for a particular segment the default message on the associated DMS shall be blank until the data are restored DMS DMS DMS DMS DMS DMS DMS 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 112 FEAT9 14 FEAT9 15 FEAT9 16 FEAT9 17 FEAT9 18 FEAT10 FEAT10 1 FEAT10 2 FEAT10 3 TMO08A EXOO8L DM016 DM017 DM018 A007 S016 TDOO1 Prioritized DMS message types Log posted DMS messages Color DMS Color DMS through C2C Archival of Color DMS Transportation Sensor System TSS Data collection Predict traffic conditions Data sources DMS message types shall be prioritized such that message types with a lower priority will outrank those with a higher priority value e g incident messages always replace any other type of message The log file shall list each newly posted DMS message the corresponding DMS involved and a time date timestamp The software shall support the use of color DMSs The software shall support the transmission of the color DMS status via Center to Center The software shall support the archival of the transmission of color DMS messages in the database The SunGuide software shall provide software for traffic data collection and support incident detection The SunGuide system shall utilize real time and archived data from a variety of sources to determine and report current and predicted traffic condit
301. ot an operator has to approve the posting of DMS request to the Message Arbitration System MAS subsystem Device requests received via the C2C interface shall be validated SunGuide shall publish the number of characters per line for each DMS in the inventory information sent through C2C No proportional font information will be sent over the C2C interface SunGuide shall support exchanging of data through C2C with the FHP C2C C2C C2C C2C C2C C2C 2 1 2 1 2 1 133 FEAT13 9 FEAT13 10 FEAT13 11 FEAT13 12 FEAT13 13 FEAT13 14 FEAT13 15 FEAT13 17 FEAT13 17 1 FEAT13 17 2 TMO002V TMO02V1 CROO2 CROO3 ODO001T DFOO5C DFOO5C Ccoo1 Cco02 Automated interface Configured to support data sources Processing and providing data Storing multiple source information Time stamping of data Support exchange of floodgate information Exchange of floodgate information Filter out TvT Links CCTV and DMS from FL ATIS CCTV configuration data DMS Configuration Data SunGuide automated interface shall consist of C2C XML Interfaces through which each of the participating systems and organizations will transmit their respective data to SunGuide The SunGuide software shall be capable of being configured to accommodate supported data sources as they become available The SunGuide software shall be capable of processing all required data sources and providing
302. out objects and shall include the following parameters at a minimum Pan timeout parameter Tilt FEAT8 3 2 TVO08D Timeout objects timeout parameter Zoom timeout parameter CCTV 1 Focus timeout parameter and Iris timeout parameter The device driver shall contain CCTV preset objects and shall include the following parameters at a minimum Go to preset position parameters Store preset position parameters Pan position FEAT8 3 3 TVOO9D Preset objects ot CCTV 1 parameters Tilt position parameters Lens zoom position parameter Lens focus position parameter and Lens iris position parameter 104 FEAT8 3 4 FEAT8 3 5 FEAT8 3 6 FEAT8 3 7 TV010D TV011D TV012D TV013D System feature control objects Alarm objects Discrete input objects Discrete output objects The device drivers shall contain CCTV system feature control objects and shall contain the following parameters and characteristics System camera feature control parameter System camera feature status System camera equipment availability parameter System lens feature control parameter System lens feature status parameter and System lens equipment availability parameter The device driver shall contain the following CCTV alarm objects Alarm status parameters Alarm latch status parameters Alarm latch clear parameters Temperature alarm high low threshold Temperature alarm current value parameters Pressure alarm high l
303. ow threshold parameters Pressure alarm current value Washer fluid alarm high low threshold parameters Washer fluid alarm current value parameters and Alarm label index parameter The device driver shall contain the following CCTV discrete input objects Discrete input status parameters Discrete input latch status parameters Discrete input latch clear parameters and Discrete input label index parameters The device driver shall contain the following CCTV discrete output objects Discrete output status parameters Discrete output control parameters and Discrete output label indexes CCTV 1 CCTV 2 CCTV 2 CCTV 2 105 FEAT8 3 8 FEAT8 3 9 FEAT8 3 10 FEAT8 4 FEAT8 4 1 FEAT8 4 2 TV014D TV015D TV016D TV001S TV002S Zone parameters Label objects On Screen camera menu objects Display MPEG2 displayed on monitors View image multiple locations The device driver shall contain the following CCTV zone parameters Maximum number of zones parameter and Zone tables The device driver shall contain the following CCTV label objects Maximum number of labels parameters Label tables Label location parameters and Enable label text displays The device driver shall contain CCTV On Screen Camera Menu Objects to the extent supported by NTCIP Activate menu parameters Menu control parameters The CCTV function shall support the switching of video signals to any video monit
304. owledgement shall PS 4 3 include the alert originator generated unique alert ID and user ID When in Dynamic mode and the software does not receive an updated rate from the Express Lanes client sometime within a fifteen minute time of day interval i e 00 15 15 30 30 45 PS 4 3 or 45 00 the software shall send a Dynamic Mode Failure Alert to subscribed Express Lanes clients PS 4 3 271 FEAT33 12 4 1 FEAT33 12 4 2 FEAT33 12 4 3 FEAT33 12 5 FEAT33 13 MLO27E MLO28E MLO16S MLO27U Choose adjustment continue End of Adjustment Rate Archive resolution Support subscription request for DMS status changes Current State Requests When a user receives a Middleware Rate Adjustment alert and chooses to have the Adjustment continue the software shall issue a new rate message to the Middleware using the Middleware Adjustment rate from the continued adjustment with an effective time of the previously sent toll rate the toll rate that triggered the alert overriding that rate in the middleware PS 4 3 When a user receives a Middleware Rate Adjustment alert and chooses to have the Adjustment continue the software shall issue a new rate message to the Middleware using the Middleware Adjustment rate from the continued adjustment with an effective time of the previously sent toll rate the toll rate that triggered the alert overriding that rate in the middleware PS 4 3 The software
305. p source The INRIX C2C Publisher component shall read a minimum midpoint spacing parameter from the SunGuide configuration file When publishing midpoints for a published link the INRIX C2C Publisher shall publish each midpoint defined by the SunGuide map source for the link unless that midpoint violates the spacing requirements of TD0071604 and TD0071605 When determining which midpoints may be published the INRIX C2C Publisher shall sequentially evaluate each midpoint beginning with the midpoint nearest the start node of the link INRIX INRIX INRIX INRIX 5 0 4 5 0 4 5 0 4 5 0 4 349 SUB26 1 19 SUB26 1 20 SUB26 1 21 SUB26 1 22 SUB26 1 23 TD0071605 TD0071701 TD0071702 TD0071703 TD0071704 Midpoint Exclusion Criteria Databus Connection INRIX Permissions Disconnection Alert Alert Frequency When determining which midpoints may be published the INRIX C2C Publisher shall publish the midpoint if and only if it is at least the minimum midpoint spacing parameter from the start node the end node and all other midpoints already selected for publication The INRIX C2C Publisher component shall connect to Databus as other SunGuide providers do The INRIX C2C Publisher shall allow a client with appropriate permissions to subscribe to communication alert notifications If the connection to the INRIX data source is determined to be lost the INRIX C2C Publisher shall s
306. pancy values cross the Alarm Thresholds configured for that link TSS alarms shall be based on speed only by setting occupancy alarm threshold to 100 and the occupancy recovery threshold to 100 TSS 4 3 TSS 4 3 TSS 4 3 TSS 4 3 When a TSS detector status transitions to ACTIVE from either FAILURE or OUT OF SERVICE SunGuide shall not generate alarms the detector has stabilized A detector is stable if it reports data for a configurable period of time The stabilization period is configurable at the driver level within the system configuration file TSS 4 3 TSS 4 3 TSS 4 3 123 FEAT10 19 FEAT10 19 1 FEAT10 19 2 FEAT10 19 3 FEAT10 19 4 FEAT10 19 4 1 FEAT10 19 5 FEAT10 19 5 1 FEAT10 19 5 2 FEAT10 19 6 FEAT10 19 6 1 TDO14E TDO14A TDO14F TDO140 TD01401 TDO15F TDO15F1 TDO15F2 TDO15S TDO15S1 Polling Failed Devices Polls a TSS detector Device is in ERROR and Sunguide successfully polls device Device in ERROR and Sunguide unsuccessfully polls device Device placed OUT OF SERVICE Device OUT OF SERVICE not polled Poll device at a slow poll rate Slow poll rates are configurable Device successfully polled Store traffic detection device state transitions State transitions have date and time Allows dirvers to periodically attempt to reconnect to failed devices THis will allow SunGuide drivers to continue to poll failed devices
307. partment of Transportation TransGuide TVT 2 Travel Time computation method SunGuide shall provide the ability to group the travel time tags in such a way that portions of the travel time message can be automatically TVT 4 removed if data is not available If insufficient data is available to calculate travel time then no travel time shall be provided to the TVT 4 DMS and the operator shall be alerted 144 FEAT18 3 5 FEAT18 3 6 FEAT18 3 7 FEAT18 3 8 FEAT18 3 9 FEAT18 3 10 FEAT18 3 11 FEAT18 4 TMOO5T2 TMO007P TMOO9T1 TMO010T4 TMT039 TMT0310 TMT040 Revert to single phase message Filter outlier travel times Times computed on configurable interval Display of messages over 3 lines Enable Disable Systemwide Enable Disable for a single DMS No Units Vehicle travel times When there are two or more travel links a two phase TVT message and there is insufficient data available to calculate one of the travel times then the message reverts to a single phase message exhibiting only one of the travel times TVT 4 SunGuide shall have the ability to filter out travel times that are outside a normal distribution for the travel time for the segment e g travel times speeds that don t make sense given current TVT 4 conditions or are way in excess of the speed limit e g 120 mph Travel times shall be computed on an interval specified by a system configuration parameter
308. pdated IE s cache is cleared GUI 5 or if the workstation has never access the map previously The Operator Map shall load up to the login prompt in less than 10 seconds once the map has GUI 5 been previously accessed The Operator Map shall be available for operator input within 10 seconds of the operator providing GUI 5 valid user credentials The Operator Map with no ITS equipment displayed shall allow for pan operations to be GUI 5 completed in less than one second The Operator Map with no ITS equipment displayed shall allow for zoom operations to be GUI 5 completed in less than two seconds The Operator Map with up to 500 pieces of ITS equipment and shields in the current field of view displayed shall allow for pan operations to be GUI 5 completed in less than two seconds The Operator Map with up to 500 pieces of ITS equipment and shields in the current field of view displayed shall allow for zoom operations to be GUI 5 completed in less than three seconds The UI shall have a configurable value indicating whether the display of a new system message should cause the System Messages dialog to be GUI 5 brought to the front of the user s window stack 92 FEAT7 22 FEAT7 22 1 FEAT7 22 2 FEAT7 22 2 1 FEAT7 22 2 2 FEAT7 22 2 3 FEAT7 23 FEAT7 23 1 FEAT7 23 2 FEAT7 23 3 FEAT7 23 4 FEAT7 24 MA020 MA021 MA022 MA022A MA022B MA022C MA030 MA030A MA031 MA032A MA031A
309. perator The software shall not update the Toll Rate DMS and Toll Gantry DMS for when entering Open Manual Rate When a segment is changed into Time of Day Dynamic or Manual Rate mode the software shall automatically post the Operation Tolling Lane Status DMS default message to the Lane Status DMS associated with the segment The software shall not update the Toll Rate DMS and Toll Gantry DMS upon the creation of a Middleware Rate Adjustment PS PS PS PS PS 4 3 4 3 3 1 4 3 4 3 246 FEAT33 4 1 5 7 FEAT33 4 1 6 FEAT33 4 1 6 1 FEAT33 4 1 6 3 FEAT33 4 1 6 4 MLO38U MLO23E MLO23E1 MLO23E3 MLO23E4 Active Middleware Rate Adjustment for a segment Open manual rate mode specific actions Open congested rate mode toll rate Toll rate gantry DMS operation Selct Time of Day rates If a Middleware Rate Adjustment is active for a segment when an operator or Client changes the rate mode or the software sends a periodic 15 minute rate update to the middleware the new rate shall be submitted to the middleware even if the same as the previous rate or the current adjusted rate and the software shall pop up an alert and send an alert message to Express Lanes authorized clients to inform the operator that a rate mode change update was implemented with a Middleware Rate Adjustment in effect and to PS 4 3 ask whether the Adjustment should continue or end unless for a periodic rate the
310. perator with sufficient permissions to launch a GUI to view the status of the detector GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI 88 FEAT 21 7 16 FEAT7 21 7 16 1 FEAT 21 7 17 FEAT7 21 7 17 1 FEAT7 21 7 18 FEAT7 21 7 18 1 FEAT7 21 8 FEAT7 21 8 1 MA007M MA007M1 MAO07N MAOO7N1 MA0070 MAO00701 MAO008 MAO08A Safety Barrier context menu Safety Barrier context menu status TSS Link context menu TSS Link context menu control TSS Detector context menu TSS Detector context menu status Map hover status Map hover status AVL RR The Operator Map shall display a Safety Barrier context menu when the mouse right clicks over a Safety Barrier device The SB context menu shall allow an operator with sufficient permissions to launch a GUI to view the status of the barrier The Operator Map shall display TSS link context menu when the mouse right clicks over a TSS link The TSS link context menu shall allow an operator with sufficient permissions to launch GUIs to view the status of the link s detector view the speed data of the link and create an event from or dismiss an alarm if any lanes of the link currently have IDS alarms The Operator Map shall display TSS detector context menu when the mouse right clicks over a TSS detector The TSS detector context menu shall allow an operator with sufficient permissions launch a GUI to view the detector s status The Operator M
311. played from centers for which the operator has not specified a preference If an operator changes the setting regarding whether data for a center should be displayed during a session the Operator Map shall update its display to reflect those settings without requiring a restart The SunGuide Data Archive component shall not write data records to a TSS CSV file if those records include a flag indicating the data was gathered or derived from a restricted source and cannot be redistributed to third parties or are based on a record which includes that flag The SunGuide Data Archive component shall include a record in the ODS Travel Time Info table consisting of a comma delimited list of centers which have TSS links as part of the travel time link at the time the record was received INRIX INRIX INRIX INRIX 5 0 4 5 0 4 5 0 4 5 0 4 355 SUB26 3 3 SUB26 3 4 SUB27 SUB27 1 SUB27 1 1 SUB27 1 2 SUB27 1 3 TDOO7A301 TDO07A302 SPARROO1 SPARROO2 SPARROO3 Flag Restricted TvT Flag Restricted in C2C SPARR SPARR Phone Authentication Intial Required Fields End Session If a published travel time link report includes speed data from a restricted source not for redistribution to third parties the Travel Times Subsystem shall flag the travel time link report as not for redistribution to third parties If a travel time link published by the SunGuide C2C Publisher is marked as no
312. played as green Moderate slowing displayed as yellow Slow displayed as red SUB16 4 6 3 Speeds The SunGuide administrator shall be able to FEAT2 4 WS 2 set a threshold for each of the categories a single threshold applies to all links Detailed incident data shall be displayed SUB16 4 6 4 Incident data when an incident icon is selected on the FEAT2 4 WS 2 map display Video snapshots shall be labeled with the local time and date that the snapshot was SUB16 4 6 5 Video snapshots FEAT2 4 WS 2 p gathered when displayed SUB17 EM Event Management EM 3 SUB17 1 General EM 3 Event Management subsystem permissions will include a permission for Event Viewer SUB17 1 1 EV access permission FEAT22 1 9 EM 3 access The Event Management GUI shall allow Notification on scene operators to enter Road Ranger SUB17 1 2 DAT FEAT19 3 28 EM 3 and departure times notification on scene and departure times SUB17 2 Response plans EM 3 326 SUB17 2 1 SUB17 2 2 SUB17 3 SUB17 3 1 SUB17 3 2 EM to use the RPG Record response plans and timestamps Email alert messages EM to use RPG to generate email alerts Email alert sensitive information The Event Management GUI shall make use of the Response Plan Generation subsystem to regenerate the relevant response plan using the additional sign The Event Management subsystem shall record suggested Response Plans activated Response Plans and associated date and t
313. pplicable message if applicable and the status of the event When a traffic detector s operational status changes to the failed state and remains there at least as long as the Traffic Detector Failure alert delay period the software shall send a Traffic Detector Failure alert via email to users with permission to receive these alerts FEAT10 8 TSS 1 FEAT10 8 TSS 1 FEAT1 7 12 TSS 1 FEAT1 7 12 TSS 1 TSS 5 1 302 SUB8 6 2 SUB8 6 3 SUB8 7 SUB8 7 1 SUB8 7 2 TDO16B TDO16C TDO17A TDO17B Email alert content Status Logger Alerts System wide Traffic Detector Alerts System Wide Configurable Threshold Email Alert Traffic Detector Failure alerts shall contain the detector and the time the detector TSS 5 1 entered the failed state Traffic Detector Failure alerts shall be logged in the Status Logger TSS 5 1 TSS 5 1 The SunGuide Admin Editor shall contain configurable value for the threshold of a System wide Traffic Detector Failure alert TSS 5 1 stored as a percentage When the percentage of traffic detectors with a failed operational state exceeds the threshold configured in the SunGuide Admin Editor and remains above the threshold at least as long as the System wide Traffic Detector Failure alert delay period the software shall send a System TSS 5 1 wide Traffic Detector Failure alert email to users with permission to receive these alerts 303 SUB8 7 3 SUB8 7 4
314. pport the following message fields from clients Process Name Host Name User ID Event Code Event ID Event Description Message The logging process shall allow a client to connect and disconnect from a TCP IP TCP socket The logging process shall support multiple simultaneous client connections The log viewer shall be capable of viewing in a scrollable window any of the log files generated by the logging process The log viewer shall allow the user to filter the view of messages displayed based on the following parameters Time logged Message type Process name Host name User ID Event code Event ID Event description Message The log viewer shall be capable of exporting a log file to an American National Standard Code for Information Interchange ASCII tab delimited file FEAT1 7 12 FEAT1 7 12 FEAT1 7 12 FEAT1 7 12 FEAT1 7 12 FEAT3 12 SL SL SL SL SL SL SL 322 SUB14 3 4 SUB15 SUB15 1 SUB15 2 SUB15 3 SUB16 SUB16 1 SUB16 1 1 SUB16 1 2 SUB16 1 3 SUB16 2 Refresh USER User Management Default group levels Modify individual user privileges Modify default group levels WS Web Server General Operating system HTML content Data source Video server The log viewer shall support manual and periodic log file display refresh The system shall have five default groups to which users may be assigned Administrator Manager Opera
315. previous rate was submitted within the prior 15 minutes and the periodic rate is the same as the previous rate in which case the Adjustment shall automatically continue without generating an alert or requiring confirmation The software shall meet the following requirements while entering maintaining or PS 4 3 exiting the Open Manual Rate mode The software shall use the toll rate selected by the PS 3 1 operator The software shall update the Toll Rate DMS and Toll Gantry DMS with the High Congestion toll ps 31 rates following the rules of requirement MLOOS9D When a client changes the mode to Time of Day mode the software shall select the current Time ps 43 of Day rate within 30 seconds and disseminate to DMS and Middleware 247 FEAT33 4 1 7 FEAT33 5 FEAT33 5 1 FEAT33 5 1 1 FEAT33 5 1 2 FEAT33 5 1 3 FEAT33 5 1 4 FEAT33 5 1 5 MLO30E MLOO1U MLOO6U MLOO7U MLO15U MLO21U MLO22U Rate Mode change Tabbed GUI TMC GUI Current rate display Current DMS display Express lanes event data Express lanes alert box Toll rate gantry DMS static display When a rate mode change occurs the Lane Status DMS shall be updated at the time that the first Toll Rate sign is updated The SunGuide Tabbed GUI shall provide an Express Lanes Tab containing controls and real time status information to allow TMC operators to operate the Express Lanes The Express Lanes Tab shall include the toll rat
316. printed Device drivers shall communicate to the field devices through FDOT networks and perform the following Set or check the date and time Poll the device on a periodic basis as specified in the database and retrieve device status Check the cyclic redundancy check of the device operating parameters and message library against the cyclic redundancy check parameters of the database Download operating parameters Upload the current operating parameters and display on user s workstation Display all database parameters and attributes on the user s workstation as appropriate to the device All uploaded information from the device shall be 1 displayed at the user s workstation The operator with proper security shall be able to display change database messages and parameters A log of all changes shall be maintained by time and operator identification Provide test mode set of commanas Provide a method for restricted access to selected devices based upon incident management criteria Provide a log of all communication events to and from the device including the report of device errors and Provide the capability to stop and restart the device driver via operator control 22 FEAT1 7 13 FEAT1 7 14 FEAT1 7 15 FEAT1 7 16 FEAT1 7 17 FEAT1 7 18 FEAT1 7 19 FEAT1 7 20 S033 TM023 S018 TD012D DF100 DF101 CROO5 DF102 Open architecture Interfaces for data input Interface with ITS devic
317. procedures and reported in the test report for each integration case 13 FEAT1 3 7 FEAT1 3 8 FEAT1 4 FEAT1 4 1 FEAT1 4 2 FEAT1 4 3 QA002R S025 EXOO1R EX002R EX007 Test record content Requirement verification Event Logging Event notification Event notifications stored in database Executive Handler error logging The following items shall be included in the test records Test names and Paragraph numbers Dates Test locations Test specimen serial numbers or other identification Additional equipment used Test engineers name Start and stop times Log of events Observed test results including specified computer printouts photographs and plots as applicable that will be attached to the data sheets Description of test anomalies as applicable Recommendations for resolution of any test anomalies Provision for comments by FDOT s representative and A copy of the master test procedure All hardware and software units elements components or subsystems shall be tested to verify they meet the specified requirements prior to statewide deployment Reporting functions shall include the ability to send event notifications via email and or pager and or telephone as well as visual and audio notifications at the user console All event notifications shall be stored in the central database and be tagged with the system time to the nearest second and date of occurrence The execu
318. ption FEAT25 3 2 511 AVL AVL CVS CVS CVS CVS CVS 5 1 5 1 5 1 5 1 5 1 336 SUB23 2 4 SUB23 2 5 SUB23 2 6 SUB23 2 7 SUB23 2 8 SUB23 2 9 SUB23 3 SUB23 3 1 SUB23 3 2 CcV001D cvoo1D1 CVOO1E CVO004A CVOO5A CVO05B CVO06A CVO06A Specify Detection Zones Detection Zone Parameters RSE Database Storage RSE data as Probe data RSE Default Message Template Default Template Configuration Amber Alert Data Acquisition Support Standards Receiving BSM The software shall provide the capability to specify one or more detection zones for each RSE For a detection zone the software shall provide the capability to specify a name start angle and end angle for a detection zone Configuration information for an RSE shall be stored in the SunGuide database If probe data is received for a zone the probe data shall be used by the TSS link to determine the speed over the given link The software shall provide the capability to specify a default message template for an RSE The software shall provide the capability to specify a message template for amber alert events The software shall be capable of receiving messages from Connected Vehicle based on SAE J2735 2009 11 and J2735 VIIPOC standards The software shall be capable of receiving and reporting the Connected Vehicle Basic Safety Messages BSM CVS CVS CVS CVS CVS CVS
319. r The Operator Map shall display an icon overlay on FEAT7 21 6 1 1 MAOO6A1 Locked CCTV icons CCTV icons when they are locked by a user GUI The Operator Map shall display an icon overlay on FEAT7 21 6 1 2 MAOO6A2 VisioPaD CCTV icons CCTV icons when they are being used for VisioPaD GUI event detection The Operator Map shall display DMS icons with their current status color coded for the DMS devices configured in the SunGuide Admin Editor Note This includes general purpose DMS VSL trailblazers lane status DMS toll rate DMS and toll gantry DMS FEAT 21 6 2 MAOO6B Display DMS status icons GUI FEAT7 21 6 3 FEAT7 21 6 4 FEAT7 21 6 5 FEAT 21 6 6 FEAT7 21 6 7 FEAT 21 6 8 FEAT7 21 6 8 1 FEAT7 21 6 8 2 FEAT7 21 6 9 MAOO6C MAOO06D MAOO6E MAOO6F MAO06G MAOO6H MAOO6H1 MAOO6H2 MAOO6I Display HAR status icons Display Ramp Meter status icons Display RWIS status icons Display Safety Barrier status icons Display TSS status icons Display Event status icons Display Event overlay icons Do not show Closed Event Icon Display C2C status icons The Operator Map shall display HAR icons with their current status color coded for the HAR devices configured in the SunGuide Admin Editor The Operator Map shall display Ramp Metering icons with their current status color coded for the Ramp Metering devices configured in the SunGuide Admin Editor The Operator Map shall display RWIS ic
320. r NTCIP CCTV devices The GUI shall allow user configuration of joystick button functions The status of the block video flag for a CCTV device shall be included with the CCTV status data when transmitted over C2C SunGuide software operator shall be able to display the latest status from each safety barrier sensor SunGuide map shall display the location of the safety barrier PLCs The icon associated with the sensor reporting a breakaway switch activation shall flash until a user acknowledges the alarm The system shall have a permission field per user for typing a manual message for a HAR The SunGuide GUI shall permit a user to log into a non specific subsystem with a subsystem type of URL that is connected to the data bus when SunGuide is operating with a SMART software interface The CCTV icon color shall change when the schedule activates and return to its normal color when the schedule no longer applies GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI 2 2 2 56 FEAT7 12 2 FEAT7 12 3 FEAT7 12 4 FEAT7 12 5 FEAT7 13 FEAT7 13 1 FEAT7 13 2 FEAT7 13 3 FEAT7 13 4 FEAT7 13 5 TV001G1 TV001G2 TVOO5C TV007C3 EM018G1 EMO010 AV002V AVOO5V AVO06V CCTV icon color for associated schedule CCTV icon color same for locks Display currently active sequences Suspend resume schedule AVL Map position Create new incide
321. r more presentation regions for the TAM based on the device linking file and the radius specified by the user for the area affected by the event The software shall automatically specify which RSEs should receive an automatically generated TAM RSEs will be selected if the distance between the RSE and any part of the presentation region is less than the configured inclusion distance The software shall provide operators the ability to add modify or delete TAMs from a response plan The software shall set a default message for a TAM to a predefined template in response plans if such a template is configured The software shall allow a user to view a list of RSEs with detection zones for which no TSS detectors on a CV driver are defined CVS CVS CVS CVS CVS CVS 5 1 5 1 5 1 5 1 5 1 5 1 342 SUB23 4 28 SUB23 4 29 SUB23 4 30 SUB23 4 31 SUB23 5 SUB23 5 1 SUB23 5 2 SUB23 5 3 CV015B CV015C CV015D CVO15E CVO09A CVO09A1 CVO09B Configuration Inspection Detectors Configuration Inspection Detectors Configuration Inspection Detectors Configuration Inspection Detectors Archive Archive BSM Data Archived BSM Fields Archive PVDM Data The software shall allow a user to view a list of TSS detectors on a CV driver for which no RSEs with detection zones are defined The software shall allow a user to view a list of CVS detection zones for whic
322. ra The Viewer PTZ controls shall include nudge buttons that command the camera to nudge in the selected direction The Viewer shall reveal a PTZ control that is a visual indicator that the Viewer is in PTZ mode and shall hide the visual indicator when and only when the Viewer is no longer in PTZ mode GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI 99 FEAT7 27 30 FEAT7 27 31 FEAT 27 32 FEAT7 27 33 FEAT7 27 34 FEAT7 27 35 FEAT 27 36 FEAT7 27 37 FEAT 27 38 VODO030 VODO031 VOD032 VOD033 VOD034 VODO035 VOD036 VOD037 VOD038 Engage panning in PTZ mode and left mouse down Pan using range of speeds Viewer zoom controls PTZ controls contain camera preset buttons PTZ controls allows save presets Launch CCTV details Video on Desktop performance warning Performance of non local user interface response Non blocking user interface Panning shall be engaged when the Viewer is in PTZ mode and the user drags the PTZ control in the desired direction The Viewer PTZ controls shall allow the camera to be panned in a range of speeds depending on how close to the center or the edge of the Viewer the mouse pointer is positioned The Viewer s PTZ controls shall include zoom controls The Viewer s PTZ controls shall include preset buttons that command the camera to move to a stored preset The Viewer s PTZ controls shall include a save to preset control that w
323. ra displays through the video switch subsystem There shall be no timeout feature to unblock the cameras the camera must be unblocked manually by an operator The tracking component shall allow an operator to identify an agency that was notified and enter a timestamp indicating when an agency has been first notified about an event or has detected an event and three more date time fields for repeated notifications The operator shall be able to indicate whether it was the TMC that notified a specific agency For agencies that are configured as responders FHP Fire etc SunGuide shall allow the operator to enter the time when they arrived on scene and the time when they departed SunGuide 2 2 shall be able to track queue lengths based on operator data entry being driven by CCTV images or VDS detector data EM EM GUI GUI EM EM EM EMPM 153 FEAT19 3 28 FEAT19 3 29 FEAT19 3 30 FEAT19 3 31 FEAT19 3 32 FEAT19 3 33 FEAT19 3 34 FEAT19 3 35 EMO005 EMO006 EMO007 EMOO1E EMOO2E EMOO03E EMO008 EMO02P Notification on scene and departure times Recording DMS message status changes Email alerts for event subscribers Email template Entering free text changes to emails Pre defined email groups Entering sensitive email information Logging audit changes The PM subsystem shall automatically enter the notification time on scene time and departure time for th
324. ragged on to the Operator Map The Shield Editor shall provide a dialog that displays the Latitude Longitude of a selected shield The Shield Editor Latitude Longitude dialog shall allow the operator to enter the Latitude Longitude for a selected shield The software shall provide Video on Desktop capabilities The operator shall be able to launch the Window from the context menu of the operator map closed circuit television CCTV camera device icons and the menu of another Window already open The software shall provide drag and drop operation of CCTV icons onto the Video on Desktop When video is launched via context menu the user shall choose the Window in which the video should be displayed and the new Viewer shall be placed in the last position When a Viewer is added to removed from or moved within the Window the Window will automatically arrange Viewers GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI 96 FEAT7 27 5 FEAT7 27 6 FEAT7 27 7 FEAT7 27 8 FEAT7 27 9 FEAT7 27 10 VODO006 VODO006 VODO007 VODO008 VODOO09 VOD010 Auto arrange Viewers in order Auto arrange Viewers to maximize size Drag and drop tour creation Drag and drop indicator Viewer center area for drag and drop Move Viewers When a Viewer placement modification is made the Window shall automatically rearrange Viewers by moving them on the right side of the placement modifications filling positions
325. ral DFS 4 The Data Fusion subsystem shall have the ability to extract data from data streams and present FEAT32 1 1 DF001 Abilities of DFS s y DFS 4 2 alerts to the SunGuide operator for approval The Data Fusion subsystem shall contain FEAT32 1 2 DFO07 usg of metadata for metadata necessary TO interpret the data and DES 4 interpretation shall have an identifier of the source of the data DFS t td de dat The Data Fusi t hall not d de th FEAT32 1 3 DF008 o not degrade data e Data Fusion te em shall not degrade the DES 4 accuracy accuracy of the received data The Data Fusion subsystem shall allow periodic ne addition reconfiguration or redefinition of Allow for periodic j i FEAT32 1 4 DF015 5 roadway segments and ITS devices without any DFS 4 reconfiguration loss of current or past data E N tinge The Data Fusion Subsystem shall be synchronized FEAT32 1 6 DF025 y PS to a universal time standard obtained through the DFS 4 internet 219 FEAT32 1 8 FEAT32 1 8 2 FEAT32 1 8 3 FEAT32 1 8 4 FEAT32 1 8 5 FEAT32 1 8 6 FEAT32 1 8 7 FEAT32 1 8 8 FEAT32 1 8 9 FEAT32 1 8 10 FEAT32 1 8 11 DFO22F DFO22F2 DFO22F3 DFO22F4 DFO22F5 DFO22F6 DFO22F7 DFO22F8 DFO22F9 DFO22F10 DFO22F11 Select FDOT modified SAE codes SAE Code 2980 Message SAE Code 2981 Identify SAE Code 2981 Message SAE Code 2983 Identify SAE Code 2983 Message SAE Code 2982 Identify SAE Code 2982 Message SAE Code 2984
326. rd when a specific road ranger truck was dispatched to an event arrived on scene to an event departed from an event or had their dispatch order cancelled RR A road ranger vehicle may respond to the same event multiple times and each response shall have its own notification arrival departure cancel times 156 FEAT19 6 7 FEAT19 6 8 FEAT19 6 9 EMO04T2 TMO001D TMO002D Recording performed activities Storing Road Ranger data to support report generation Data collected at each stop The EM tracking element shall allow an operator to record activities performed along with timestamps for each activity for each road ranger response on scene SunGuide shall acquire and store the following data that is collected at the beginning of the Road Ranger Service Patrol Vehicle Operator s shift A Date B Shift start time C Operator name D Truck number RR E Route F Beginning vehicle mileage EM This data shall be available to support the generation of reports concerning Road Ranger operations The following data collected at each stop shall be stored by SunGuide and made available for report generation and reviewing through the SunGuide GUI A Dispatch time B Arrival time C License number D State E Vehicle type EM F Direction of travel NB SB EB WB G Mile marker H How discovered Lanes Shoulder blocked J Cause for stop K Services provided L Depart time M Comment card Y N 157 FE
327. rea notification Specified beat Defining geo fences Bulk Update for RRXML Driver Logging Alerts 511 General Reporting routes The AVL subsystem shall provide the capability to manage road ranger assets according to geographic areas that define their patrol areas called geo fences SunGuide AVL subsystem shall support management of road ranger contract responsibilities through geo fences using the SunGuide map and vehicle position reports If a vehicle leaves the Geo fenced area without justification the system shall provide a visual notification to the operator If a vehicle is assigned to a beat which has beat specific geo fences defined then the AVL system shall use only the geo fences for the specified beat to assess whether or not a given vehicle has left its beat zone The AVL system shall provide a Graphical User Interface to define the geo fences both system wide geo fences and beat specific geo fences The RRXML driver will support a method for sending multiple position updates as a single request The software shall log stop alerts and geofence alerts including operator responses to the database SunGuide shall have the ability to manage a minimum of 100 Central Florida 511 reporting routes and 150 FIHS 511 reporting routes AVL AVL AVL AVL AVL AVL AVL 511 511 511 4 2 179 FEAT25 1 2 FEAT25 1 3 FEAT25 1 5 FEAT25 1 6 FEAT25 1 7 FEAT25 1 8 FEAT25 1 9 DF2
328. rent status of FDOT designated transportation services DFS DFS DFS DFS DFS DFS DFS DFS DFS 4 2 227 FEAT32 6 3 FEAT32 6 4 FEAT32 6 5 FEAT32 6 7 FEAT32 6 8 FEAT32 7 FEAT32 7 1 FEAT32 7 2 FEAT32 7 3 FEAT32 7 4 DFO16 DF020 DF024 DF011F4 DF023F DF012 DF014 DF029 DFOO9F Support automated and data entry for events Receive weather alerts from DTN Use FDOT specified location tables Obtain travel time and speeds from SunGuide Access the DTN Reporting Locally archive selected data Generate reports with selected parameters Generate reports based on data saved Generate report using any database fields The Data Fusion subsystem shall be able to support automated and manual data entry for all event types SunGuide shall receive weather alerts from DTN and provide operators with an alert that can be used to create an event The Data Fusion Subsystem shall use location tables specified by FDOT that can be redefined or added to while the system is operating For sites that are SunGuide equipped the DFS shall obtain travel time and speeds from SunGuide SunGuide shall access the DTN automated feed using a web method that connects to a DTN server via the public Internet The Data Fusion Subsystem shall locally archive selected data and messages The Data Fusion subsystem shall be able to generate reports according to parameters selected by
329. rived from real time data operator input or GUI 2 historical data as determined by the algorithm The repair status of a specific piece of equipment shall be displayed to the operator GUI 2 IM IM 1 The incident management subsystem shall acquire data from the vehicle detection subsystem and include the following functionality at a minimum Incident verification Motorist information EM 1 Response Site management Traffic management and Incident clearance The incident management function shall support operator entry of the incident type such as EM 1 HAZMAT spills The SunGuide software shall provide software for video verification of messages posted on DMS to the extent possible due to physical configuration EM 1 in the field of the camera and sign 38 FEAT5 1 4 FEAT5 1 5 FEAT5 1 6 FEAT5 2 FEAT5 2 1 FEAT5 2 2 TMO01 DMO008D DMO09D A001 ID001 Minimize keystrokes Limit to one phase messages Replacement words for messages Detect Incident detection Automatic detection of incident or congestion The SunGuide system s incident management function shall minimize the number of key strokes for the entry of traffic incidents while providing drop down menus check boxes and data interfaces with subsystems such as the road weather information systems RWIS vehicle detection motorist aid vehicle detection motorist aid AVI DMSs and CCTVs The system shall have a confi
330. rmissions to review AVL RR vehicle historical track data via a breadcrumb display GUI 5 which hides all other devices while it is in use The Operator Map shall allow a user to select from a configurable list of pre generated map tile GUI 5 sets The Operator Map shall display shields on the GUI 5 map The Operator Map shall display shields at the latitude and longitude specified when the shield is GUI 5 created Shields shall only be displayed on the Operator Map at a minimum zoom level configurable by the GUI 5 operator and higher zoom levels The performance of the Operator Map shall be measured with workstations and servers meeting the minimum requirements specified in the SunGuide Computer Sizing Estimates document GUI 5 version SunGuide CSE 3 0 0 and all computers operating with less than a 25 CPU load and connected on a 100MB network 91 FEAT7 21 15 1 FEAT7 21 15 2 FEAT7 21 15 3 FEAT7 21 15 4 FEAT7 21 15 5 FEAT7 21 15 6 FEAT7 21 15 7 FEAT7 21 22 MA014A MA014B MAO14C MA014D MAO14E MA014F MA014G Map performance login Map performance view change Map performance available for input Map performance pan Map performance zoom Map performance pan for 500 pieces of equipment Map performance zoom for 500 pieces of equipment System Message Window Focus The Operator Map shall load up to the login prompt in less than 20 seconds after either the map application is u
331. rom the FHP incident alert data All FHP CAD incident data received by SunGuide will be stored in the SunGuide database with appropriate timestamps preserving the original data received including maintaining latitude longitude data in micro degrees updates to the data and operator responses to alerts generated by SunGuide If an operator dismisses an alert from an FHP CAD incident the alert and reason for dismissal will be stored in the SunGuide database If an FHP CAD incident has been dismissed i e as a false alarm the SunGuide will not create new alerts from the updates to the FHP CAD incident SunGuide events created from FHP CAD incidents shall be displayed on the SunGuide operator map When SunGuide receives updates to alerts that have been acknowledged only it will generate an alert as if it had not been previously received FHPCAD FHPCAD FHPCAD FHPCAD FHPCAD FHPCAD FHPCAD 281 FEAT35 4 11 FEAT35 4 12 FEAT35 4 13 CA005A3 CAO005A4 CAO05A5 Edit to Existing Events without obtaining permission Edit to Existing Event after obtaining permission Change requested by one operator to another Edits to existing SunGuide events shall be performed without obtaining further permission using the following rules If the event is owned by the operator handling the alert the event edits shall be performed without further operator action FHPCAD 4 2 If the event is a un owned b ow
332. rovide a System Alerts option to launch the operator map system alerts dialog The System submenu shall provide a System Messages option to launch the operator map system messages dialog The System submenu shall provide a System Settings option to launch the operator map general UI system settings dialog The Operator Map main menu shall provide a Traffic Detection submenu The Traffic Detection submenu shall provide a Detector Status option to launch the TSS detector status dialog The Traffic Detection submenu shall provide a Dynamic Probe Linking submenu with options labeled On and Off to allow an operator to toggle the appropriate TSS setting The On or Off setting of the Dynamic Probe Linking option shall be flagged with a checkmark according to the current state of systemwide TSS dynamic linking The Operator Map main menu shall provide a Travel Times menu option to launch the Travel Times tabular display GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI FEAT 21 7 3 18 FEAT7 21 7 3 18 1 FEAT 7 21 7 3 18 2 FEAT7 21 7 3 18 3 FEAT7 21 7 3 18 4 FEAT7 21 7 3 19 FEAT7 21 7 7 FEAT7 21 7 7 1 FEAT7 21 7 8 MAO007C18 MA007C18A MAO007C18B MA007C18C MA007C18D MA007C19 MA007D MA007D1 MA007E Video switching submenu Video switching submenu control Video switching submenu tours Video switching submenu video wall Video switchi
333. rovide an event chronology summary window with the ability to generate a report A comments field shall be provided for the operator to enter free text data GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI 60 FEAT7 14 5 FEAT7 14 6 FEAT7 14 7 FEAT7 14 9 FEAT7 14 10 FEAT7 14 11 FEAT7 14 12 EMO004U EMO004U1 DFO20G DFOO4G1 DF004G2 DF004G3 DF005G Selecting an event Filtering events Alert for potential conflicts Event located with road and cross street Event located as a section of roadway Event located by geographic area Icons for traveler information events The operator shall have at least two ways to select an event 1 selecting from the list of active events or 2 selecting from a filtered list of all events The operator shall be able to filter events by month location type blockage or responding agency involved The GUI shall alert the operator to potential conflicts when an alert is selected to be processed An event may be geographically located at a point location by selecting a main road and the nearest cross street from a drop down menu of covered roads A congestion event may be geographically located as a section of roadway by selecting a starting EM location and an ending EM location An event may be geographically located in an area location by selecting an EM location from a drop down list of configured EM locations The comments field of the event
334. rovided by FDOT and shall be the same shape files utilized by the SunGuide Map application The map shall be capable of displaying the following types of information through icons and information boxes these are termed SunGuide Web Data Incident data DMS RWIS Travel times Link speeds lanes aggregated to a single value Video snapshots FEAT2 2 FEAT2 2 FEAT2 3 FEAT2 3 FEAT2 4 FEAT2 4 WS WS WS WS WS WS WS WS 324 SUB16 4 3 SUB16 4 4 SUB16 4 5 SUB16 4 6 SUB16 4 6 1 SUB16 4 6 2 Map icons Map configuration Data updates Types of data DMS RWIS Icons shall be used to locate the following SunGuide Web Data Incident data DMS RWIS Video snapshots The web server shall provide a configuration parameter that allows the administrator to select which maps are displayed on the web site SunGuide Web Data shall be automatically refreshed according to a time parameter set by the system administrator The time will be selectable from every 1 minute to every 15 minutes in increments of 1 whole minute DMS data shall be displayed so that the viewer can see what is displayed on the roadway Detailed RWIS data shall be displayed when a RWIS detector is selected on the map display FEAT2 4 FEAT2 4 FEAT2 4 FEAT2 4 FEAT2 4 WS WS WS WS WS WS 325 Highway speeds shall be displayed as one of the following three categories Normal dis
335. rrently unavailable Data available from the ODS via the Direct Information Feed shall be available in an ITS standards based XML or other commonly used and approved format capable of being imported into an ITS products based application No degradation in data quality accuracy or granularity shall occur between reception of data by the ODS and output of that data to licensed users The reporting function shall be capable of accepting data from the SunGuide Data Bus SunGuide shall provide a Direct Information Feed using center to center to external users SunGuide shall provide an on line capability to select and display a date time range of archived traffic volumes in order to forecast traffic volumes with a growth factor The data processed by the ODS will be stored with a timestamp SunGuide Software shall use a Network Time Protocol Time Server as the system master clock to ensure uniform timestamps ODS ODS ODS ODS ODS ODS ODS ODS ODS 215 FEAT31 1 11 FEAT31 1 12 FEAT31 1 13 FEAT31 1 14 FEAT31 1 15 FEAT31 1 16 FEAT31 1 17 FEAT31 1 18 FEAT31 1 19 ODO08 Availability for ODS OD011 Preformatted reports Travel times for instrumented ODO15 roadways OD013 Include links and 511 segments Data provided via direct DW001 database connection Interface Control Document DW003D Peer specification Data structure capable of DW005D i import into database Error messages whe
336. rt no longer exist for a period of time equal to the delay threshold corresponding to the alert type The software shall support the reporting of up to 8 different vehicle classifications from a single detector The software shall archive up to 8 different vehicle classifications for a single detector The software shall average the classification data on 15 minute 1 hour and 24 hour intervals The software shall purge raw classification data from the database at a configurable interval TSS TSS TSS TSS TSS TSS TSS 5 1 5 1 5 1 5 1 5 1 5 1 5 1 307 SUB8 11 SUB8 12 SUB8 13 SUB8 14 SUB8 14 1 TMO025A TMO25B TMO025C TM025D TM025D1 Tag Discard Horizon Speed Anomaly Threshold Maximum Speed Threshold Storing matches Filtered matches TAG_DISCARD_HORIZON seconds The software will store non discarded matches and previously read tags in volatile memory for both matching and duplicate detection purposes until the match or tag has been stored for the amount of time specified by this value at which time they will be discarded SPEED_ANOMALY_TH MPH The software will discard matches that calculate to a speed higher than the SPEED_ANOMALY_TH MAXIMUM_SPEED_TH MPH The software will change the value of the speed in a match to the MAXIMUM_SPEED_TH if the raw speed value is greater than the MAXIMUM_SPEED_TH and less than or equal to the SPEED_ANOMALY_TH Th
337. s an Assisting status If a Road Ranger is not arrived at any event but is dispatched to an event the SPARR shall only allow the Road Ranger to set their dispatch status to one which is flagged as Can Be Dispatched and is not flagged as Assisting SPARR 5 0 5 358 SUB27 1 16 SUB27 1 17 SUB27 1 18 SUB27 1 19 SUB27 1 20 SUB27 1 21 SUB27 2 SPARRO16 SPARRO17 SPARRO18 SPARRO19 SPARRO20 SPARRO21 General Status Changes Unallowed Status Changes Driver Communication Send Current Time Reconnect Behavior Queue Commands and Re transmit SPARR Driver If a Road Ranger is not arrived at or dispatched to any event the SPARR shall only allow the Road Ranger to set their dispatch status to one which is not flagged as Assisting The SPARR shall not allow the Road Ranger to manually change to any dispatch status flagged as Default Start Shift or Default End Shift The SPARR shall communicate with SunGuide through the SPARR Driver When the SPARR sends a message to the SPARR Driver the SPARR shall include the current time of the device While the SPARR is not connected to the SPARR Driver the SPARR shall periodically attempt to reconnect to the SPARR Driver While the SPARR is not connected to the SPARR Driver the SPARR shall maintain a queue of commands issued by the user and retransmit those commands when the connection to the SPARR Driver is reestablished SPARR SPARR SPARR
338. s for all detectors for generating Invalid Detector Data alerts An Invalid Detector Data alert threshold shall consist of a start time of day an end time of day and minimum and maximum Speed Occupancy and Volume values The software shall not allow a user to create or modify an Invalid Detector Data alert threshold if it would overlap with the time range defined by another existing threshold The software shall generate an Invalid Detector Data alert when it detects an invalid detector data condition that remains there at least as long as the Invalid Detector Data alert delay period A threshold shall be considered in effect if the current time of day is greater than or equal to the start time of the threshold and is less than the end time of the threshold TSS TSS TSS TSS TSS 5 1 5 1 5 1 5 1 5 1 305 SUB8 8 6 SUB8 8 7 SUB8 8 8 SUB8 8 9 SUB8 9 SUB8 9 1 SUB8 9 2 SUB8 9 3 TDO18B2 TDO18B3 TDO18C TDO18D TDO19A TDO19A1 TDO19A2 Alert Generation Criteria Email Alert Email Alert Content Status Log Message Alert Generation Delay Threshold Delay Threshold Content Delay Threshold Configuration Delay Threshold Configuration A lane shall be considered to be reporting invalid data if that lane s reported speed occupancy or volume are outside the bounds of the effective threshold for the current time of day If a lane reports invalid data for at le
339. s the zoom increases The operator map shall provide a rubber band zoom capability The operator map shall have a control that allows zoom level to be selected GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 3 1 73 The operator map shall provide the ability to zoon Ability to zoom by mouse scroll y y the map by use of the mouse scroll wheel GUI FEAT7 21 2 3 MA002C wheel 7 i y The Operator Map shall provide the ability to pan FEAT7 21 3 MA003 Pan in multiple directions GUI the map in multiple directions On logging in the Operator Map shall display the FEAT7 21 4 MA004 Display default view default map view of the operator if one was GUI defined i The Operator Map shall display the TSS links FEAT7 21 5 MA005 Display TSS Links GUI managed in the SunGuide Link Editor Links displayed with lane level The TSS links shall be drawn with lane level detail FEAT7 21 5 1 MAOOS5A detail GUI FEATT 21 5 2 MAOOSB nke cbior coded TET lanes shall be color coded to indicate GUI their current status The Operator Map shall display icons for FEAT7 21 6 MAO06 Icons displayed SunGuide devices at the latitude and longitude GUI recorded for the devices The Operator Map shall display CCTV icons with their current status color coded for the CCTV FEAT7 21 6 1 MAOO6A Display CCTV status icons GUI ay oh devices configured in the SunGuide Admin Edito
340. sage Off ramp right lanes blocked for events which are identified as SAE Code 2989 The system shall identify an event which blocks the left shoulder of an off ramp as SAE Code 2990 The system shall present the message Off ramp left shoulder blocked for events which are identified as SAE Code 2990 The system shall identify an event which blocks the right shoulder of an off ramp as SAE Code 2991 DFS DFS DFS DFS DFS DFS DFS DFS DFS DFS DFS 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 221 FEAT32 1 8 23 FEAT32 1 8 24 FEAT32 1 8 25 FEAT32 1 8 26 FEAT32 1 8 27 FEAT32 1 8 28 FEAT32 1 8 29 FEAT32 1 8 30 DFO22F24 DFO22F25 DFO22F26 DFO22F27 DFO22F28 DFO22F29 DFO22F30 DFO22F31 SAE Code 2991 Message SAE Code 2992 Identify SAE Code 2992 Message SAE Code 2993 Identify SAE Code 2993 Message SAE Code 2994 Identify SAE Code 2994 Message SAE Code 2995 Identify The system shall present the message Off ramp right shoulder blocked for events which are identified as SAE Code 2991 The system shall identify an event which blocks more than one noncontiguous express lane as SAE Code 2992 The system shall present the message X Express lanes blocked for events which are identified as SAE Code 2992 where X is the number of lanes which are blocked The system shall identify an event with more than one contiguous lanes b
341. sequence to dynamically resolve missing link data 1 If only partial link data is available then use existing link data to extract a travel time 2 If all link data is not available then utilize dynamic linking to determine a travel time and 3 If dynamic linking does not prove adequate or reliable then use as a last resort a no data available condition TVT 4 Travel time report updating shall be fully automatic without operator validation unless a supervisor decides to suspend an event detection link travel time segment The SunGuide GUI shall monitor number of vehicles being used to compute travel times for each segment during the current and past 4 hour TVT 4 time periods and associate the number of vehicles with the segment The Travel Time calculations shall not add more than 1 minute of data latency prior to data being TVT 4 queued for display SunGuide shall calculate a delay time for each travel time segment based on the speed limit for TVT 4 the segment Delay time shall be calculated by subtracting free flow travel time from current travel time where free flow travel time is link traversal time calculated using the speed limit current travel time is link traversal time calculated using currently measured speeds while not exceeding the speed limit TSS 4 TVT 4 142 Archive travel time and speed SunGuide shall have the ability to archive all travel FEAT18 1 14 TMO013D s TVT 4 data time and speed
342. shall support three severity levels of incidents that will have a configurable distance in miles for which devices for messages EM 1 will be selected level 3 most severe level 2 level 1 least severe An incident record shall contain a text field for EM 3 entry of milepost location information Incidents shall always be associated with a EM 1 roadway defined in the SunGuide network The incident response plan shall suggest all DMS HAR devices on roadways leading to the incident location within the distance specified EM 1 with the severity level of the incident When a new incident is created it shall automatically be assigned a sequential incident ID number This number shall appear along with the textual incident ID in every place that it appears The ID shall roll over when it exceeds 4 294 967 296 EM 1 45 FEAT5 3 30 FEAT5 3 31 FEAT5 3 32 FEAT5 3 33 FEAT5 3 34 FEAT5 3 35 FEAT5 4 FEATS 4 1 DM011M TMO014 TMO16R DM016M TMOO01P DMOO05M6 IMO08 Response plan priority levels Cancel response plan Remove response plan messages Response plan C2C devices Fonts in response plan messages Number of templates Incident ownership Ownership property SunGuide shall provide a mechanism for prioritizing messages placed by the IM subsystem based on distance from the incident with messages on signs closer to the incident being given higher priority When an incident is clos
343. shapes and conspicuous color shading to be specified by the FDOT WS WS WS WS WS EV WS WS WS 31 FEAT2 7 5 FEAT2 8 FEAT2 8 1 FEAT2 8 2 FEAT2 8 3 FEAT2 8 4 FEAT2 8 5 FEAT2 8 6 FEAT2 8 7 FEAT2 9 PAOO7U1 PAOO5U PA007U PA009U PA009U1 PA009U2 PA009U3 PA013 Pop up window capabilities Maps Add URLs to links page Select FIHS event Clickable regions Regions linked to traffic conditions Metro area map Access to event categories Automatically update 511 service Clicking on the icon on the Web site shall open a pop up window capable of displaying a variety of items including text providing relevant information The SunGuide administrator shall be able to add URLs and associated text to the links page of the web site The Web site shall have statewide maps that allow users to select a given FIHS event by clicking on the event icon in order to view its current event report The map on the web server shall have a minimum of 6 clickable regions configurable by the system administrator The website shall present a map of Florida with clickable regions linked to traffic conditions in those regions For the Central Florida region the web map shall present a metro area map so that users have the ability to select their desired region from a drop down menu The Central Florida region map shall provide tabs that give access to different event categ
344. software shall not send a new rate to the Middleware or message to Toll Rate Toll Gantry or Lane Status DMS until the user has PS approved the restart mode 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 262 FEAT33 9 7 FEAT33 9 8 FEAT33 9 9 FEAT33 9 10 FEAT33 10 FEAT33 10 1 Begin approved mode for MLO20I segment Store user ID and selection in MLO15S database Prevent start of operation MLO191 ae Cee based on rate Prevent submission of rate MLO19I history Data Consistency MIO16l Unique SunGuide IDs Upon user approval of the restart mode rate and middleware rate adjustment data for a segment including edits performed by the operator the software shall begin the approved mode for that segment Upon user approval and start of operations the user ID and user selections shall be stored in the database in the same way that they would be stored if issued as Set Mode Rate and Middleware Rate Adjustment requests The software shall produce an error and prevent submission of the rate history and prevent starting of operations for a segment if a rate in the rate history has an effective time less than or equal to the effective time of the last rate successfully delivered or queued for delivery to the Middleware The software shall produce an error and prevent submission of the rate history and prevent starting of operations for a segment if a rate in the rate history has an effective time less than or equal to the effective t
345. ssage Alternatively the operator can completely replace the automated message with a single Roadwork Ahead page If the operator elects for the manual page to coexist with the travel time message the travel time page s shall continue to update automatically without disturbing or removing the manual page At any time the operator shall be able to remove the manual page from sign without disrupting the updating of the travel time page s If a message is placed in the queue with a higher priority than the currently active message the higher priority message shall be displayed on the device When a message is removed from the queue the message with the next highest priority shall be activated If two messages of the same priority are on the queue the message received first will be displayed first If the queue for a device becomes empty the device shall blank MAS MAS MAS MAS MAS MAS MAS MAS SB 139 The SunGuide Safety Barrier Interface Protocol FEAT17 1 EXOO5L SB protocol shall be used to communicate with safety barrier SB 1 devices FEAT17 2 SB Status SB 1 SunGuide software shall monitor the status of each safety barrier device Status information FEAT17 2 1 TMO017R Monitor SB status includes Lamp status switch status SB 2 Barrier sensor status shall include but not be limited to Data byte 1 Lamp status Hex 0 normal position Hex 1 barrier event in progress FEAT17 2 2
346. such as FAX email pagers The incident Management function shall support the cataloging of incident management teams and resources with a listing of equipment material and the available personnel who possess special skills The incident management response function shall recommend a set of DMS locations and messages for the workstation operator to select In addition HAR messages shall be activated The incident management response function shall recommend a set of HAR messages to be activated The incident management response function shall recommend alternate routes in response to incidents that are blocking roadways In response to incidents requiring alternate route s the workstation operator shall be able to select alternate maps via drop down menus EM EM EM EM EM 41 FEAT5 3 8 FEAT5 3 9 FEAT5 3 10 FEAT5 3 11 FEAT5 3 12 FEAT5 3 13 TMOO9R TMO10R TMO05 TMO004 TMOO1I TMO04R Communicate with detour message signs Hierarchy of traffic management activities Personnel lists and contact numbers Distribute information Format for dissemination Quick click interface to GIS When appropriate the incident management response function shall communicate with detour message signs that are supported by the SunGuide software and TMC communications network capability indicating recommended alternate routes The incident management response function shall support a hi
347. system PS 4 3 The Middleware Rate Adjustment of each segment reported in response to a request for express lanes state shall include whether a Middleware Rate Adjustment is in effect for the segment and if so the rate and effective time and associated Event IDs PS 4 3 PS 4 3 The software shall support a Dynamic operating mode for each segment that can be entered from PS 4 3 other modes or exited to other modes 273 FEAT33 14 1 1 FEAT34 FEAT34 1 FEAT34 2 FEAT34 3 FEAT34 3 1 FEAT34 3 2 FEAT34 3 3 MLO29E1 MLOO1R2 MLOO2R MLOO3R MLOO2R1 MLOO4R MLOO1R3 MLOO1R5 Use toll rate Toll Viewer TV Detail levels Browser support Summary view Segment selection Date selection Toll rate gantry DMS messages The software shall use the toll rate sent by the valid client request upon entering or maintaining PS 4 3 Dynamic mode A web based browser application shall be available for users to view data related to the TV 3 1 Express Lanes The browser shall provide two levels of TV 3 1 informational detail Summary and Detailed The Toll Viewer shall support Internet Explorer 7 TV 3 1 The Summary View shall provide information for a Customer Service Representative CSR to confirm W 31 the customer experience during facility usage The user of the Toll Viewer shall be able to select one or all configured segments or Toll Gantry to TV 3 1 view data for The user sh
348. t If the distance between the DMS and the incident cannot be calculated SunGuide shall remove the DISTANCE tag from the suggested message When a DMS message belonging to an event s response plan is posted to a DMS EM shall enter a record of the message in the event s chronology When a DMS message belonging to an event s response plan is removed from a DMS EM shall enter a record of the message in the event s chronology When a Construction Special Event Bridge Work Visibility Weather or Flooding event is created the user shall have the ability to set the head and tail of the affected area GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI 64 FEAT7 14 30 FEAT7 14 31 FEAT7 14 31 1 FEAT7 15 FEAT7 15 1 FEAT7 15 2 FEAT7 15 3 EM041 EM042 EM042A DF204R1 DF207G ID203G3 Populate Event Contact Phone Number Nearest CCTV Camera Changing Nearest CCTV Camera 511 Record incident link reports Display of 511 routes Alerts sent when WAV file creation exceeds 1 minute When an event contact is selected and a phone number for that contact has been configured the software shall automatically populate the contact phone number field When an event location is selected the Nearest CCTV Camera will be set to the geographically closest camera to the event When changing an event location if the Nearest CCTV Camera is not the geographically closest camera the Nearest CCTV selection will not c
349. t for redistribution to third parties the SunGuide C2C Publisher shall flag that link as not for redistribution to third parties when publishing it via C2C The SPARR shall require a Road Ranger to authenticate to the system using credentials defined by the AVL RR subsystem The SPARR shall require a Road Ranger to select the vehicle radio and beat for use in a shift prior to beginning a session If a Road Ranger is logged in and not dispatched to or arrived at any events the SPARR shall allow the Road Ranger to end the session INRIX INRIX SPARR SPARR SPARR SPARR SPARR 5 0 4 5 0 4 5 0 5 5 0 5 5 0 5 5 0 5 5 0 5 356 SUB27 1 4 SUB27 1 5 SUB27 1 6 SUB27 1 7 SUB27 1 8 SPARROO4 SPARROO5 SPARROO6 SPARROO7 SPARROO8 Location Updates Queue Updates Event Notification Arrival Notification Required Activity The SPARR shall provide location updates to the Traffic Management Center at a configurable interval While the SPARR is not connected to the SPARR Driver the SPARR shall maintain a queue of location updates that would have been sent and retransmit those updates when the connection to the SPARR Driver is reestablished If a Road Ranger using the SPARR is dispatched to an event while the SPARR is connected to the SPARR Driver the SPARR shall display a notification to the Road Ranger If the Road Ranger is not currently arrived at an event the SPARR shall
350. t Viewer Web site shall not display identified sensitive data to restricted users e g license plate information crash data etc Secure access to the SunGuide Event Viewer Web site shall be through the SunGuide Web site The SunGuide Event Viewer Web site shall be accessible through at least the following browsers Internet Explorer 6 and 7 Firefox Opera Netscape and AOL The SunGuide Event Viewer Web site session shall only be terminated through the use of a logout button The SunGuide Event Viewer Web site shall make SunGuide data available for access within 30 seconds of when it was entered into SunGuide The SunGuide Event Viewer Web site shall refresh automatically at a system configurable interval with the default set to 60 seconds This recently inactive period shall be configurable with 30 minutes set as the system default The SunGuide Event Viewer Web site shall take no more than 2 seconds to refresh the event list or event details pages An administrative application shall be provided to set up operator accounts for the SunGuide Event Viewer Web page application EV EV EV EV EV EV EV EV EV EV 168 FEAT22 2 1 FEAT22 2 2 FEAT22 2 3 FEAT22 2 4 FEAT22 3 FEAT22 3 1 FEAT22 3 2 FEAT22 3 3 FEAT22 3 4 SV002 SV001S SV002S SV003 SV007 SVO0O1E1 SVOO1E SVOO2E Cryptographic protocol Authenticate based on IP address Operator accounts
351. t condition An algorithm will determine the congestion case The SunGuide software shall provide software for incident data archiving The data archived currently includes Location Start and end times Response plan The SunGuide software shall provide software for the management dispatch and coordination of Road Rangers Service Patrols The SunGuide software shall provide software for coordination with a freeway incident management team involving major stakeholders The SunGuide software shall provide software for the maintenance of a list of diversion routes for management of traffic during incidents and evacuations The software shall tie in with construction updates to avoid detours into construction areas EM RR EM EM 44 FEAT5 3 24 FEAT5 3 25 FEAT5 3 26 FEAT5 3 27 FEAT5 3 28 FEAT5 3 29 A023 TMO10R1 TMO14R TMO15R TMOOS5R1 TMO012 Lane or road closures Severity levels Milepost entry Roadway association Devices on roadways Incident ID The SunGuide software shall provide software for the management of lane or road closures during natural or manmade disasters or evacuations and integration with computer aided dispatch CAD systems for incident detection with regional communications centers RCCs and emergency EM 2 operations centers EOCs through co location Center to Center Communications or the provision of operator stations in the TMC The IM subsystem
352. t the same rate that it is generated by the travel time module posted to the DMS Module The SunGuide operator shall be able to identify which DMS are associated with which routes or segments for which travel time is calculated for The SunGuide GUI shall enable viewing of current travel times for different segments in a tabular format The SunGuide GUI shall allow the operator to display the number of vehicles used to calculate the current probe travel time for a segment SunGuide shall be able to display on the SunGuide GUI for comparison purposes the multiple Travel Times for each roadway segment if different data sources are used to calculate it and indicate what data source was used to calculate the travel time Data shall be updated on the GUI at the same rate that it is generated by travel time function and available for display by a DMS SunGuide shall support the capability for the operator to validate or alter event data received from external sources after the external event data is incorporated into a locally managed event GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI 4 2 67 FEAT7 19 2 FEAT7 19 4 FEAT7 19 5 FEAT7 19 5 1 FEAT7 19 5 2 FEAT7 19 5 3 FEAT 19 5 4 FEAT7 19 5 5 FEAT 19 5 6 FEAT7 19 5 7 DFO19 DFO27 DFO31 DFO31A DFO31A1 DFO31B DFO31B1 DFO31B2 DFO31C DFO31D DFS controlled managed via SunGuide GUI Selectively filter traveler inf
353. te on the gantry and use the default Maximum Transit Times if the new rate is greater than the active rate on the gantry 2 Else if there is a pending rate use the default Minimum Transit Times if the new rate is less than the pending rate and use the default Maximum Transit Times if the new rate is greater than the pending rate PS PS 4 3 4 3 4 3 3 1 233 FEAT33 2 1 FEAT33 2 1 2 FEAT33 2 1 3 FEAT33 2 2 FEAT33 2 2 1 FEAT33 2 2 2 FEAT33 2 2 3 FEAT33 2 3 MLOO3A MLO15P MLOO3A1 MLOO9A MLOO4P2 MLO10A MLO11A MLOO4P3 Delay parameter configuration Effective time of changes to delays Change to maximum or minimum transit time Daily rate schedule configuration Time configuration Toll rate configuration Daily rate schedule lock Segment rate schedule configuration Authorized users shall be able to edit the maximum and minimum Toll Rate Transit Time Parameters for each Toll Rate DMS in seconds using the Administrative Editor The software shall use the new default Toll Rate Transit Time parameters for rate changes that occur i e initial DMS posting is scheduled to occur after the new default parameter value is set and shall not apply the change to a pending rate update i e one already in the process of being posted The Administrative Editor shall not permit a change to a maximum or minimum transit time that would result in the maximum transit time being less t
354. tem Updates of the Direct Information Feed shall be published for licensed users at least once every five minutes SunGuide shall make data available to the Data Archive or ODS in one minute or less of it being available ODS ODS ODS ODS ODS ODS ODS ODS ODS ODS ODS ODS 4 2 217 FEAT31 4 FEAT31 4 1 FEAT31 4 2 FEAT31 4 3 FEAT31 4 4 FEAT31 4 5 FEAT31 4 6 FEAT31 5 FEAT31 5 1 FEAT31 5 2 ODOO03R ODOO4R ODOO5R ODOO6R WS012 WS013 ODO010 ODO001M Viewing archived data Archived data drop down list Data field drop down lists Time slice drop down lists Keep normal performance Viewing detector counts Select time range and data type Message logs Included logs and sign recommendations Indicate data unavailable Users shall be able to select the type of archived data to view extract via a drop down list e g speed occupancy and times Users shall be able to select the data fields to view extract via drop down lists e g date range time Users shall be able to select the time slices of data to view extract via drop down lists for dates and times e g 1 minute 15 minute Viewing extraction of archived data shall not prevent the normal performance of ODS functions A SunGuide supervisor with appropriate permissions shall have the capability of viewing detector counts by detector station for the last 48 hours The Operator Int
355. terface without interrupting any operation the Operator is performing or causing loss of operator entered data so long as adequate machine and network resources are available The Tabbed GUI shall provide tools in the Express Lanes Tab allowing the user to place a segment into Time of Day Closed Zero Rate or Manual Rate mode The Mode controls shall either be not visible or should be inactive to users not authorized to use them When an Operator changes an Express Lanes segment s mode the Tabbed GUI shall allow the user to enter additional parameters related to the change in mode The Express Lanes Mode Selection shall allow the user to edit the Effective Time for Closed and Zero Rate modes The Override Prompt shall not allow the user to edit the Override Effective Time for the Open Manual Rate mode As the default for the Override Time Prompt the software shall use the system time when the prompt was created The mode functionality shall allow the Operator to enter text that is stored as part of the record for a segment mode PS PS PS PS PS PS PS PS 3 1 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 3 1 4 3 249 FEAT33 5 2 2 5 FEAT33 5 2 2 5 1 FEAT33 5 3 FEAT33 5 3 1 FEAT33 5 3 2 MLOO4U Event association capability MLO04U1 When event racoclauon is required MLO10U Alerts MLO10U1 No DMS update Unsuccessful Middleware MLO10U2 mie communication The Mode Selection and Middleware R
356. test segment and the 1 appropriate functional design specification reference describing the feature being tested Identification of special hardware or software tools or test equipment to be used during the test Techniques and scenarios used to simulate ultimate system sizings especially during the peak loading tests Copies of any certified test data i e environmental data to be used in lieu of testing and Alpha and beta test plans as appropriate 12 FEAT1 3 3 FEAT1 3 4 FEAT1 3 5 FEAT1 3 6 QA002P QA003P QA002 QA001R Test procedure objective Test procedures content Test result formats Test records Each test procedure shall list the objective of the testing and the specific SunGuide software system requirement s that are being verified along with 1 pass fail criteria for each Test procedures shall include the following items Function s to be tested Purpose of each test segment Set up and conditions for testing including ambient conditions Step by step procedures to be followed Pass Fail criteria for each requirement tested including measurement 1 tolerances All inputs and expected results outputs for each test segment and Descriptions of all simulation tools and techniques used during the test All SunGuide test results notes and observations shall be maintained in both hard copy and 1 softcopy The test records shall be keyed to the steps enumerated in the test
357. the display of an analysis of the data in the form of icons on the SunGuide map A Vehicle List window shall be provided that displays a tabular listing of all the AVL enabled vehicles The tabular list shall include the following information for each vehicle vehicle ID status location speed driver beat stopped time incident ID if available AVL AVL AVL AVL AVL AVL AVL AVL AVL AVL 173 FEAT24 3 1 FEAT24 3 2 FEAT24 3 3 FEAT24 3 4 FEAT24 3 5 FEAT24 3 6 FEAT 24 3 7 AVO001 AVOO4L AV002 AVOO9V AV003 AVOO6V1 AV007V Position coordinates Required information Vehicle position display Vehicle map representation Vehicle status display Summary data information Vehicle status The AVL subsystem shall acquire vehicle information containing position coordinates in XML format originated external to SunGuide As a minimum the XML data file shall contain the following information vehicle ID latitude in decimal degrees longitude in decimal degrees vehicle heading vehicle speed in mph type of event vehicle is responding to event data classification location the vehicle is traveling to area of responsibility for the vehicle zone ID or area ID date time stamp The AVL subsystem shall display vehicle position for vehicles logged on using icons on the SunGuide Map Each vehicle shall be represented on the map with an icon with the icon placed at th
358. the number of incident detections by device type FEAT28 2 11 TM018D2 RS 3 incident detections over a SunGuide operator specified date time period SunGuide shall be able t t the incidents b FEAT28 2 12 TM018D3 Sort incidents by severity level gt Rene tree en ne RS 3 level of incident severity 204 FEAT28 2 13 FEAT28 2 14 FEAT28 3 FEAT28 3 1 FEAT28 3 2 FEAT28 3 3 FEAT28 3 4 FEAT28 3 5 TMO019D TMO019D1 EMO04R EMO04R1 EMO04R2 EMO04R3 EMOO5R Vehicle miles traveled calculation Data used for VMT calculations Road ranger status report Capabilities Date time range Retrieved data Data filters Activity summary report For performance measures purposes SunGuide shall calculate Vehicle Miles Traveled VMT expressed as million vehicle miles for any date time period specified by the person requesting a performance measures report from SunGuide that deals with VMT For the volumes needed to calculate vehicle miles traveled VMT for presenting crash statistics SunGuide shall use either TSO data provided in tabular form to calculate VMT or VMT shall be calculated by SunGuide off line using the volume from detectors multiplied by the segment length A Road Ranger Vehicle status report shall be capable of being produced using SunGuide data The Road Ranger Vehicle status report shall allow the operator to specify a date time range to retrieve data to support the report The retri
359. thin 30 seconds Viewing reports for events with associated tag data Generating statistics and reports Support quarterly report generation Minimum of 12 months road ranger data Calculate display and export TMC performance measures The performance measures compiled shall be based on the FDOT Office of Traffic Operations Refinement of Florida Statewide Operations RS Performance Measures and Data Collection Methodology May 2006 The PM reporting component shall be able to generate a daily chronology report of incidents RS based on time and day parameters entered by the operator The SunGuide PM subsystem shall be able to generate a report and display it on the operator s screen within 30 seconds of the last key stroke RS command that requests the report The SunGuide GUI element shall provide a link to view a report on an event that had an associated EM vehicle license tag The performance measures component shall generate statistics and reports based on data RS entered via SunGuide data entry screens SunGuide shall support the compilation and report generation weekly monthly quarterly and RS annually SunGuide shall store the road ranger data for a minimum of 12 months and have it available for review and report generation within 120 seconds RS of when a specific piece of data is requested SunGuide shall calculate and be able to display and export TMC performance measures RS 150 Calculat
360. this data to other centers through a center to center interface SunGuide shall be capable of storing information from multiple automated and manual sources including weather The SunGuide data available via the center to center interface will be time stamped The SunGuide Center to Center interface shall support the exchange of the floodgate information entered by an operator via the GUI The SunGuide Center to Center interface shall support exchange of floodgate information entered by an operator via the GUI CCTV configuration data published to C2C shall have an attribute indicating whether the device should be visible to the public DMS configuration data published to C2C shall have an attribute indicating whether the device should be visible to the public C2C C2C C2C C2C C2C C2C C2C PS C2C C2C 4 3 4 2 4 2 134 FEAT13 17 3 FEAT13 18 FEAT13 19 FEAT13 20 FEAT14 FEAT14 1 FEAT14 2 FEAT14 3 CCO003 CC004 Ccoo5 CC006 A019 SSO01A SSO02A Travel Time Configuration Data EM Location Publish Flag through C2C Soft Messaging Head Tail Location sent to FLATIS Data Archiving DA Data warehousing Automated archiving Archive data minimums Travel Time configuration data published to C2C shall have an attribute indicating whether the link should be visible to the public When an EM location is published via C2C it shall contain the setting in
361. tion of a link on a map to enter manual incident or congestion information The incident or congestion information the user may enter shall include Congestion case i e closed heavy moderate none or free flow Incident types Roadway weather conditions and Incident duration i e the amount of time incident the will last The congestion report shall include graphical displays and the following information for each roadway segment in the system Roadway segment identifications Roadway segment geometries Source names determined by the algorithms Reported speed volume and occupancy and Congestion case IM 1 IM 1 IM 1 IM 1 40 FEAT5 3 FEAT5 3 1 FEAT5 3 2 FEAT5 3 3 FEAT5 3 4 FEAT5 3 5 FEAT5 3 6 FEATS 3 7 TMO01R TMO02R TMO03R TMOO5R TMOO6R TMO07R TMOO8R Manage Geographic personnel lists Messaging Cataloging of incident management teams resources Recommend DMS HAR locations and messages Recommend a set of HAR messages Recommend alternate routes Select alternate maps The personnel list shall be on a geographic basis and at a minimum shall include Response personnel and contacts Geographic agency responsibilities Talk list i e responders contact list Radio frequencies Phone and facsimiles numbers and Pager numbers The incident management software will provide the ability to redirect incident information to standard message services
362. tion of evacuation strategies and to monitor the operations of the strategies selected The evacuation traffic management function shall utilize the SunGuide device control subsystems e g DMS CCTV to provide the control of devices as required by the evacuation management plan The evacuation traffic management function shall utilize the SunGuide device control subsystems e g DMS CCTV to provide the capability to control change and confirm device changes The evacuation traffic management function shall utilize the SunGuide Incident Management subsystem to perform the incident management function for evacuation routes EC EC EC EC EC EC EC 130 FEAT11 8 FEAT12 FEAT12 1 FEAT12 2 FEAT12 3 FEAT12 4 FEAT12 5 A005 S017 RW004 RWO001D RWO002D Resource Sharing Road Weather Information System RWIS Detection of road weather conditions Standards consistency NTCIP protocol Physical communication Object definitions The SunGuide software shall provide software for detection of road weather conditions that may impact operations The FL ATIS shall be network based using Transmission Control Protocol Internet Protocol TCP IP connectivity the Hypertext Transfer Protocol HTTP and XML data format based shall be consistent with TMDD 2 1 and NTCIP 2306 and the emerging TMDD 3 0 and NTCIP 2306 FDOT modified SAE J2540 IITS codes shall be used to capture event informat
363. tion to set FHP arrival and departure Checks upon receiving the first FHP CAD stream Alert processed by an operator The Alert Box shall allow users to selectively display or hide any combination of individual classes of alerts Alert classes in the alert box shall be broken out based on the source of the alert If multiple types of alerts are received from one subsystem each type shall be an independent class When SunGuide detects that an FHP event correspondign to a non dismissed FHP CAD Alert was in the previous stream but not in the current stream SugGuide shall generate an alert indicating the event was closed This alert shall be archived in SunGuide This alert shall be part of the event chrono indicating the FHP CAD closed the event This alert shall include an option to set the FHP departure time unless the FHP departure time has already been set or the FHP arrival time has not been set If this alert includes an FHP arrival time then the alert shall have an option to set FHP arrival and departure Sunguide shall not perform the alert checks upon receiving the first FHP CAD stream after subsystem startup When an FHP CAD alert is processed by an operator to create or update a SunGuide event the alert shall become part of the event chrono FHPCAD FHPCAD FHPCAD FHPCAD FHPCAD FHPCAD FHPCAD FHPCAD FHPCAD 4 2 4 2 4 2 4 2 4 2 4 2 4 2 4 2 4 2 283 FEAT35 4 23 FEAT3
364. tion within the SunGuide system that RWIS 2 displays the required RWIS data fields It shall be possible for any workstation within the SunGuide system to access the RWIS user interface and the data from all RWIS system components statewide RWIS 2 C2C 1 The SunGuide software shall provide software for center to center communications to support major incidents that affect multiple jurisdictions C2C 2 including evacuation 132 FEAT13 2 FEAT13 3 FEAT13 5 FEAT13 6 FEAT13 7 FEAT13 8 A021 S021 DM010D DM001M DM016M1 TM020 Coordination and delegation Center to Center functions Message approval parameter Validate device requests DMS configuration Support data exchanging The SunGuide software shall support the coordination and delegation of control of operations and management during natural or man made disasters or evacuations Information exchanged currently includes Description Special staging area Number of people affected Source Contact Start and end times The SunGuide system shall support center to center communications through the normal command control functions the status update of field devices web server switching to another RTMC incident data review as an output from the Data Distributor and the GUI display from the ARCView software or Map Objects If SunGuide receives a DMS request from another center a configurable parameter shall be provided as to whether or n
365. tions shall be a SunGuide administrative function restricted to an operator with appropriate permissions Roadway links shall be able to be dynamically subdivided The SunGuide shall allow for the periodic addition reconfiguration or redefinition of roadway links including the addition and or deletion of roads transit port facilities and airport facilities without the loss of current or past data GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI 26 FEAT1 9 1 12 UT006 FEAT1 9 1 13 UT013 FEAT1 9 1 14 UT014 FEAT1 9 1 16 MLO01A FEAT1 9 1 17 FEAT1 9 1 17 1 TMOO5R10 FEAT1 9 1 17 2 TMOO5R11 FEAT1 9 2 FEAT1 9 2 1 S035 FEAT1 9 2 2 UT001D FEAT1 9 2 3 UTO02D The SunGuide Administrative Editor shall allow Devices added for any SunGuide new devices to be added to the system for any device type Probe reader configuration Configurable LPR health monitoring Rate schedule table support Configuration abilities Configure abbreviations Configure device templates Configuration Editor Configuration updates Configuration file changes Reconfiguration privileges device type that has an existing SunGuide subsystem The Admin Editor shall be able to set and display probe reader configuration parameters such as the reader station IP address status and the data polling rate LPR health monitoring shall be configurable via a systems administration page within the Admin GUI The Admin Editor shall support
366. tive handler shall log error conditions as they are detected 14 FEAT1 4 4 FEAT1 4 5 FEAT1 4 6 FEAT1 4 7 FEAT1 4 8 FEAT1 4 9 FEAT1 4 10 FEAT1 4 11 FEAT1 4 12 FEAT1 4 13 EXOO1L EX002L EX003L EXO03R TMOO5R6 EXOO6L EXOO6L1 EXOO6L2 EXOO6L4 EX007L Logging levels Separate log files Time and origin Contact list Logging messages Error log Viewable errors list Errors list Review change logs Action log files The amount of data logged for an error condition shall be able to be adjusted in real time by the user through the GUI without having to restart the application Separate log files shall be used for each application monitored Each log file message shall be time stamped and shall provide some indication as to the origin of the message e g what process reported or detected the error Event notifications including alarms shall be sent to a configurable list of people through a primary and secondary contact medium including electronic mail telephone and pager The contact list shall be tailored to the event or alarm All DMS VSL HAR messages shall be logged The error log shall describe any errors that occurred during the data import process automated data gathered by sensors along the roadway links with a time date timestamp indicating when the error occurred All errors shall be included as part of a continuously viewable errors list in the form of
367. to be associated to an event The user shall be able to set the frequency in seconds in which a TMC Operator is alerted when the express lanes are not operating in TOD mode The user shall be able configure the maximum amount of time in minutes that the effective time of an override can be adjusted The initial value shall be 10 minutes Authorized users shall be able to configure parameters related to the Toll System Interface using the Administrative Editor or configuration file PS PS PS PS PS PS PS 4 3 3 1 4 3 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 237 FEAT33 2 8 1 FEAT33 2 8 4 FEAT33 2 9 FEAT33 2 9 1 FEAT33 2 9 2 FEAT33 2 10 FEAT33 2 11 FEAT33 2 11 1 MLOO7I MLO24A2 MLO25A MLO25A1 MLO25A2 MLO03D MLOO3M Middleware response alert period Middleware heartbeat rate Segment configuration Segment start point Segment end point Association of multiple toll rate signs Configuring Requests for Express Lanes Retrieval of configuration The user shall be able to set the minimum time in minutes and seconds before the Middleware Response Alert is activated The user shall be able to set the time in minutes and seconds between attempts by the software to request a heartbeat message from the Middleware The user shall be able to configure parameters related to the configuration of the Express Lanes segments using the Administrative Editor or configurati
368. to DMS that inform travelers of the average travel time between two points on the instrumented and monitored roadway system defined by each District Once configured SunGuide shall calculate the total travel time along the summary drive time comparisons by summing the travel times along each roadway link Travel time messages can have one or two DMS phases SunGuide shall ensure that travel time links shall be greater than zero The Toll Tag reader function shall report and archive average speed in miles per hour and travel time calculations not raw data in terms of seconds Travel time computations shall use speed values greater than zero 0 The Travel Time function shall have the ability to dynamically resolve missing travel speed reports when they are single individual links but not for multiple contiguous links along a given segment based on data that can logically be used to determine roadway link travel speeds TVT TVT TVT TVT TVT TVT TVT 141 FEAT18 1 8 FEAT18 1 9 FEAT18 1 10 FEAT18 1 11 FEAT18 1 12 FEAT18 1 13 TMOO6T2 TMO007T TMOO8P TMOO9T2 TMO12T TMO012T1 Meta rules to resolve missing link data Automatic link report updates Monitor number of vehicles used for computations Less than a minute latency for display Calculate delay time for each segment Delay time calculation definition SunGuide shall utilize the following meta rules and apply them in
369. toll rate to 0 00 for the duration of the override When a segment is placed in Closed or Open Zero Toll mode the software shall default the effective time of the Override Toll Rate to the time the Operator applies the override or as specified by the TMC Operator When a segment is placed in Closed or Open Zero mode the software shall send the Middleware the rate message for the mode toll rate within 5 minutes of the Operator entering the segment override The software shall send the messages for Toll Rate DMS Toll Gantry DMS and Lane Status DMS to associated Toll Rate DMS Toll Gantry DMS and Lane Status DMS within 30 seconds of the TMC operator approving Closed and Zero Rate modes PS PS PS PS PS PS PS 4 3 3 1 4 3 3 1 3 1 4 3 4 3 245 FEAT33 4 1 5 1 FEAT33 4 1 5 2 FEAT33 4 1 5 3 FEAT33 4 1 5 5 FEAT33 4 1 5 6 MLO22E1 MLO22E2 MLO22E3 MLO24E MLO22E5 Send toll rate to client Open manual rate mode toll rate default effective time Toll rate gantry DMS operation Time of Day Dynamic manual rate mode Toll Rate Ganry DMS not updateable The software shall send the toll rate provided by the client to the Middleware for a Middleware Rate Adjustment upon its creation When a segment is placed in Open Manual Toll mode the software shall default the effective time of the Override Toll Rate to the time the Operator applies the override or as specified by the TMC O
370. tor Local Guest and Remote Guest The system shall allow individual user privileges to be modified without affecting the default group levels The system shall allow the default group permissions to be modified The web server subsystem shall run as a Windows IIS application so that if a user has internet access to the host computer the web server application may be executed The web server shall be implemented using HTML The source for the data displayed on the Web Server shall be SunGuide Center to Center Interface FEAT1 7 12 FEAT1 1 5 FEAT1 1 7 FEAT1 1 7 FEAT2 1 FEAT2 1 FEAT2 1 SL USER USER USER USER WS WS WS WS WS WS 323 SUB16 2 1 SUB16 2 2 SUB16 3 SUB16 3 1 SUB16 3 2 SUB16 4 SUB16 4 1 SUB16 4 2 Snapshot configuration Snapshot availability CCTV control Web CCTV control Web access to SunGuide Map Map GIS source SunGuide web data The SunGuide system administrator shall be able to configure which digital video streams shall be accessible to capture and view snapshots Video snapshots still images shall be published to the SunGuide Data Bus for dissemination The SunGuide CCTV Control GUI shall be used to perform camera operations Users utilizing the SunGuide CCTV Control GUI shall need web browser access to the SunGuide server hosting the SunGuide GUI application The source of the graphical map shall be shape files p
371. trol of field devices such as camera control DMS message content video wall control ramp meters and other devices Data collected from device communications software shall update the database tables as soon as data is received The SunGuide system shall support the specification of field device parameters for the creation and control of field devices such as camera control DMS message content video wall control ramp meters and other devices Table parameters shall provide for current status of such devices and allow for the creation of status lists based on device FEAT1 2 13 FEAT1 2 14 FEAT1 2 18 FEAT1 2 19 FEAT1 2 20 FEAT1 2 21 FEAT1 2 22 FEAT1 2 23 007 DB003 SS001B S007 CR007 OD002D DB022 DB023 Database clustering RPO shall be less than 0 1 Automated backup Database parameters Same information source for content ODBC drivers and compliant database Database ID Business Logic The SunGuide software shall be capable of running in a clustered database configuration The SunGuide system shall have a recovery point objective of having less than one tenth percent 0 1 difference between the master database and the recovery copy of the database at all times The system support function shall provide an automated backup component that can be programmed to perform one or more backups throughout the day at a specific clock time The SunGuide software shall use con
372. ual event location FEAT26 7 1 Congestion Head Rules for congestion head of an event EM 4 3 SunGuide shall allow an operator to configure the FEAT26 7 1 1 EMO022G Configure congestion head A gt EM 4 3 congestion head of an event SunGuide shall default the congestion head to be the event location county road direction FEAT26 7 1 2 EM022G1 Default Congestion Head EM 4 3 reference point relationship to exit offset When an operator makes changes to the event FEAT26 7 1 3 EM022G2 Changes to congestion head location SunGuide shall change the congestion EM 4 3 head to match those changes 198 FEAT26 7 1 4 FEAT26 7 1 6 FEAT26 7 2 FEAT26 7 2 1 FEAT26 7 2 2 FEAT26 7 2 3 FEAT26 7 2 4 FEAT26 7 2 5 FEAT26 7 2 6 EM022G3 Modify congestion head EMO022G4 Display upstream locations Congestion Tail EM023G Configure congestion tail Modify Congestion Tail Default EM023G1 Value EM023G3 Default value for congestion tail Default value based on EM023G4 congestion dialog EMO024G Default a nburg for congestion tail Default Value for congestion tail EM025G reference point SunGuide shall allow an operator to modify the congestion head default value by selecting Reference Point Location and offset to the location SunGuide shall display only those reference points and relationships to exit for congestion head which are upstream of those for event location Rules for congestion tail of an event Su
373. uide shall be able to save a report as a Microsoft Word document or an Excel spreadsheet or an PDF file RPG RPG RPG RPG EM EM EM RS RS RS RS 5 1 202 FEAT28 2 FEAT28 2 1 FEAT28 2 2 FEAT28 2 3 FEAT28 2 4 FEAT28 2 5 EMO001P1 TMO007D3 TMO08D TMO010D4 TMO007D15 Performance measures Generate statistics reports Supporting documents Accessibility of calculations Definition for incident duration time Notification time calculation The performance measures component shall generate statistics and reports based on HOV and HOT lane types As a minimum the following information shall be maintained by the SunGuide software as supporting documentation for the Monthly Performance Measures Report Device Location Device Number Device Type Manufacturer Description of failure or issue Date amp Time Down Date amp Time Up Uptime Percentage Deviation request Remove the requirement to collect manufacturer data for device of type Ramp Meter RWIS and Safety Barrier SunGuide calculated TMC performance measures shall be accessible through the Center to Center interface SunGuide shall calculate the total incident duration time defined as the difference in time from when FDOT or FHP is notified until the travel lanes are cleared and associate it with the incident SunGuide shall calculate and store a notification time performance measure for each eve
374. until the sample size is equal to the SAMPLE_SIZE parameter The average of this data set will be the unfiltered speed value If the number of unfiltered matches available within a speed calculation period is greater than or equal to the SAMPLE_SIZE then the unfiltered matches within the speed calculation period will be averaged to calculate the unfiltered speed value SunGuide shall distinguish between evacuation zones that are currently under government orders to evacuate and those that are not EG shall provide a means for the operator to specify boundaries based on describable features and landmarks that will be used to define evacuation zones FEAT11 4 1 FEAT11 4 4 TSS TSS EC EC EC EC EC 311 SUB9 1 1 3 SUB9 1 1 4 SUB9 1 2 SUB9 1 2 1 SUB9 1 2 2 SUB9 1 2 3 SUB9 1 2 4 Categories of evacuees EOC priority Inputs Determine evacuation zone input Evacuation zone input Shelter in place input Destinations input EG shall provide the ability for the user to specify up to N number of evacuation categories and allocate the categories to each evacuation zone Priority is given to SERT SEOC for access to and control of ITS devices at all SunGuide TMCs when a state of emergency has been declared Information relevant to the evacuation zones shall include boundaries of the evacuation zones and their extent on the GUI map display EG shall provide a graphical tool for the
375. uration RSE to TSS Configuration Convert RSE to TSS Detectors Convert RSE Detection Zones to TSS Links The software shall provide the ability for a user to configure the name host port for TAM VIIPOC messages port for TAM 2009 11 messages latitude longitude roadway direction location description and detection zones For each RSE the software shall allow the user to configure one or more detection zones each consisting of a description start and end angles for the applicable direction of travel When an RSE is configured the software shall attempt to automatically configure TSS to support incoming probe data If TSS is available when an RSE is configured the software shall attempt to configure a TSS detector with the same name as the RSE If a TSS detector is successfully configured the software shall attempt to create TSS links using the configured detection zones along with the alarm and recovery thresholds CVS CVS CVS CVS CVS 5 1 5 1 5 1 5 1 5 1 341 SUB23 4 22 SUB23 4 23 SUB23 4 24 SUB23 4 25 SUB23 4 26 SUB23 4 27 CV013A CV013B CV013B1 CV013C CVv013D CVO15A Automatically Generated Presentation Regions Automatically selected RSEs Response Plan TAMs RSE selection criteria Add Modify or Delete Response Plan TAMs Default messages for TAMs Configuration Inspection Detectors The software shall automatically generate one o
376. ured Toll Rate DMS for that segment are not the same or if the Lane Status DMS is not consistent with the text associated with the mode indicated by the rate comparisons the software shall make no suggestion to the user for the operating mode or the rate to enter PS 4 3 260 FEAT33 9 1 8 FEAT33 9 1 9 FEAT33 9 2 MLO39U8 MLO39U9 MLO39U10 Recommend Middleware Rate Adjustment Middleware Rate Override User selected Modes Upon restart if the last known state of a segment had a Middleware Rate Adjustment active and a rate update message had been delivered or queued for delivery after the last Middleware Rate Adjustment was delivered or queued for delivery a Middleware Rate Adjustment will be recommended as the first entry in the rate history independent of the mode and rate with the last known Middleware Rate Adjustment rate E3 fa and an effective time set to the effective time of the oldest rate delivered or queued for delivery to the Middleware after the last Middleware Rate Adjustment that was delivered or queued for delivery to the Middleware If a middleware rate adjustment was active in the last known state of the segment prior to restart a middleware rate override recommendation will be inserted immediately after each rate change with an effective time one second prior to the PS 4 3 associated rate update and having a rate matching that of the last known middleware rate override Upon restart t
377. user provided that user has the appropriate permission The GUI Preference Manager shall allow a logged in user to subscribe to updates of currently logged in users provided that user has the appropriate permission SunGuide users shall have a User Type attribute associated to their user record The User Type attribute shall allow a user record to be identified as belonging to a human The User Type attribute shall allow a user record to be identified as belonging to a system application The GUI Preference Manager shall maintain a list of all defined users The list of all defined users shall include the User Type attribute of each user The GUI Preference Manager shall define a user permission which allows a user with that permission to retrieve and subscribe to the list of all defined users The list of all defined users shall be retrievable by a logged in user provided that user has the appropriate permission The GUI Preference Manager shall allow a logged in user to subscribe to updates of all defined users provided that user has the appropriate permission FHPCAD FHPCAD FHPCAD FHPCAD FHPCAD FHPCAD FHPCAD FHPCAD FHPCAD FHPCAD FHPCAD 4 2 4 2 4 2 4 2 4 2 4 2 4 2 4 3 4 2 4 2 4 2 285 FEAT35 5 13 FEAT35 5 14 FEAT35 5 15 FEAT35 5 16 FEAT35 5 17 FEAT35 5 18 FEAT35 5 19 FEAT35 5 20 FEAT35 5 21 FEAT35 5 22 US004 USO004D USOO04R
378. ust as if the message had been activated manually DMS DMS DMS DMS DMS DMS DMS DMS DMS DMS 2 1 111 FEAT9 11 1 FEAT9 11 2 FEAT9 11 3 FEAT9 11 4 FEAT9 11 5 FEAT9 12 FEAT9 13 DMOO5MA DMS fonts DMO05M1 Assign DMS fonts DMO05M2 Mark IV centering DMO005M3 Define font DMO005M4 Verify message DMO007 Travel time default message DM018M Unavailability of travel times SunGuide software shall be able to configure a font to use with a SunGuide defined DMS device to either use proportional fonts that are user specified for each type of DMS or to use fixed width font This requirement applies to Mark IV and NTCIP compliant DMS devices SunGuide shall require that a font be assigned to each DMS device SunGuide shall horizontally all lines on the sign with respect to the pixel length of the message line versus the pixel width of the sign on the non NTCIP compliant Mark IV signs SunGuide shall allow a user to define a font for each type of DMS in use using the following characteristics Name of font Character height in pixels Default character width in pixels and Width in pixels for any characters whose width differs from the default DMS shall use each device s font characteristics to determine whether a message can be displayed On select DMS the travel time shall be the default message appearing 24 hours a day 7 days a week except when it is overridden by a higher pri
379. vacuation shelters including those shelters that will accommodate people with special needs such as pets disabilities and the elderly The EG shall provide a means of determining evacuation zone and category information EC 2 EC 2 The evacuation coordination subsystem shall provide an evacuation travel information EC 2 function The evacuation travel information function shall provide the capability for users to access information via the Internet using a browser to view a web application EC 2 128 FEAT11 5 3 FEAT11 5 4 FEAT11 5 5 FEAT11 5 6 ECOO2E ECOO3E ECOO4E ECOOSE Information about traffic conditions Current and forecast weather conditions Transportation modes Evacuation guidance information The evacuation travel information function shall provide information about traffic conditions on evacuation routes and shall provide Current speed travel time on evacuation routes An estimate of future speed travel time on evacuation routes taking into consideration current evacuation decisions and traveler behavior Information regarding incident conditions on evacuation routes Real time road bridge and lane closure information A list of roads that should be avoided due to hazardous conditions such as flooding malfunctioning traffic signals debris and falling objects The evacuation travel information function shall provide the current and forecast weather conditions for evacu
380. ve TSS 4 3 its recovery threshold and occupancy is below its recovery threshold TSS alarms that have not been addressed by an operator shall be removed when the traffic data FEAT10 18 5 TDOOST4 Removal criteria for TSS alarms that triggered the alarm subsequently crosses the TSS 4 3 Recovery Threshold 122 FEAT10 18 6 FEAT10 18 7 FEAT10 18 8 FEAT10 18 9 FEAT10 18 10 FEAT10 18 11 FEAT10 18 12 FEAT10 18 12 1 FEAT10 18 12 2 TDOO9ST5 TSS Alarm Configuration TDOOST6 TSS Link Data Screen TDOOST7 TSS Alarm Operator map view TSS Alarm triggering speed or TDOO9IT8 occcupancy TD009T9 TSS Alarm triggering on spped and occupancy TD009T10 TSS Alarm triggering on speed only TDOO9S TSS Stabilization Hold off TDOO9S1 Stable detector TD00952 Configuration of stabilization period The Recovery Threshold shall be configurable per link in the Admin Editor The Operator Map shall represent the data region between the threshold and recovery threshold with yellow in the TSS Link Data screen TSS 4 3 TSS 4 3 A link where the traffic data currently falls between the Recovery Threshold and the Alarm Threshold shall be displayed in yellow on the Operator Map If configured for speed or occupancy a TSS alarm shall be triggered when the speed or occupancy values cross the Alarm Thresholds configured for that link If configured for speed and occupancy a TSS alarm shall be triggered when the speed and occu
381. vel time from 511 3 Start Point to End Point is X minute Going South West Estimated travel time from End Point to Start Point is Y minutes If a Link Report has a mid point and there is one or more incidents on the segment travel times shall be announced as follows Incident Link Report Going North East Estimated travel time from Start Point to Mid Point is X minutes from Mid Point to End Point is Y minutes Going South West Estimated travel time from End Point to Mid Point is X minutes from Mid Point to Start Point is Y minutes If a Link Report does not have a mid point and there is one or more incidents on the segment 511 3 travel times shall be announced as follows Incident Link Report Going North East Estimated travel time from Start Point to End 511 3 Point is X minutes Going South West Estimated travel time from End Point to Start Point is Y minutes 192 On all travel time reports a lower bound travel time shall be enforced for each segment reported No lower travel times shall be reported for that segment If the current travel time falls short of FEAT25 7 11 DF202R2 Lower bound travel times 2 511 3 the lower bound then the lower bound shall be reported as the travel time for that segment FEAT26 Event Management EM EM 3 FEAT26 1 General EM 8 The SunGuide GUI incident management event entry screen shall provide a field for the operator to enter the ID of an event t
382. vided through the status logger files Timestamp HAR identifier User issuing command Message in text format Message duration For each DMS device defined in the SunGuide software the following detailed information shall be provided through the status logger files Timestamp DMS identifier User issuing command Message in text format Message duration FEAT14 3 FEAT14 3 FEAT14 3 DA DA DA 319 SUB12 3 9 SUB13 SUB13 1 SUB13 1 1 SUB13 1 2 SUB13 1 3 SUB13 2 Ramp meter archives HAR Highway Advisory Radio System Automatic polls Logging HAR Interface Control HAR For each Ramp Meter device defined in the SunGuide software the following detailed information shall be provided through the status logger files Timestamp Ramp meter identifier User issuing command Command settings in text format i e override of metering plan change of mode turn on ramp meter Metering rate Mode control local vs remote Communications archive short term weekly archive e g record of communications with ramp meter The system shall maintain HARs current status information The system shall log events and actions including the user name HAR if applicable text of the message if applicable and the status of the event The HAR subsystem shall interface to the Highway Information System DR2000 using the DR2000 Software Interface Module FEAT14 3 FEAT1 7 12 FEAT1 7 12
383. when cameras were locked and by whom The system shall keep track of equipment as available from the SunGuide Software ICD NTCIP protocol etc downtime and uptime of ITS equipment that includes CCTVs DMSs Non intrusive detectors and RWIS RS RS RS RS RS RS RS RS RS RS 206 FEAT28 7 1 TMO007D5 FEAT28 8 FEAT28 8 1 TMO007D2 FEAT28 9 FEAT28 10 Collected data Software reliability Tracking Traveler information Incident management SunGuide software shall collect the following data to support the generation of the Traffic Flow Monthly Report o Average speed the average speed of vehicles passing through each detection zone in 15 minute increments o Average volume the average number of vehicles o Average occupancy the average percentage of time during the sample period that the detector sensed a vehicle o Average density the average number of vehicles that occupy one mile of road space SunGuide shall track software reliability including at a minimum downtime uptime and upgrade repair time of ITS software for the following software systems Central Computer system RS RS RS RS RS 207 FEAT28 10 1 FEAT28 11 FEAT28 11 1 TMO007D6 AVO005 Monthly report information Position reports Time line reports SunGuide shall collect the following data to support the generation of the Incident Management Monthly Report o Total number of inci
384. with incidents Entering arrival time Entering lanes cleared time General Road ranger performance measures module Scheduled Action System SAS SunGuide graphical operator interface shall provide the ability for the operator to enter the date and time that law enforcement or road ranger was notified of a confirmed SunGuide incident and by what agency by name This is called Initial Incident Notification Time tinitialnotification The initial notification time for road ranger service shall be associated with each incident if the data is available from the road ranger service SunGuide graphical operator interface shall provide the ability for the operator to enter the date and time that a law enforcement or road ranger vehicle arrived on the scene of a SunGuide confirmed incident This is called the Arrival Time of Law Enforcement Road Ranger vehicle tLE RR Arrives The SunGuide Graphical User Interface shall allow a SunGuide operator with appropriate permissions to specify the date time that all traffic lanes resumed free flow operation following the confirmation of an incident by the SunGuide operator This is called tlanescleared The SunGuide software shall include a road ranger performance measures module that interfaces with District service patrol data collection and reporting devices EM 3 EM 3 EM 3 EM 3 EMPM 2 RS 3 SAS 2 2 2 162 Travel Time Message FEAT20 4 SAS004 Scheduling FEAT20 4 1 SAS004
385. ws Preferences submenu subsystem selection Ramp metering submenu Ramp metering submenu alarms Ramp metering submenu control Ramp metering submenu reset Ramp metering submenu status The Preferences submenu shall provide a Clear Saved Window Positions option to clear the user s saved window position information The Preferences submenu shall provide a Save Current Map View option to store the current map pan and zoom settings as the user s default view for future sessions The Preferences submenu shall provide a Save Current Window Positions option to store the current window location size information as the user s default location size for those windows which may have that information stored The Preferences submenu shall provide a Subsystems option to launch the operator map subsystem status selection dialog The Operator Map main menu shall provide a Ramp Metering submenu The Ramp Metering submenu shall provide an Alarms option to launch the RM RMC alarms dialog The Ramp Metering submenu shall provide a Control option to launch the RM RMC control dialog The Ramp Metering submenu shall provide a Reset Ramp Meters option to launch the RM RMC reset dialog The Ramp Metering submenu shall provide a Status Overview option to launch the RM RMC status dialog GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI GUI 83 FEAT7 21 7 3 11 FEAT7 21 7 3 12 FEAT7 21 7 3 12 1
386. y Precedence Device Message Ownership Alert messaging E mail alert When evaluating abbreviation substitutions for a DMS message EM shall replace any instances of the words NORTHBOUND SOUTHBOUND EASTBOUND and WESTBOUND with NB SB EB and WB respectively When generating response plan messages based on a message template if the proximity is RAMPTO or RAMPFROM EM shall populate the proximity field with RAMP TO or RAMP FROM respectively When generating response plan messages based on a message template EM shall populate an event type field using the Event Type Classification of the event s type except where the event s type is Crash in which case EM shall populate the field as CRASH The software shall support the abbreviation of phrases when automatically generating messages for a response plan The software shall allow the user to configure a multiple word abbreviations If two abbreviations have the same priority abbreviations with multiple words shall take precedence over abbreviations consisting of a single word If an operator activates a response plan the operator shall be the owner of any device messages posted due to the response plan SunGuide response plan feature shall include e mail alert messaging capabilities RPG RPG RPG EM EM EM EM RPG RPG 5 1 5 1 5 1 201 FEAT27 3 2 FEAT27 4 FEAT27 4 1 FEAT27 4 2 FEAT27 4 3 FEAT27 4
387. y acknowledged The software shall send Express Lanes alerts to subscribed Express Lanes clients PS PS PS PS PS PS PS PS PS 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 270 FEAT33 12 2 2 FEAT33 12 2 3 FEAT33 12 2 4 FEAT33 12 2 5 FEAT33 12 2 6 FEAT33 12 3 FEAT33 12 4 MLO35U MLO32U MLO32U1 MLO33U MLO36U MLO42U Generate alerts Acknowledge alerts Software stores alerts Request Unacknowledged alerts User acknowledgment of alert Dynamic Mode Failure Alert Middleware Rate Adjustment alert Upon receipt of an Express Lanes alert from a subscribed Express Lanes client the software shall generate an alert in the Alert Bar and Alert Box PS 4 3 with the data from the alert message The software shall allow authorized express lanes clients to acknowledge express lanes alerts PS 4 3 Express Lanes Alert acknowledgements shall be stored by the software te ne The software shall provide a means for an authorized Express Lanes client to request unacknowledged alerts for the Express Lanes and shall send the alert content exactly as it was sent PS 43 at the time it was created including the original unique alert ID the time at which the alert was generated and associated data Upon user acknowledgment of an alert from an authenticated express lanes client the software shall send an acknowledgment to subscribed Express Lanes clients the ackn
388. y license plate reads Storage or license plate reads AVI data collection SunGuide shall notify SunGuide operators of reported failures by the LPR equipment SunGuide shall provide separate configurable parameters for adminstrating license plates SunGuide shall provide separate configurable parameters for administrator for minimum license plate length and maximum license plate length to perform license plate matching to calculate travel time SunGuide shall provide the default value 3 for minimum license plate length SunGuide shall provide the default value 5 for maximum license plate length SunGuide shall not use any license plate reads which have length shorter than minimum license plate length for travel time calculation SunGuide shall not use any license plate reads which have length longer than maximum license plate length for travel time calculation SunGuide shall not include any license plate reads which contain non alphanumeric characters to perform license plate matching to calculate travel time SunGuide shall not store license plate read data in the database TSS TSS TSS TSS TSS TSS TSS TSS TSS TSS 4 3 4 2 4 2 4 2 4 2 4 2 4 2 4 3 118 FEAT10 16 3 1 FEAT10 16 3 2 FEAT10 16 3 3 FEAT10 16 3 4 FEAT10 16 3 5 FEAT10 16 3 6 TMO002S TMO03S TMO003S1 TMOO5P TMO005S TMO05S1 System config activities without introducing latency Oper
389. y of the week the user shall be required to select a Daily Rate Schedule to use with the following day or table types for that day of the week Normal Holiday Special Event Observed Holiday The user shall not be allowed to change a Segment Rate Schedule once this table has been used i e used to generate a toll rate sent to the middleware The software shall provide a means for a user to view and edit Type of Day assignments Holiday Special Event or Observed Holiday for current and future dates via the Administrator Editor The software shall not allow a user to edit assignments for past dates When the user selects a date to change the Type of Day the software shall provide a menu set of radio buttons or similar means that restricts the user to selecting Holiday or Observed Holiday values If the user creates or modifies an entry with a start date and time that is prior to the current date and time the software shall not save the entry and shall notify the user that the entry shall not be allowed Authorized users shall be able to configure DMS for the Express Lanes facility using the Administrative Editor or Configuration files PS PS PS PS PS PS PS 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 235 FEAT33 2 6 1 FEAT33 2 6 2 FEAT33 2 6 3 FEAT33 2 6 4 FEAT33 2 6 5 FEAT33 2 6 6 FEAT33 2 6 7 FEAT33 2 6 7 1 MLOO7A MLO02D MLO18A MLO19A MLO20A MLO21A MLO22A
390. y t FEAT47 1 cvoo01 Configure RSEs P A ete Lee ncaa oe cvs 5 1 configure roadside equipment RSE The SunGuide configuration file will include a parameter specifying a maximum distance FEAT47 3 CV002 RSE Radius Configuration between an RSE and a presentation region such CVS 5 1 that the RSE will automatically be included when selecting RSEs for TAMs The software shall provide the ability to configure FEAT47 4 CcV003 RSEs as Detectors TSS detectors to use RSE probe data as the data CVS 5 1 source The software shall provide the ability to associate an RSE Zone Id to a TSS link FEAT47 5 CVv004 Zone Id to TSS Link CVS 5 1 287 FEAT47 6 FEAT47 7 FEAT47 8 FEAT47 9 FEAT47 10 FEAT47 11 FEAT47 12 FEAT47 13 FEAT47 14 FEAT47 15 FEAT47 16 FEAT47 17 FEAT53 CV005 CVv006 CV007 CV008 CVv009 Cv010 Cv011 Ccv012 Ccv015 cv013 cvo14 cvoi5 TDOO7 CV in Response Plans Receive CV data Traveler Information Presentation Region Offset Archive CV Data CV in the GUI Traveler Advisory Messages User may Configure RSEs Review RSE Configuration Errors Add TAM to Response Plan CV in C2C Connected Vehicle SDN Connectivity INRIX The software shall provide the ability to configure Connected Vehicle messages used by response plans The software shall be capable of receiving Connected Vehicle data The software shall transmit generated traveler information The Su
391. y the entire height of the sign The graphic shall maintain its aspect ratio The graphic shall be left justified within the layout The text area shall be the remaining portion of the layout not occupied by the graphic The text message shall be centered within the text area In the event that the text is too large to fit in the text area text will be placed on the next phase on the DMS message When generating a response plan if the text is too large to fit in the text area after abbreviations are applied a response plan shall remove the image and the text area will occupy the entire layout If a message generated using templates within a response plan is unable to fit on the DMS sign the user shall have the option of adding the sign to the response plan and manually specifying the message The software shall have a graphics library with add and delete functionality for color DMS images to be used in the messages or templates DMS DMS DMS DMS DMS DMS DMS DMS DMS 298 SUB7 4 3 1 SUB7 4 3 2 SUB7 4 3 3 SUB7 4 3 3 1 SUB7 4 3 3 3 1 SUB7 4 3 3 4 DMS043A DMS043B DMS043C DMS043C1 DMS043C3A DMS043C4 Icon type Content of message to sign Deleting graphics in use User Notification Unable to Disassociate Notification Notification of graphic use The graphics shall have information stored with them to indicate if they are a shield of a roadway an icon associated w

Release 6.0 Software Requirements Specification (SRS)

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents